Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 of 1 June 2017 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 (Text with EEA relevance)

In forceVersion 2017-06-01from 2017-07-27

Grade B

mapped from publisher markup. A grade says how a document's structure was obtained, not how reliable the law is.

Ask Gelex about this law

Address https://gelex.eu/eli/EU/regulation/2017/1151@2017-06-01/en

Contents

Preamble
1. Article 1 Subject matter
2. Article 2 Definitions
3. Article 3 Requirements for type-approval
4. Article 4 Requirements for type-approval regarding the OBD system
5. Article 5 Application for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information
6. Article 6 Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information
7. Article 7 Amendments to type-approvals
8. Article 8 Conformity of production
9. Article 9 In service conformity
10. Article 10 Pollution control devices
11. Article 11 Application for EC type-approval of a type of replacement pollution control device as a separate technical unit
12. Article 12 Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of replacement pollution control device as separate technical unit
13. Article 13 Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
14. Article 14 Compliance with the obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
15. Article 15 Transitional provisions
16. Article 16 Amendments to Directive 2007/46/EC
17. Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008
Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008
(2)
1. Article 16a Transitional provisions
1. Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008
2. Article 18 Amendments to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012
3. Article 19 Repeal
4. Article 20 Entry into force and application
ANNEX
ANNEX I ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR EC TYPE-APPROVAL
1.
1.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.
2.
2.2.2.2.1.2.2.2.
2.3.2.3.1.2.3.22.3.3.
2.4.2.4.1. Figure I.2.4 Application of test requirements for type-approval and extensions
3.
3.1.
3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.
3.2.3.2.1.
3.3.
grp_1
3.3.1.2.
grp_3
3.4.3.4.1.
3.5
3.5.1.3.5.1.1.3.5.1.2.
3.5.2.3.5.2.1.3.5.2.2.3.5.2.3.3.5.2.4.
4.
4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.4.1.5.4.1.6.4.1.7.4.1.8.
4.2.
grp_3
grp_4
grp_1
4.2.6.4.2.6.1.
4.3.
4.3.2.4.3.2.1.4.3.2.2.4.3.2.3.4.3.2.4.
4.4.
4.4.2.4.4.2.1.4.4.2.2.4.4.2.3.
4.4.3.4.4.3.1.4.4.3.2.4.4.3.3.4.4.1.4.
4.5.4.5.1.
4.6.4.6.1.
4.7.4.7.1.
Appendix 1 Verification of conformity of production for Type 1 test—statistical method 1.2.3.4.
Appendix 2 Calculations for Conformity of Production of EVs
1.
2.
Appendix 3 MODEL INFORMATION DOCUMENT No …
RELATING TO EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF A VEHICLE WITH REGARD TO EMISSIONS AND ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION (w)(w1)(w2)(w3)(w4)(w5)1.2.3.4.5.
RELATING TO EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF A VEHICLE WITH REGARD TO EMISSIONS AND ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Appendix to information document INFORMATION ON TEST CONDITIONS
1.
1.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.
1.2.1.2.1.1.2.2.
2.
2.1.2.2.2.2.2.3.2.3.2.4.2.4.2.4.1.2.4.1.2.4.2.2.4.2.2.4.4.2.4.4.2.4.5.2.4.5.2.4.6.2.4.6.2.4.7.2.4.8.2.4.8.
Appendix 4 MODEL OF EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE (Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm))
EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Stamp of administration
1. SECTION I 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.3.0.3.1.0.4.0.5.0.8.0.9.
2. SECTION II 0.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.
1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.4.1.6.1.6.1.1.6.2.1.7.1.8.1.9.1.9.1.1.9.2.1.10.1.10.1.1.10.2.1.10.3.1.10.4.1.1.10.4.2.1.10.5.1.10.6.1.11.1.11.1.1.11.2.1.11.3.1.12.1.12.1.1.12.2.1.13.1.13.1.1.13.2.1.13.3.1.13.4.1.14.
2.
2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.2.1.4.2.1.4.1.2.1.4.2.2.1.4.3.2.1.4.4.2.1.4.5.2.1.4.6.2.1.4.7.2.1.4.8.2.1.5.2.1.6.
2.1.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
Information about regeneration strategy ATCT test
2.4.
2.4.2.2.4.2.1.2.4.2.2.2.4.2.3.
2.5.
2.5.1.
2.5.1.1.
2.5.1.1.2.2.5.1.1.2.1.2.5.1.1.2.2.2.5.1.1.2.3.
2.5.1.2.
2.5.1.2.2.2.5.1.2.2.1.2.5.1.2.2.2.2.5.1.2.2.3.
grp_3
2.5.2.
2.5.2.1.2.5.2.1.1.2.5.2.1.2.
grp_3
2.5.3.1. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)
2.5.3.2. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)
2.5.3.4. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)
2.5.3.5. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)
grp_7
2.5.3.8.
2.6.1.2.3.4.5.
3.3.1.3.1.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.
4.
4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.4.1.5.4.1.6.4.1.7.4.1.8.4.1.9.4.1.10.4.1.11.4.1.12.4.1.13.
4.2.
5. Explanatory Notes (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)(20)(21)(22)(23)(24)(25)
Appendix to the Addendum to the Type Approval Certificate
1.
1.2.
1.3.
2.
2.1.
2.2.
Appendix 5 Vehicle OBD information
grp_2
3.
3.1.
3.2.
3.3.
Appendix 6 EC Type–Approval Certification Numbering System
Key:
Appendix 7
Appendix 8a Test Report REPORT number
General notes:
1.
1.1.
1.2.
1.3.
1.4.
2.
2.1.
2.1.1.
2.1.1.1.
2.1.1.1.1.
Test 2 if applicable: for CO2 reason (dCO21) / for pollutants reason (90 % of the limits) / for both
Test 3 if applicable: for CO2 reason (dCO22)
2.1.1.1.2.
Test 2 (if applicable): for CO2 reason (dCO21) / for pollutants reason (90 % of the limits) / for both
Test 3 (if applicable): for CO2 reason (dCO22)
2.1.1.2.
2.1.1.2.1.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.2.2. Test at 14°C (ATCT)
2.1.1.2.3.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.3
2.1.1.3.2.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.4.
2.1.1.4.1.
2.1.1.4.1.1.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.4.1.4.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.4.2.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.5.
2.1.1.5.1.
2.1.1.5.1.2.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.5.1.3.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.1.1.5.2.
Test 2 (if applicable)
Test 3 (if applicable)
2.9.
2.11.1 —2 3 —
Appendix 8b Road Load Test Report REPORT number
2.
2.1.
2.2.
2.3.
2.4.
2.5.
2.6.
2.6.1. ON ROAD (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4) WIND TUNNEL METHOD (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §6) ROAD LOAD MATRIX (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §5)
Appendix 8c Template for Test Sheet
NOx converter efficiency
The distance actually driven by the vehicle
Content of each of the compounds measured after stabilization of the measuring device
The time of transfer from the preconditioning to the soak area
ANNEX II IN-SERVICE CONFORMITY
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.2.8.2.9.2.10.
ANNEX III
ANNEX IIIA VERIFYING REAL DRIVING EMISSIONS
1.
1.2.
2.
2.1
3.
grp_1
grp_1
3.1.3.3.1.3.1.3.1.3.2.3.1.3.3.3.1.3.4.
3.1.3.3.1.3.1.3.1.3.2.
4.4.1.4.2.4.3.4.4.
5.
5.1.5.1.1.5.1.2.
5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.
5.4.
5.5.
5.5.2.5.5.2.1.5.5.2.2.5.5.2.3.5.5.2.4.
6.6.1.6.2.6.3.6.4.6.5.6.6.6.7.6.8.6.9.6.10.6.11.6.12.
7.7.1.7.2.7.3.7.4.7.5.7.6.
9.9.1.9.2.9.3.9.4.9.5.9.6.
3.
3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.3.1.5.
3.2. Table 1 Test parameters
3.4.
4.
4.7.
5.
6.
6.1. Table 2 Permissible analyser drift over a PEMS test
3.
3.2. Table 1 Linearity requirements of measurement parameters and systems
3.3.
3.4.
3.4.2.
4.
4.1.
4.1.2.
4.2.
4.2.6. Table 2 Permissible zero and span response drift of analysers for measuring gaseous components under laboratory conditions
4.3.
4.3.3.
4.3.4.
4.3.5.
5.
5.3. Table 3 Oxygen interference check gases
7.
7.2.
8. Table 4 Accuracy requirements for measurement parameters
3.
3.2.
3.3. Table 1 Permissible tolerances
4.
4.2.
4.3. Table 2 Linearity requirements of calculated and measured exhaust mass flow
3.
3.3.
8.
9.
9.2.
10.
11. Table 1 Raw exhaust gas u values depicting the ratio between the densities of exhaust component or pollutant i [kg/m3] and the density of the exhaust gas [kg/m3]
Figure 1 Vehicle speed versus time - Vehicle averaged emissions versus time, starting from the first averaging window
Figure 2 Definition of CO2 mass based on averaging windows
4.
4.2.
4.3.
Figure 3 Vehicle CO2 characteristic curve
4.4.4.4.1.4.4.2.4.4.3.
Figure 4 Vehicle CO2 characteristic curve: urban, rural and motorway driving definitions
5.
6.
6.1.
Figure 5 Averaging window weighting function
7.
7.1. Table 1 Main calculation settings
Figure 6 Instantaneous CO2 emissions recorded during on-road test with PEMS as a function of time. Rectangular frames indicate the duration of the jth window. Data series named Valid=100 / Invalid=0 shows second by second data to be excluded from analysis.
7.2. Table 2 Table 3 Calculation settings for the CO2 characteristic curve Emissions numerical data
7.3. Table 4 Verification of trip completeness and normality
3.
3.3. Table 1-1 Speed ranges for the allocation of test data to urban, rural and motorway conditions in the power binning method
3.4.
Table 1 Normalized standard power frequencies for urban driving and for a weighted average for a total trip consisting of 1/3 urban, 1/3 road, 1/3 motorway mileage
3.4.2. Example for input data Table 2 Table 3 De-normalised standard power frequency values from Table 1. (for Example 1) De-normalised standard power frequency values from Table 1.(for Example 2)
3.4.2.
Figure 1 Schematic picture for converting the normalized standardised power frequency into a vehicle specific power frequency
3.6. Table 4 Minimum and maximum shares per power class for a valid test
4.
Figure 2 Schematic picture of setting up the vehicle specific Veline from the CO2 test results in the 4 phases of the WLTC
3.
3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.
3.2.
4.
4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.
4.2.
5.5.1.5.2.5.3.5.4.
Appendix 7a Verification of overall trip dynamics
2. RPA
3.
3.1.
4.
Appendix 7b Procedure to determine the cumulative positive elevation gain of a PEMS trip
4.
4.4.
4.4.2.
Figure 1 Illustration of the procedure to smooth the interpolated altitude signals
5.
5.3.
5.3.3. Table 1 — Table 2 Table 3 Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data Calculation of road grade Calculation of the positive elevation gain
5.3.3. Table 1 — Table 2 Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data Calculation of road grade
Figure 2 The effect of data verification and correction - The altitude profile measured by GPS hGPS(t), the altitude profile provided by the topographic map hmap(t), the altitude profile obtained after the screening and principle verification of data quality h(t) and the correction hcorr(t) of data listed in Table 1
Figure 3 Comparison between the corrected altitude profile hcorr(t) and the smoothed and interpolated altitude hint,sm,1
Appendix 8 Data exchange and reporting requirements
3.
4.
4.1. Table 1 Table 2 Header of the data exchange file Body of the data exchange file; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data exchange file
4.2.
4.2.1. Table 3 Reporting file #1 - Summary parameters of intermediate results
4.2.2. Table 4 Table 5a Table 5b Table 6 Table 7 Table 8a Table 8b Table 9 Header of reporting file #2 - Calculation settings of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5 Header of reporting file #2 – Results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5 Header of reporting file #2 – Final emission results according to Appendix 5 Body of reporting file #2 - Detailed results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data reporting file Header of reporting file #3 - Calculation settings of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 6 Header of reporting file #3 – Results of data evaluation method according to Appendix 6 Header of reporting file #3 – Final emissions results according to Appendix 6 Body of reporting file #3 - Detailed results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 6; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data reporting file
Appendix 9 Manufacturer's certificate of compliance
ANNEX IV EMISSIONS DATA REQUIRED AT TYPE-APPROVAL FOR ROADWORTHINESS PURPOSES
3.3.1.3.2.3.3.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.
Figure IV.2.1
4.2.4.2.1.4.2.2.
4.3.4.3.1.4.3.2.
ANNEX V VERIFYING EMISSIONS OF CRANKCASE GASES (TYPE 3 TEST)
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.
ANNEX VI DETERMINATION OF EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS (TYPE 4 TEST)
2.
grp_2
3.
4.
4.2.
Figure VI.1 Notes: 1.2. Determination of evaporative emissions
5.
5.1.
Figure VI.2 Canister bench aging procedure
5.1.1.
Figure VI.3 Temperature conditioning cycle
5.1.3.
5.1.3.1.5.1.3.1.1.5.1.3.1.1.15.1.3.1.2.5.1.3.1.3.5.1.3.1.4.
5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.5.2.75.2.85.2.8.1
5.2.
Figure VI.4 Determination of the Permeability Factor
5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.5.2.7
5.3.
5.3.6.5.3.6.1.5.3.6.2.
5.3.9.5.3.9.1.5.3.9.2.
grp_11
ANNEX VII VERIFYING THE DURABILITY OF POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES (TYPE 5 TEST)
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.
3.3.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.3.5.3.6.3.7.3.8.3.9.3.10.
ANNEX VIII VERIFYING THE AVERAGE EMISSIONS AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES (TYPE 6 TEST)
3.3.1.3.2.3.3.
ANNEX IX SPECIFICATIONS OF REFERENCE FUELS
A.
1. Type: Petrol (E10): ————————(2) Type: Ethanol (E85) Type: LPG Type: NG/Biomethane Type: Hydrogen for internal combustion engines
2. Type: Diesel (B7): ———
3. Type: Hydrogen for fuel cell vehicles
B. Type: Petrol (E10): ————————(2) Type: Ethanol (E75)
ANNEX X
ANNEX XI ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS (OBD) FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
2.2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.3.2.3.2.1.4.2.1.5.2.1.6.2.1.7.2.1.8.3.3.5.1.3.3.5.2.2.1.9.2.1.10.2.1.11.3.10.3.10.1.3.10.1.1.2.2.2.3.2.3.1.2.3.2.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.
2.2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.3.2.3.2.1.4.2.1.5.2.1.6.2.1.7.2.1.8.3.3.5.1.
3.3.1.3.2.3.3.
4.4.1.4.2.4.3.4.4.4.5.4.6.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.6.5.3.2.6.5.3.3.6.5.3.4.6.5.3.5.6.5.3.6.6.5.3.7.2.6.6.1.1.2.7.2.8.6.2.3.2.9.2.10.2.11.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.6.5.3.2.
3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.7.6.1.7.6.2.7.6.2.1.
3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.7.6.1.
ANNEX XII DETERMINATION OF CO2 EMISSIONS, FUEL CONSUMPTION, ELECTRIC ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRIC RANGE
1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.4.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.
ANNEX XIII EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF REPLACEMENT POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES AS SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT
2.
2.1.
2.2.
grp_3
3.3.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.
4.
4.4.
4.4.1.4.4.1.1.4.4.1.2.
4.4.2.4.4.2.1.4.4.2.1.1.4.4.2.2.
4.4.3.4.4.3.1.4.4.3.1.1.4.4.3.2.
5.5.1.
6.
6.2.6.2.1.6.2.2.
Information document No … relating to the EC type-approval of replacement pollution control devices
0.0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.5.0.7.0.8.
1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.3.1.1.3.2.1.4.
EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Stamp of administration
1. SECTION I 0.1.0.2.0.3.0.3.1.0.5.0.7.0.8.0.9.
2. SECTION II 1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.3.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.
ANNEX XIV Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.2.8.
2.2.1.2.2.
ANNEX XV Reserved
ANNEX XVI REQUIREMENTS FOR VEHICLES THAT USE A REAGENT FOR THE EXHAUST AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM
ANNEX XVII AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EC) No 692/2008 1.2.
(a)
(c)3.2.2.1.1.
(d)3.2.4.2.1.
(e)3.2.4.2.3.
(f)3.2.4.2.4.
(g)3.2.4.2.9.3.
(h)3.2.4.2.9.3.6.3.2.4.2.9.3.7.3.2.4.2.9.3.8.
(i)3.2.4.3.4.3.
(j)3.2.4.3.4.9.3.2.4.3.4.10.3.2.4.3.4.11.
(k)3.2.4.3.5.
(l)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.
(n)3.2.12.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.3.2.12.2.2.1.4.3.2.12.2.2.1.5.
(o)3.2.12.2.4.1.3.2.12.2.4.2.
(p)3.2.12.2.5.3.2.12.2.5.1.3.2.12.2.5.2.3.2.12.2.5.3.3.2.12.2.5.4.3.2.12.2.5.5.3.2.12.2.5.6.
(r)3.2.12.2.6.4.3.2.12.2.6.5.
(s)3.2.12.2.8.
(t)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.3.2.12.2.10.2.3.2.12.2.10.2.1.3.2.12.2.10.3.3.2.12.2.10.4.3.2.12.2.10.5.3.2.12.2.11.3.2.12.2.11.1.3.2.12.2.11.2.3.2.12.2.11.3.3.2.12.2.11.4.3.2.12.2.11.5.3.2.12.2.11.6.3.2.12.2.11.6.1.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.3.2.12.2.11.7.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.2.3.2.12.2.11.8.
(ff)6.6.6.6.1.6.6.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.2.1.6.6.2.6.6.2.1.6.6.2.2.6.6.3.
ANNEX XVIII SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ANNEXES I, II, III, VIII AND IX TO DIRECTIVE 2007/46/EC
Amendments to Annex I of Directive 2007/46/EC (1)
(a)2.6.1.
(d)3.2.2.1.1.
(e)3.2.4.2.1.
(f)3.2.4.2.3.
(g)3.2.4.2.4.
(h)3.2.4.2.9.3.
(i)3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1.
(j)3.2.4.2.9.3.6.3.2.4.2.9.3.7.3.2.4.2.9.3.8.
(k)3.2.4.3.4.1.1.
(l)3.2.4.3.4.3.
(m)3.2.4.3.4.9.3.2.4.3.4.10.3.2.4.3.4.11.
(n)3.2.4.3.5.
(o)3.2.4.4.2.3.2.4.4.3.
(p)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.
(q)3.2.12.2.1.11.
(r)3.2.12.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.3.2.12.2.2.1.4.3.2.12.2.2.1.5.3.2.12.2.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.2.3.3.2.12.2.2.3.3.2.12.2.2.3.1.3.2.12.2.2.3.2.3.2.12.2.2.3.3.
(s)3.2.12.2.4.1.3.2.12.2.4.2.
(t)3.2.12.2.5.3.2.12.2.5.1.3.2.12.2.5.2.3.2.12.2.5.3.3.2.12.2.5.4.3.2.12.2.5.5.3.2.12.2.5.6.
(v)3.2.12.2.6.4.3.2.12.2.6.5.
(w)3.2.12.2.7.3.2.12.2.7.0.1.3.2.12.2.7.0.2.3.2.12.2.7.0.3.3.2.12.2.7.0.4.3.2.12.2.7.0.5.3.2.12.2.7.0.6.
(y)3.2.12.2.8.
(z)3.2.12.2.8.2.3.3.2.12.2.8.2.4.3.2.12.2.8.2.5.
(aa)3.2.12.2.8.4.
(bb)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.3.2.12.2.10.2.3.2.12.2.10.2.1.3.2.12.2.10.3.3.2.12.2.10.4.3.2.12.2.10.5.3.2.12.2.11.3.2.12.2.11.1.3.2.12.2.11.2.3.2.12.2.11.3.3.2.12.2.11.4.3.2.12.2.11.5.3.2.12.2.11.6.3.2.12.2.11.6.1.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.3.2.12.2.11.7.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.2.3.2.12.2.11.8.
(cc)3.2.15.1.
(dd)3.2.16.1.
(ee)3.2.20.3.2.20.1.3.2.20.1.1.3.2.20.2.3.2.20.2.1.3.2.20.2.2.3.2.20.2.3.3.2.20.2.4.
(mm)3.5.7.3.5.7.1.3.5.7.1.13.5.7.1.1.1.3.5.7.1.1.2.3.5.7.1.1.2.1.3.5.7.1.1.2.2.3.5.7.1.1.2.3.3.5.7.1.2.3.5.7.1.2.1.3.5.7.1.2.2.3.5.7.1.2.2.1.3.5.7.1.2.2.2.3.5.7.1.2.2.3.3.5.7.1.3.3.5.7.1.3.1.3.5.7.1.3.2.3.5.7.1.3.2.1.3.5.7.1.3.2.2.3.5.7.1.3.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.5.7.2.1.3.5.7.2.1.1.3.5.7.2.1.2.3.5.7.2.2.3.5.7.2.2.1.3.5.7.2.2.2.3.5.7.2.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.1.3.5.7.2.3.2.3.5.7.2.3.3.3.5.7.3.3.5.7.3.1.3.5.7.3.1.1.3.5.7.3.1.2.3.5.7.3.2.3.5.7.3.2.1.3.5.7.3.2.2.3.5.7.3.2.3.3.5.7.4.3.5.7.4.1.3.5.7.4.2.3.5.7.4.3.3.5.7.5.3.5.7.5.1.3.5.7.5.1.1.3.5.7.5.1.2.3.5.7.5.2.3.5.7.5.2.1.3.5.7.5.2.2.3.5.7.5.2.3.3.5.8.3.5.8.1.3.5.8.2.3.5.8.3.1.2.3.4.5.
(oo)4.5.1.1.4.5.1.2.4.5.1.3.4.5.1.4.4.5.1.5.
(qq)6.6.6.6.1.6.6.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.1.3.6.6.1.1.1.4.6.6.1.1.1.5.6.6.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.2.1.6.6.1.1.2.2.6.6.1.1.2.3.6.6.1.1.2.4.6.6.1.1.2.5.6.6.1.2.6.6.2.6.6.2.1.6.6.2.2.6.6.2.3.6.6.2.4.6.6.3.6.6.4.6.6.5.
Amendments to Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC (2)
Amendments to Annex III of Directive 2007/46/EC (3)
(c)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.
(f)3.2.12.2.2.1.
(g)3.2.12.2.5.
(h)3.2.12.2.8.
(i)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.
(j)3.2.12.2.11.1.
Amendments to Annex VIII of Directive 2007/46/EC (4)
Amendments to Annex IX of Directive 2007/46/EC (5)
2.
2.1.
2.1.1. NEDC average values, WLTP highest values Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT) Family correction factors
2.2.
2.3.
3.
4.1.2.3.4.5.1.2.3.4.5.
4.1. Explanatory notes (h)
0.
1.1.1.1.2.1.3.
1.1.1.
2.2.1.2.2.2.3.
PART I COMPLETE AND COMPLETED VEHICLES
MODEL A1 SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES
EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.
MODEL A2 SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES
EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Side 1 0.1.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.
MODEL B SIDE 1 COMPLETED VEHICLES
EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.2.2.0.4.0.5.0.5.1.0.6.0.9.0.10.
SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (complete and completed vehicles)
Side 2 General construction characteristics 1.3.
Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.19.
Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.
Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.
Bodywork 38.40.41.42.42.1.42.3.
3.3.1.3.2.
5.
Miscellaneous 51.52.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.19.
Masses 13.13.1.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.
Brakes 36.37.
Bodywork 38.39.41.42.42.1.42.3.43.
3.3.1.3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.3.18.4.19.
Bodywork 38.39.41.42.42.1.42.2.42.3.43.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.14.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.14.16.16.1.16.2.
Bodywork 38.40.41.42.
Miscellaneous 50.51.52.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.
Bodywork 38.41.42.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.19.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.19.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.
Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.
PART II INCOMPLETE VEHICLES
MODEL C1 SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES
EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.2.2.0.4.0.5.0.5.1.0.6.0.9.0.10.
MODEL C2 SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES
EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.
SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (incomplete vehicles)
Side 2 General construction characteristics 1.3.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.19.
Masses 14.14.1.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.
Bodywork 41.42.
Miscellaneous 52.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.3.18.4.19.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.
Brakes 36.37.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.19.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.19.1.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.19.1.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.
Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.
Explanatory notes relating to Annex IX —(p)
ANNEX XIX AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EU) No 1230/2012
ANNEX XX MEASUREMENT OF NET POWER AND THE MAXIMUM 30 MINUTES POWER OF ELECTRIC DRIVE TRAINS
2.
ANNEX XXI
TYPE 1 EMISSIONS TEST PROCEDURES
3.
3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.3.1.5.3.1.6.3.1.7.3.1.8.3.1.9.3.1.10.3.1.11.3.1.12.3.1.13.3.1.14.3.1.15.
Figure 1 Definition of accuracy, precision and reference value
3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.3.2.3.3.2.4.3.2.5.3.2.6.3.2.7.3.2.8.3.2.9.3.2.10.3.2.11.3.2.12.3.2.13.3.2.14.3.2.15.3.2.16.3.2.17.3.2.18.3.2.19.3.2.20.3.2.21.3.2.22.3.2.23.3.2.24.3.2.25.3.2.26.3.2.27.
3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.3.2.3.3.2.4.3.2.5.3.2.6.3.2.7.3.2.8.3.2.9.3.2.10.
3.3.3.3.1.3.3.2.3.3.3.3.3.4.3.3.5.3.3.6.3.3.7.3.3.8.3.3.9.3.3.9.1.3.3.9.2.3.3.10.3.3.10.1.3.3.10.2.3.3.10.3.3.3.10.4.3.3.11.3.3.12.3.3.13.3.3.14.3.3.15.3.3.16.3.3.17.3.3.18.3.3.19.3.3.20.
3.4.3.4.1.3.4.2.3.4.3.3.4.4.3.4.5.
3.5.3.5.1.3.5.2.3.5.3.3.5.4.3.5.5.3.5.6.3.5.7.3.5.8.3.5.9.3.5.10.3.5.11.
3.6.3.6.1.3.6.2.
3.7.3.7.1.3.7.2.
3.9.3.9.1.3.9.2.
4.
5.
5.3.5.3.1.5.3.2.5.3.3.5.3.4.5.3.5.5.3.6.
5.4.5.4.1.5.4.2.
5.5.5.5.1.5.5.2.5.5.3.5.5.4.
5.6.
5.6.1.
5.6.2.
5.6.3.
5.7.
5.8.

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION,

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2007 on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, and in particular Articles 8 and 14(3) thereof,

Having regard to Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 September 2007 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles (Framework Directive), and in particular Article 39(2) thereof.

Whereas:

(1) Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 implementing and amending Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 provides for light-duty vehicles to be tested in accordance with the New European Driving Cycle (NEDC).

(2) Based on the continuous review of the relevant procedures, test cycles and test results provided for in Article 14(3) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, it is evident that the information about fuel consumption and CO2 emissions provided by testing vehicles in accordance with the NEDC is no longer adequate and no longer reflects real world emissions.

(3) Against that background, it is appropriate to provide for a new regulatory test procedure by implementing the Worldwide harmonised Light-duty vehicles Test Procedures (WLTP) into Union legislation.

(4) The WLTP was developed at the level of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) and was adopted as Global Technical Regulation (GTR) No 15 by the World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) in March 2014.

(5) In addition to more realistic information about fuel consumption and CO2 emissions for consumer and regulatory purposes, the WLTP also creates a global framework for vehicle testing, leading to a closer international harmonisation of test requirements.

(6) The WLTP provides a full description of a vehicle test cycle for CO2 and regulated pollutant emissions under standardised ambient conditions. In order to adapt it to the EU type-approval system, it is necessary to complement it by further improving the transparency requirements for technical parameters that will allow independent parties to reproduce the type approval test results and by reducing testing flexibilities.

(7) This proposal also specifies a revised procedure for the conformity of production (CoP) assessment of vehicles. Since under the new provisions the CoP evolution coefficient as described in point 4.2.4.1 of Annex I is likely to be determined more often by specific testing of the manufacturer instead of using a default value, the respective test procedure will need to be revised in due course.

(8) While the WLTP specifies a new test cycle and procedure for measuring emissions, other obligations, such as those linked to durability of pollution control devices, in-service conformity or consumer information on CO2 emissions and fuel consumption, remain essentially the same as those laid down in Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.

(9) In order to allow approval authorities and manufacturers to put in place the necessary procedures to comply with the requirements of this Regulation, as well as to follow as much as possible the established calendar for the application of emissions requirements, it should apply to new type-approvals from 1 September 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles and from 1 September 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, and to new vehicles from 1 September 2018 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2019 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles.

(10) As the purpose of this Regulation is the introduction of the WLTP into European legislation, the timetable and the transitional provisions for introducing the real driving emissions test procedure remain unchanged with respect to those lined out previously in Commission Regulations (EU) 2016/427 and (EU) 2016/646.

(11) The measures provided for in this Regulation are in accordance with the opinion of the Technical Committee – Motor Vehicles,

HAS ADOPTED THIS REGULATION:

Article 1 Subject matter

This Regulation lays down measures for the implementation of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

Article 2 Definitions

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) vehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information means a group of vehicles which:

(a) do not differ with respect to the criteria constituting an "interpolation family" as defined in point 5.6 of Annex XXI;

(b) fall in a single "CO2 interpolation range" as defined in point 1.2.3.2 of sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI;

(c) do not differ with respect to any characteristics that have a non-negligible influence on tailpipe emissions, such as, but not limited to, the following:

types and sequence of pollution control devices (e.g. three-way catalyst, oxidation catalyst, lean NOx trap, SCR, lean NOx catalyst, particulate trap or combinations thereof in a single unit);

exhaust gas recirculation (with or without, internal/external, cooled/non-cooled, low/high pressure).

(2) EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information means an EC type-approval of the vehicles contained in a vehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information with regard to their tailpipe emissions, crankcase emissions, evaporative emissions, fuel consumption and access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information;

(3) odometer means that part of the odometer equipment which indicates to the driver the total distance recorded by the vehicle since its entry into service;

(4) starting aid means glow plugs, modifications to the injection timing and other devices which assist the engine to start without enrichment of the air/fuel mixture of the engine;

(5) engine capacity means either of the following:

(a) for reciprocating piston engines, the nominal engine swept volume;

(b) for rotary piston (Wankel) engines, double the nominal engine swept volume;

(6) periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (e.g. catalytic converter, particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation;

(7) original replacement pollution control device means a pollution control device or an assembly of pollution control devices whose types are indicated in Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation but are offered on the market as separate technical units by the holder of the vehicle type-approval;

(8) type of pollution control device means catalytic converters and particulate filters which do not differ in any of the following essential aspects:

(a) number of substrates, structure and material;

(b) type of activity of each substrate;

(d) catalyst material content;

(e) catalyst material ratio;

(f) cell density;

(g) dimensions and shape;

(h) thermal protection;

(9) mono fuel vehicle means a vehicle that is designed to run primarily on one type of fuel;

(10) mono fuel gas vehicle means a mono fuel vehicle that primarily runs on LPG, NG/biomethane, or hydrogen but may also have a petrol system for emergency purposes or starting only, where the petrol tank does not contain more than 15 litres of petrol;

(11) bi fuel vehicle means a vehicle with two separate fuel storage systems that can run part-time on two different fuels and is designed to run on only one fuel at a time;

(12) bi fuel gas vehicle means a bi fuel vehicle that can run on petrol and also on either LPG, NG/biomethane or hydrogen;

(13) flex fuel vehicle means a vehicle with one fuel storage system that can run on different mixtures of two or more fuels;

(14) flex fuel ethanol vehicle means a flex fuel vehicle that can run on petrol or a mixture of petrol and ethanol up to an 85 per cent ethanol blend (E85);

(15) flex fuel biodiesel vehicle means a flex fuel vehicle that can run on mineral diesel or a mixture of mineral diesel and biodiesel;

(16) hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) means a hybrid vehicle where one of the propulsion energy converters is an electric machine;

(17) properly maintained and used means, for the purpose of a test vehicle, that such a vehicle satisfies the criteria for acceptance of a selected vehicle laid down in section 2 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83;

(18) emission control system means, in the context of the OBD system, the electronic engine management controller and any emission-related component in the exhaust or evaporative system which supplies an input to or receives an output from this controller;

(19) malfunction indicator (MI) means a visible or audible indicator that clearly informs the driver of the vehicle in the event of a malfunction of any emission-related component connected to the OBD system, or of the OBD system itself;

(20) malfunction means the failure of an emission-related component or system that would result in emissions exceeding the limits in section 2.3 of Annex XI or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic monitoring requirements set out in Annex XI;

(21) secondary air means the air introduced into the exhaust system by means of a pump or aspirator valve or other means that is intended to aid in the oxidation of HC and CO contained in the exhaust gas stream;

(22) driving cycle, means, in respect of vehicle OBD systems, the engine start-up, driving mode where a malfunction would be detected if present, and engine shut-off;

(23) access to information means the availability of all vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, required for the inspection, diagnosis, servicing or repair of the vehicle.

(24) deficiency means, in the context of the OBD system, that up to two separate components or systems which are monitored contain temporary or permanent operating characteristics that impair the otherwise efficient OBD monitoring of those components or systems or do not meet all of the other detailed requirements for OBD;

(25) deteriorated replacement pollution control device means a pollution control device as defined in Article 3(11) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 that has been aged or artificially deteriorated to such an extent that it fulfils the requirements laid out in section 1 to Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83;

(26) vehicle OBD information means information relating to an on-board diagnostic system for any electronic system on the vehicle

(27) reagent means any product other than fuel that is stored on-board the vehicle and is provided to the exhaust after-treatment system upon request of the emission control system;

(28) mass in running order means the mass of the vehicle, with its fuel tank(s) filled to at least 90 per cent of its or their capacity/capacities, including the mass of the driver, fuel and liquids, fitted with the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and, when they are fitted, the mass of the bodywork, the cabin, the coupling and the spare wheel(s) as well as the tools;

(29) engine misfire means lack of combustion in the cylinder of a positive ignition engine due to absence of spark, poor fuel metering, poor compression or any other cause;

(30) cold start system or device means a system which temporarily enriches the air/fuel mixture of the engine thus assisting the engine to start;

(31) power take-off operation or unit means an engine-driven output provision for the purposes of powering auxiliary, vehicle mounted, equipment;

(32) small volume manufacturers means vehicle manufacturers whose worldwide annual production is less than 10000 units;

(33) Electric power train means a system consisting of one or more electric energy storage devices, one or more electric power conditioning devices and one or more electric machines that convert stored electric energy to mechanical energy delivered at the wheels for propulsion of the vehicle;

(34) Pure electric vehicle (PEV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively electric machines as propulsion energy converters and exclusively rechargeable electric energy storage systems as propulsion energy storage systems.

(35) Fuel cell means an energy converter transforming chemical energy (input) into electrical energy (output) or vice versa.

(36) Fuel cell vehicle (FCV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively fuel cell(s) and electric machine(s) as propulsion energy converter(s).

(37) net power means the power obtained on a test bench at the end of the crankshaft or its equivalent at the corresponding engine or motor speed with the auxiliaries, tested in accordance with Annex XX (Measurements of net power and the maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive train), and determined under reference atmospheric conditions;

(38) rated engine power (Prated) means maximum engine power in kW as per the requirements of Annex XX to this Regulation;

(39) maximum 30 minutes power means the maximum net power of an electric drive train at DC voltage as set out in paragraph 5.3.2. of UN/ECE Regulation No 85;

(40) cold start means, in the context of the in use performance ratio of OBD monitors, an engine coolant temperature or equivalent temperature at engine start less than or equal to 35 °C and less than or equal to 7 °C higher than ambient temperature, if available;

(41) Real driving emissions (RDE) means the emissions of a vehicle under its normal conditions of use;

(42) Portable emissions measurement system (PEMS) means a portable emissions measurement system meeting the requirements specified in Appendix 1 to Annex IIIA;

(43) Base Emission Strategy, (BES) means an emission strategy that is active throughout the speed and load operating range of the vehicle unless an Auxiliary Emission Strategy is activated;

(44) Auxiliary Emission Strategy, (AES) means an emission strategy that becomes active and replaces or modifies a BES for a specific purpose and in response to a specific set of ambient or operating conditions and only remains operational as long as those conditions exist.

(45) Fuel Storage System means devices which allow storing the fuel, comprising of the fuel tank, the fuel filler, the filler cap and the fuel pump;

(46) Permeability Factor (PF) means the hydrocarbon emissions as reflected in the permeability of the fuel storage system;

(47) Monolayer tank means a fuel tank constructed with a single layer of material;

(48) Multilayer tank means a fuel tank constructed with at least two different layered materials, one of which is impermeable to hydrocarbons, including ethanol;

Article 3 Requirements for type-approval

1. In order to receive an EC type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the manufacturer shall demonstrate that the vehicles comply with the requirements of this Regulation when tested in accordance with the test procedures specified in Annexes IIIA to VIII, XI, XIV, XVI, XX and XXI. The manufacturer shall also ensure that the reference fuels comply with the specifications set out in Annex IX.

2. Vehicles shall be subject to the tests specified in Figure I.2.4 of Annex I.

3. As an alternative to the requirements contained in Annexes II, V to VIII, XI, XVI and XXI, small volume manufacturers may request the granting of EC type-approval to a vehicle type which was approved by an authority of a third country on the basis of the legislative acts listed in section 2.1 of Annex I. The emissions tests for roadworthiness purposes set out in Annex IV, tests for fuel consumption and CO2 emissions set out in Annex XXI and the requirements for access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information set out in Annex XIV shall be required to obtain EC type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information under this paragraph. The approval authority shall inform the Commission of the circumstances of each type approval granted under this paragraph.

4. Specific requirements for inlets to fuel tanks and electronic system security are laid down in Section 2.2 and 2.3 of Annex I.

5. The manufacturer shall take technical measures so as to ensure that the tailpipe and evaporative emissions are effectively limited, in accordance with this Regulation, throughout the normal life of the vehicle and under normal conditions of use. These measures shall include ensuring that the security of hoses, joints and connections, used within the emission control systems, are constructed so as to conform with the original design intent.

6. The manufacturer shall ensure that the emissions test results comply with the applicable limit value under the specified test conditions of this Regulation.

7. For the Type 1 test set out in Annex XXI, vehicles that are fuelled with LPG or NG/biomethane shall be tested in the Type 1 test for variation in the composition of LPG or NG/biomethane, as set out in Annex XII. Vehicles that can be fuelled either with petrol or LPG or NG/biomethane shall be tested on both the fuels, tests on LPG or NG/biomethane being performed for variation in the composition of LPG or NG/biomethane, as set out in Annex XII. Notwithstanding the requirement of the previous sub-paragraph, vehicles that can be fuelled with either petrol or a gaseous fuel, but where the petrol system is fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and which the petrol tank cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol will be regarded for the Type 1 test as vehicles that can only run on a gaseous fuel.

8. For the Type 2 test set out in Appendix 1 to Annex IV, at normal engine idling speed, the maximum permissible carbon monoxide content in the exhaust gases shall be that stated by the vehicle manufacturer. However, the maximum carbon monoxide content shall not exceed 0,3 % vol. At high engine idling speed, the carbon monoxide content by volume of the exhaust gases shall not exceed 0,2 %, with the engine speed being at least 2000 min –1 and Lambda being 1 ± 0,03 or in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer.

9. The manufacturer shall ensure that for the Type 3 test set out in Annex V, the engine's ventilation system does not permit the emission of any crankcase gases into the atmosphere.

10. The Type 6 test measuring emissions at low temperatures set out in Annex VIII shall not apply to diesel vehicles. However, when applying for type-approval, manufacturers shall present to the approval authority with information showing that the NOx after-treatment device reaches a sufficiently high temperature for efficient operation within 400 seconds after a cold start at – 7 °C as described in the Type 6 test. In addition, the manufacturer shall provide the approval authority with information on the operating strategy of the exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR), including its functioning at low temperatures. This information shall also include a description of any effects on emissions. The approval authority shall not grant type-approval if the information provided is insufficient to demonstrate that the after-treatment device actually reaches a sufficiently high temperature for efficient operation within the designated period of time. At the request of the Commission, the approval authority shall provide information on the performance of NOx after-treatment devices and EGR system at low temperatures.

11. The manufacturer shall ensure that, throughout the normal life of a vehicle which is type approved in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, its emissions as determined in accordance with the requirements set out in Annex IIIA and emitted at an RDE test performed in accordance with that Annex, shall not exceed the values set out therein. Type approval in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 may only be issued if the vehicle is part of a validated PEMS test family according to Appendix 7 of Annex IIIA.

Article 4 Requirements for type-approval regarding the OBD system

1. The manufacturer shall ensure that all vehicles are equipped with an OBD system.

2. The OBD system shall be designed, constructed and installed on a vehicle so as to enable it to identify types of deterioration or malfunction over the entire life of the vehicle.

3. The OBD system shall comply with the requirements of this Regulation during normal conditions of use.

4. When tested with a defective component in accordance with Appendix 1 of Annex XI, the OBD system malfunction indicator shall be activated. The OBD system malfunction indicator may also activate during this test at levels of emissions below the OBD thresholds limits specified in section 2.3 of Annex XI.

5. The manufacturer shall ensure that the OBD system complies with the requirements for in-use performance set out in section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of this Regulation under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions.

6. In-use performance related data to be stored and reported by a vehicle's OBD system according to the provisions of Section 7.6 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be made readily available by the manufacturer to national authorities and independent operators without any encryption.

Article 5 Application for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information

1. The manufacturer shall submit to the approval authority an application for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information.

2. The application referred to in paragraph 1 shall be drawn up in accordance with the model of the information document set out in Appendix 3 to Annex I.

3. In addition, the manufacturer shall submit the following information:

(a) in the case of vehicles equipped with positive-ignition engines, a declaration by the manufacturer of the minimum percentage of misfires out of a total number of firing events that either would result in emissions exceeding the limits given in section 2.3 of Annex XI if that percentage of misfire had been present from the start of a type 1 test as chosen for the demonstration according to Annex XI to this Regulation or could lead to an exhaust catalyst, or catalysts, overheating prior to causing irreversible damage;

(b) detailed written information fully describing the functional operation characteristics of the OBD system, including a listing of all relevant parts of the emission control system of the vehicle that are monitored by the OBD system;

(c) a description of the malfunction indicator used by the OBD system to signal the presence of a fault to a driver of the vehicle;

(d) a declaration by the manufacturer that the OBD system complies with the provisions of section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI relating to in-use performance under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions;

(e) a plan describing the detailed technical criteria and justification for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor that must fulfil the requirements of paragraphs 7.2 and 7.3. of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83, as well as for disabling numerators, denominators and the general denominator under the conditions outlined in paragraph 7.7 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83;

(f) a description of the provisions taken to prevent tampering with and modification of the emission control computer, odometer including the recording of mileage values for the purposes of the requirements of Annexes XI and XVI;

(g) if applicable, the particulars of the vehicle family as referred to in Appendix 2 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83;

(h) where appropriate, copies of other type-approvals with the relevant data to enable extension of approvals and establishment of deterioration factors.

4. For the purposes of point (d) of paragraph 3, the manufacturer shall use the model of manufacturer's certificate of compliance with the OBD in-use performance requirements set out in Appendix 7 of Annex I

5. For the purposes of point (e) of paragraph 3, the approval authority that grants the approval shall make the information referred to in that point available to the approval authorities or the Commission upon request.

6. For the purposes of points (d) and (e) of paragraph 3, approval authorities shall not approve a vehicle if the information submitted by the manufacturer is inappropriate for fulfilling the requirements of section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI. Paragraphs 7.2, 7.3 and 7.7 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall apply under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions. For the assessment of the implementation of the requirements set out in these paragraphs, the approval authorities shall take into account the state of technology.

7. For the purposes of point (f) of paragraph 3, the provisions taken to prevent tampering with and modification of the emission control computer shall include the facility for updating using a manufacturer-approved programme or calibration.

8. For the tests specified in Figure I.2.4 of Annex I the manufacturer shall submit to the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests a vehicle representative of the type to be approved.

9. The application for type-approval of mono fuel, bi-fuel and flex-fuel vehicles shall comply with the additional requirements laid down in Sections 1.1 and 1.2 of Annex I.

10. Changes to the make of a system, component or separate technical unit that occur after a type-approval shall not automatically invalidate a type approval, unless its original characteristics or technical parameters are changed in such a way that the functionality of the engine or pollution control system is affected.

11. The manufacturer shall also provide an extended documentation package with the following information:

(a) information on the operation of all AES and BES, including a description of the parameters that are modified by any AES and the boundary conditions under which the AES operate, and indication of the AES or BES which are likely to be active under the conditions of the test procedures set out in this Regulation;

(b) a description of the fuel system control logic, timing strategies and switch points during all modes of operation.

(c) a description of the coastdown mode, if any, as referred to in paragraph 4.2.1.8.5. of Sub-Annex 4 to Annexe XXI, and a description of the vehicle's dynamometer operation mode, if any, as referred to in paragraph 1.2.4. of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI.

12. The extended documentation package referred to in paragraph 11 (a) and (b) shall remain strictly confidential. It may be kept by the approval authority, or, at the discretion of the approval authority, may be retained by the manufacturer. In the case the manufacturer retains the documentation package, that package shall be identified and dated by the approval authority once reviewed and approved. It shall be made available for inspection by the approval authority at the time of approval or at any time during the validity of the approval.

Article 6 Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information

1. If all the relevant requirements are met, the approval authority shall grant an EC type-approval and issue a type-approval number in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. Without prejudice to the provisions of Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC, Section 3 of the type-approval number shall be drawn up in accordance with Appendix 6 to Annex I to this Regulation. An approval authority shall not assign the same number to another vehicle type.

2. By way of derogation from paragraph 1, at the request of the manufacturer, a vehicle with an OBD system may be accepted for type-approval with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information, even though the system contains one or more deficiencies such that the specific requirements of Annex XI are not fully met, provided that the specific administrative provisions set out in Section 3 of that Annex are complied with. The approval authority shall notify the decision to grant such a type approval to all approval authorities in the other Member States in accordance with the requirements set out in Article 8 of Directive 2007/46/EC.

3. When granting an EC type approval under paragraph 1, the approval authority shall issue an EC type-approval certificate using the model set out in Appendix 4 to Annex I.

Article 7 Amendments to type-approvals

Articles 13, 14 and 16 of Directive 2007/46/EC shall apply to any amendments to the type-approvals granted in accordance to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. At the manufacturer's request the provisions specified in Section 3 of Annex I shall apply without the need for additional testing only to vehicles of the same type.

Article 8 Conformity of production

1. Measures to ensure the conformity of production shall be taken in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 of Directive 2007/46/EC. In addition, the provisions laid down in Section 4 of Annex I to this Regulation and the relevant statistical method in Appendices 1 and 2 to that Annex shall apply.

2. Conformity of production shall be checked on the basis of the description in the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation.

Article 9 In service conformity

1. Measures to ensure in-service conformity of vehicles type-approved under this Regulation shall be taken in accordance with Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC and Annex II to this Regulation.

2. The in-service conformity measures shall be appropriate for confirming the functionality of the pollution control devices during the normal life of the vehicles under normal conditions of use as specified in Annex II to this Regulation.

3. The in-service conformity measures shall be checked for a period of up to 5 years of age or 100000 km, whichever is the sooner.

4. The manufacturer shall not be obliged to carry out an audit of in-service conformity if the number of vehicles sold precludes obtaining sufficient samples to test. Therefore, an audit shall not be required if the annual sales of that vehicle type are less than 5000 across the Union. However, the manufacturer of such small series vehicles shall provide the approval authority with a report of any emissions related warranty and repair claims and OBD faults as set out in paragraph 9.2.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. In addition, the type-approval authority may require such vehicle types to be tested in accordance with Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

5. With regard to vehicles type-approved under this Regulation, where the approval authority is not satisfied with the results of the tests in accordance with the criteria defined in Appendix 4 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, the remedial measures referred to in Article 30(1) and in Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC shall be extended to vehicles in service belonging to the same vehicle type which are likely to be affected with the same defects in accordance with section 6 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The plan of remedial measures presented by the manufacturer according to section 6.1 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be approved by the approval authority. The manufacturer shall be responsible for the execution of the approved remedial plan. The approval authority shall notify its decision to all Member States within 30 days. Member States may require that the same plan of remedial measures be applied to all vehicles of the same type registered in their territory.

6. If an approval authority has established that a vehicle type does not conform to the applicable requirements of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, it shall notify without delay the Member State which granted the original type-approval in accordance with the requirements of Article 30(3) of Directive 2007/46/EC. Following that notification and subject to the provision of Article 30(6) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the approval authority which granted the original type-approval shall inform the manufacturer that a vehicle type fails to satisfy the requirements of these provisions and that certain measures are expected of the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall submit to that authority, within two months after this notification, a plan of measures to overcome the defects, the substance of which should correspond to the requirements of sections 6.1 to 6.8 of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The approval authority which granted the original type-approval shall, within two months, consult the manufacturer in order to secure agreement on a plan of measures and on the carrying out the plan. If the approval authority which granted the original type-approval establishes that no agreement can be reached, the procedure pursuant to Article 30(3) and (4) of Directive 2007/46/EC shall be initiated.

Article 10 Pollution control devices

1. The manufacturer shall ensure that replacement pollution control devices intended to be fitted to EC type-approved vehicles covered by the scope of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 are EC type-approved, as separate technical units within the meaning of Article 10(2) of Directive 2007/46/EC, in accordance with Article 12, Article 13 and Annex XIII to this Regulation. Catalytic converters and particulate filters shall be considered to be pollution control devices for the purposes of this Regulation. The relevant requirements shall be deemed to be met if all the following conditions are fulfilled: In the case referred to in the third subparagraph Article 14 shall also apply.

(a) the requirements of Article 13 are met;

(b) the replacement pollution control devices have been approved according to UN/ECE Regulation No 103.

2. Original equipment replacement pollution control devices, which fall within the type covered by point 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I and are intended for fitment to a vehicle to which the relevant type-approval document refers, do not need to comply with Annex XIII provided they fulfil the requirements of points 2.1 and 2.2 of that Annex.

3. The manufacturer shall ensure that the original pollution control device carries identification markings.

4. The identification markings referred to in paragraph 3 shall comprise the following:

(a) the vehicle or engine manufacturer's name or trade mark;

(b) the make and identifying part number of the original pollution control device as recorded in the information referred to in point 3.2.12.2 of Appendix 3 to Annex I.

Article 11 Application for EC type-approval of a type of replacement pollution control device as a separate technical unit

1. The manufacturer shall submit to the approval authority an application for EC type-approval of a type of replacement pollution control device as a separate technical unit. The application shall be drawn up in accordance with the model of the information document set out in Appendix 1 to Annex XIII.

2. In addition to the requirements laid down in paragraph 1, the manufacturer shall submit to the technical service responsible for the type-approval test all of the following:

(a) a vehicle or vehicles of a type approved in accordance with this Regulation equipped with a new original equipment pollution control device;

(b) one sample of the type of the replacement pollution control device;

(c) an additional sample of the type of the replacement pollution control device, in the case of a replacement pollution control device intended to be fitted to a vehicle equipped with an OBD system.

3. For the purposes of point (a) of paragraph 2, the test vehicles shall be selected by the applicant with the agreement of the technical service. The test vehicles shall comply with the requirements set out in Section 3.2 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The test vehicles shall respect all of the following requirements:

(a) they shall have no emission control system defects;

(b) any excessively worn out or malfunctioning emission-related original part shall be repaired or replaced;

4. For the purposes of points (b) and (c) of paragraph 2, the sample shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the applicant's trade name or mark and its commercial designation.

5. For the purposes of point (c) of paragraph 2, the sample shall have been deteriorated as defined under point (25) of Article 2.

Article 12 Administrative provisions for EC type-approval of replacement pollution control device as separate technical unit

1. If all the relevant requirements are met, the type approval authority shall grant an EC type-approval for replacement pollution control devices as separate technical unit and issue a type-approval number in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. The approval authority shall not assign the same number to another replacement pollution control device type. The same type-approval number may cover the use of that replacement pollution control device type on a number of different vehicle types.

2. For the purposes of paragraph 1, the approval authority shall issue an EC type-approval certificate established in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 2 to Annex XIII.

3. If the applicant for type-approval is able to demonstrate to the approval authority or technical service that the replacement pollution control device is of a type indicated in section 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I, the granting of a type-approval shall not be dependent on verification of compliance with the requirements specified in section 4 of Annex XIII.

Article 13 Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

1. Manufacturers shall put in place the necessary arrangements and procedures, in accordance with Articles 6 and 7 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Annex XIV of this regulation, to ensure that vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information is readily accessible.

2. Approval authorities shall only grant type-approval after receiving from the manufacturer a Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information.

3. The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information shall serve as the proof of compliance with Article 6(7) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

4. The Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information shall be drawn up in accordance with the model set out in Appendix 1 of Annex XIV.

5. If the vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information is not available, or does not conform to Article 6 and 7 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and Annex XIV of this Regulation, when the application for type-approval is made, the manufacturer shall provide that information within six months of the date of type approval.

6. The obligations to provide information within the period specified in paragraph 5 shall apply only if, following type-approval, the vehicle is placed on the market. When the vehicle is placed on the market more than six months after type-approval, the information shall be provided on the date on which the vehicle is placed on the market.

7. The approval authority may presume that the manufacturer has put in place satisfactory arrangements and procedures with regard to access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, on the basis of a completed Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information, providing that no complaint was made, and that the manufacturer provides this information within the period set out in paragraph 5.

8. In addition to the requirements for the access to OBD information that are specified in Section 4 of Annex XI, the manufacturer shall make available to interested parties the following information: For the purposes of point (a), the development of replacement components shall not be restricted by: the unavailability of pertinent information, the technical requirements relating to malfunction indication strategies if the OBD thresholds are exceeded or if the OBD system is unable to fulfil the basic OBD monitoring requirements of this Regulation; specific modifications to the handling of OBD information to deal independently with vehicle operation on petrol or on gas; and the type-approval of gas-fuelled vehicles that contain a limited number of minor deficiencies. For the purposes of point (b), where manufacturers use diagnostic and test tools in accordance with ISO 22900 Modular Vehicle Communication Interface (MVCI) and ISO 22901 Open Diagnostic Data Exchange (ODX) in their franchised networks, the ODX files shall be accessible to independent operators via the web site of the manufacturer.

(a) relevant information to enable the development of replacement components which are critical to the correct functioning of the OBD system;

(b) information to enable the development of generic diagnostic tools.

9. The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information (the Forum). The Forum shall consider whether access to information affects the advances made in reducing vehicle theft and shall make recommendations for improving the requirements relating to access to information. In particular, the Forum shall advise the Commission on the introduction of a process for approving and authorising independent operators by accredited organisations to access information on vehicle security. The Commission may decide to keep the discussions and findings of the Forum confidential.

Article 14 Compliance with the obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

1. An approval authority may, at any time, whether on its own initiative, on the basis of a complaint, or on the basis of an assessment by a technical service, check the compliance of a manufacturer with the provisions of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, this Regulation, and the terms of the Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information.

2. Where an approval authority finds that the manufacturer has failed to comply with its obligations regarding access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, the approval authority which granted the relevant type approval shall take appropriate steps to remedy the situation.

3. The steps referred to in paragraph 2 may include withdrawal or suspension of type-approval, fines, or other measures adopted in accordance with Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

4. The approval authority shall proceed to an audit in order to verify compliance by the manufacturer with the obligations concerning access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information, if an independent operator or a trade association representing independent operators files a complaint to the approval authority.

5. When carrying out the audit, the approval authority may ask a technical service or any other independent expert to carry out an assessment to verify whether these obligations are met.

Article 15 Transitional provisions

1. Until 31 August 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and until 31 August 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles manufacturers may request type-approval to be granted in accordance with this Regulation. Where such request is not made, Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 shall apply.

2. With effect from 1 September 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, national authorities shall refuse, on grounds relating to emissions or fuel consumption, to grant EC type approval or national type approval, in respect to new vehicle types which do not comply with this Regulation.

3. With effect from 1 September 2018 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2019 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, national authorities shall, on grounds relating to emissions or fuel consumption, in the case of new vehicles which do not comply with this Regulation, consider certificates of conformity to be no longer valid for the purposes of Article 26 of Directive 2007/46/EC and shall prohibit the registration, sale or entry into service of such vehicles.

4. Until three years after the dates specified in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 in the case of new vehicle types and four years after the dates specified in Article 10(5) of that Regulation in the case of new vehicles, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) the requirements of point 2.1 of Annex IIIA shall not apply;

(b) the requirements of Annex IIIA other than that in point 2.1, including the requirements with regard to RDE tests to be performed and data to be recorded and made available, shall apply only to new type approvals granted in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 from 27 July 2017;

(d) where the requirements set out in Appendices 5 and 6 of Annex IIIA are satisfied for only one of the two data evaluation methods described in those Appendices, one additional RDE test shall be performed; where those requirements are again satisfied for only one method, the analysis of the completeness and normality shall be recorded for both methods and the calculation required by point 9.3 of Annex IIIA may be limited to the method for which the completeness and normality requirements are satisfied; the data of both RDE tests and of the analysis of the completeness and normality shall be recorded and made available for examining the difference in the results of the two data evaluation methods;

(e) the power at the wheels of the test vehicle shall be determined either by wheel hub torque measurement or from the CO2 mass flow using Velines in accordance with point 4 of Appendix 6 to Annex IIIA.

5. Until 8 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007:

(a) type 1/I tests performed and completed in accordance to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 until 3 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 shall be valid for the purposes of fulfilling the requirements of Annex VII and/or Appendix 1 to Annex XI to this Regulation;

(b) procedures performed in accordance with section 3.13. of Annex III to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 until 3 years after the dates given in Article 10(4) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007 shall be accepted by the approval authority for the purposes of fulfilling the requirements of the second paragraph of point 1.1 of Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI of this Regulation.

6. In order to ensure a fair treatment of previously existing type-approvals, the Commission shall examine the consequences of Chapter V of Directive 2007/46/EC for the purposes of this Regulation.

Article 16 Amendments to Directive 2007/46/EC

Directive 2007/46/EC is amended in accordance with Annex XVIII to this Regulation.

Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008

Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is amended as follows:

(1) In Article 6, paragraph 1, shall be replaced by the following text:

(a) the requirements of Article 3(10) of this Regulation are met;

(b) the requirements of Article 13 of this Regulation are met;

(c) the vehicle has been approved according to UN/ECE Regulations No 83, series of amendments 07; No 85 and its supplements, No 101, Revision 3 (comprising series of amendments 01 and their supplements) and in the case of compression ignition vehicles No 24 Part III, series of amendments 03.

(d) the requirements of Article 5(11) and (12) are met.

(2) the following Article 16a is added:

Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008

(2)

Article 16a Transitional provisions

With effect from 1 September 2017 in the case of categories M1, M2 and category N1 class I vehicles, and from 1 September 2018 in the case of N1 vehicles of class II and III and category N2 vehicles, this Regulation shall only apply for the purposes of assessing the following requirements of vehicles type-approved in accordance with this Regulation before those dates: This Regulation shall also apply for the purposes of the correlation procedure set out in Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) 2017/1152 and (EU) 2017/1153.

(a) conformity of production in accordance with Article 8;

(b) in-service conformity in accordance with Article 9;

Article 17 Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008

(3) Annex I is amended in accordance with Annex XVII to this Regulation.

Article 18 Amendments to Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012

In Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012, Article 2(5) is replaced by the following:

(5) Mass of the optional equipment means the maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;

Article 19 Repeal

Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is repealed as from 1 January 2022.

Article 20 Entry into force and application

This Regulation shall enter into force on the twentieth day following its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.

This Regulation shall be binding in its entirety and directly applicable in all Member States. Done at Brussels, 1 June 2017. For the Commission The President Jean-Claude Juncker

ANNEX

LIST OF ANNEXES

ANNEX I Administrative provisions for EC type-approval Appendix 1 Verification of conformity of production for Type 1 test — statistical method Appendix 2 Calculations for Conformity of Production for EVs Appendix 3 Model information document Appendix 4 Model EC type-approval certificate Appendix 5 OBD related information Appendix 6 EC type-approval certificate numbering system Appendix 7 Manufacturer's certificate of compliance with OBD in-use performance requirements Appendix 8a Type 1 test Test Report template (including ATCT) with minimum reporting requirements Annex for reporting Co2mpass Appendix 8b Road Load Test Report template with minimum reporting requirements Appendix 8c Test Sheet template ANNEX II In-service conformity Appendix 1 In-service conformity check Appendix 2 Statistical procedure for tailpipe emissions in-service conformity testing Appendix 3 Responsibilities for in-service conformity ANNEX IIIA Real Driving Emissions (RDE) ANNEX IV Emissions data required at type-approval for roadworthiness purposes Appendix 1 Measuring carbon monoxide emissions at engine idling speeds (Type 2 test) Appendix 2 Measurement of smoke opacity ANNEX V Verifying emissions of crankcase gases (Type 3 test) ANNEX VI Determination of evaporative emissions (Type 4 test) ANNEX VII Verifying the durability of pollution control devices (Type 5 test) Appendix 1 Standard Bench Cycle (SBC) Appendix 2 Standard Diesel Bench Cycle (SDBC) Appendix 3 Standard Road Cycle (SRC) ANNEX VIII Verifying the average exhaust emissions at low ambient temperatures (Type 6 test) ANNEX IX Specifications of reference fuels ANNEX X Reserved ANNEX XI On-board diagnostics (OBD) for motor vehicles Appendix 1 Functional aspects of OBD systems Appendix 2 Essential characteristics of the vehicle family ANNEX XII Type-Approval of vehicles fitted with eco-innovations and Determination of CO2 emissions and fuel consumption from N1 vehicles submitted to multi-stage type-approval ANNEX XIII EC Type-approval of replacement pollution control devices as separate technical unit Appendix 1 Model information document Appendix 2 Model EC type-approval certificate Appendix 3 Model EC type-approval mark ANNEX XIV Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information Appendix 1 Certificate of compliance ANNEX XV Reserved ANNEX XVI Requirements for vehicles that use a reagent for the exhaust after-treatment system ANNEX XVII Amendments to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 ANNEX XVIII Amendments to Directive 2007/46/EC ANNEX XIX Amendments to Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 ANNEX XX Measurement of net engine power ANNEX XXI Type 1 emissions test procedures

ANNEX I ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR EC TYPE-APPROVAL

1. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GRANTING OF EC TYPE-APPROVAL

1.

1.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.

Additional requirements for mono fuel gas vehicles, and bi-fuel gas vehicles. The additional requirements for granting of type-approval for mono fuel gas vehicles, and bi-fuel gas vehicles shall be those set out in sections 1, 2 and 3 and Appendices 1 and 2 to Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out below. The reference in paragraphs 3.1.2. and 3.1.4. of Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to reference fuels of Annex 10a shall be understood as being reference to the appropriate reference fuel specifications in Section A of Annex IX to this Regulation.

1.2. Additional requirements for flex fuel vehicles The additional requirements for granting of type-approval for flex fuel vehicles shall be those set out in paragraph 4.9. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

2. ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS

2.

2.1.2.1.1. Small volume manufacturers List of legislative acts referred to in Article 3(3): Legislative Act Requirements The California Code of Regulations, Title 13, Sections 1961(a) and 1961(b)(1)(C)(1) applicable to 2001 and later model year vehicles, 1968.1, 1968.2, 1968.5, 1976 and 1975, published by Barclay’s Publishing Type-approval must be granted under the California Code of Regulations applicable to the most recent model year of light-duty vehicle.

2.2.2.2.1.2.2.2.

Inlets to fuel tanks The requirements for inlets to fuel tanks shall be those specified in paragraphs 5.4.1. and 5.4.2. of Annex XXI and point 2.2.2 below. Provision shall be made to prevent excess evaporative emissions and fuel spillage caused by a missing fuel filler cap. This may be achieved by using one of the following:

(a) an automatically opening and closing, non-removable fuel filler cap,

(b) design features which avoid excess evaporative emissions in the case of a missing fuel filler cap,

(c) any other provision which has the same effect. Examples may include, but are not limited to, a tethered filler cap, a chained filler cap or one utilizing the same locking key for the filler cap as for the vehicle’s ignition. In this case the key shall be removable from the filler cap only in the locked condition.

2.3.2.3.1.2.3.22.3.3.

Provisions for electronic system security The provisions for electronic system security shall be those specified in paragraph 5.5 of Annex XXI and points 2.3.2 and 2.3.3 below. In the case of mechanical fuel-injection pumps fitted to compression-ignition engines, manufacturers shall take adequate steps to protect the maximum fuel delivery setting from tampering while a vehicle is in service. Manufacturers shall effectively deter reprogramming of the odometer readings, in the board network, in any powertrain controller as well as in the transmitting unit for remote data exchange if applicable. Manufacturers shall include systematic tamper-protection strategies and write-protect features to protect the integrity of the odometer reading. Methods giving an adequate level of tamper protection shall be approved by the approval authority.

2.4.2.4.1. Figure I.2.4 Application of test requirements for type-approval and extensions

Application of tests Figure I.2.4 illustrates the application of the tests for type-approval of a vehicle. The specific test procedures are described in Annexes II, 111A, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, XI, XVI, XX and XXI. Vehicle category Vehicles with positive ignition engines including hybrids1 Vehicles with compression ignition engines including hybrids Pure electric vehicles Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles Mono fuel Bi-fuel3 Flex-fuel3 Reference fuel Petrol (E10) LPG NG/Biomethane Hydrogen (ICE) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Petrol (E10) Diesel (B7) 5 — Hydrogen (Fuel Cell) LPG NG/Biomethane Hydrogen (ICE) 4 Ethanol (E85) Gaseous pollutants (Type 1 test) Yes Yes Yes Yes4 Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — PM (Type 1 test) Yes2 — — — Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (both fuels) Yes — — PN Yes2 — — — Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (petrol only) Yes2 (both fuels) Yes — — Gaseous pollutants, RDE (Type 1A test) Yes Yes Yes Yes (4) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — PN, RDE (Type 1A test) Yes — — — Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels Yes (both fuels Yes (both fuels) Yes — — Idle emissions (Type 2 test) Yes Yes Yes — Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (petrol only) Yes (both fuels) — — — Crankcase emissions (Type 3 test) Yes Yes Yes — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) — — — Evaporative emissions (Type 4 test) Yes — — — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) — — — Durability (Type 5 test) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes — — Low temperature emissions (Type 6 test) Yes — — — Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (petrol only) Yes (both fuels) — — — In-service conformity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes — — On-board diagnostics Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — — CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes (both fuels) Yes Yes Yes Smoke opacity — — — — — — — — Yes — — Engine power Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

3. EXTENSIONS TO TYPE-APPROVALS

3.

3.1. Extensions for tailpipe emissions (type 1 and type 2 tests)

3.1.1. The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles if they conform to the criteria of Article 2 (1).

3.1.

3.1.2. Vehicles with periodically regenerating systems For Ki tests undertaken under Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex VI to Annex XXI (WLTP), the type-approval shall be extended to vehicles if they conform to the criteria of paragraph 5.9. of Annex XXI. For Ki tests undertaken under Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 (NEDC) the type-approval shall be extended to vehicles according to the requirements of Section 3.1.4. of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008.

3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.

Extensions for evaporative emissions (type 4 test) The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles equipped with a control system for evaporative emissions which meet the following conditions: The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with:

3.2.3.2.1.

3.2.1.1. The basic principle of fuel/air metering (e.g. single point injection) is the same.

3.2.1.2. The shape of the fuel tank and the material of the fuel tank and liquid fuel hoses are identical.

3.2.1.3. The worst-case vehicle with regard to the cross-section and approximate hose length shall be tested. Whether non-identical vapour/liquid separators are acceptable is decided by the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests.

3.2.1.4. The fuel tank volume is within a range of ± 10 %.

3.2.1.5. The setting of the fuel tank relief valve is identical.

3.2.1.6. The method of storage of the fuel vapour is identical, i.e. trap form and volume, storage medium, air cleaner (if used for evaporative emission control), etc.

3.2.1.7. The method of purging of the stored vapour is identical (e.g. air flow, start point or purge volume over the preconditioning cycle).

3.2.1.8. The method of sealing and venting of the fuel metering system is identical.

3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.

3.2.2.1. different engine sizes;

3.2.2.2. different engine powers;

3.2.2.3. automatic and manual gearboxes;

3.2.2.4. two and four wheel transmissions;

3.2.2.5. different body styles; and

3.2.2.6. different wheel and tyre sizes.

3.3. Extensions for durability of pollution control devices (type 5 test)

3.3.1. The type-approval shall be extended to different vehicle types, provided that the vehicle, engine or pollution control system parameters specified below are identical or remain within the prescribed tolerances:

3.3.1.1. Vehicle:

Inertia category: the two inertia categories immediately above and any inertia category below.

Total road load at 80 km/h: + 5 % above and any value below.

3.3. grp_1

3.3.1.2. Engine

3.3.1.2.

(a) engine cylinder capacity (± 15 %),

(b) number and control of valves,

(d) type of cooling system,

(e) combustion process.

3.3.1.3. Pollution control system parameters:

grp_3

(a) Catalytic converters and particulate filters:

number of catalytic converters, filters and elements,

size of catalytic converters and filters (volume of monolith ± 10 %),

type of catalytic activity (oxidizing, three-way, lean NOx trap, SCR, lean NOx catalyst or other),

precious metal load (identical or higher),

precious metal type and ratio (± 15 %),

substrate (structure and material),

cell density,

temperature variation of no more than 50 K at the inlet of the catalytic converter or filter. This temperature variation shall be checked under stabilized conditions at a vehicle speed of 120 km/h and the load setting of the type 1 test.

(b) Air injection:

with or without

type (pulsair, air pumps, other(s))

with or without

type (cooled or non-cooled, active or passive control, high pressure or low pressure).

3.3.1.4. The durability test may be carried out using a vehicle, which has a different body style, gear box (automatic or manual) and size of the wheels or tyres, from those of the vehicle type for which the type-approval is sought.

3.4.3.4.1. Extensions for on-board diagnostics The type-approval shall be extended to different vehicles with identical engine and emission control systems as defined in Annex XI, Appendix 2. The type-approval shall be extended regardless of the following vehicle characteristics:

3.4.3.4.1.

(a) engine accessories;

(b) tyres;

(d) cooling system;

(e) overall gear ratio;

(f) transmission type; and

(g) type of bodywork.

3.5 Extensions for low temperature test (type 6 test)

3.5 3.5.1.3.5.1.1.3.5.1.2.

Vehicles with different reference masses The type-approval shall be extended only to vehicles with a reference mass requiring the use of the next two higher equivalent inertia or any lower equivalent inertia. For category N vehicles, the approval shall be extended only to vehicles with a lower reference mass, if the emissions of the vehicle already approved are within the limits prescribed for the vehicle for which extension of the approval is requested.

3.5.2.3.5.2.1.3.5.2.2.3.5.2.3.3.5.2.4.

Vehicles with different overall transmission ratios The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with different transmission ratios only under certain conditions. To determine whether type-approval can be extended, for each of the transmission ratios used in the type 6 test, the proportion, E V2 V1V1 shall be determined where, at an engine speed of 1000 min –1, V1 is the speed of the vehicle-type approved and V2 is the speed of the vehicle type for which extension of the approval is requested. If, for each transmission ratio, E ≤ 8 %, the extension shall be granted without repeating the type 6 test. If, for at least one transmission ratio, E > 8 %, and if, for each gear ratio, E ≤ 13 %, the type 6 test shall be repeated. The tests may be performed in a laboratory chosen by the manufacturer subject to the approval of the technical service. The report of the tests shall be sent to the technical service responsible for the type-approval tests.

3.5.3. Vehicles with different reference masses and transmission ratios The type-approval shall be extended to vehicles with different reference masses and transmission ratios, provided that all the conditions prescribed in paragraphs 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 are fulfilled.

4. CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

4.

4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.4.1.5.4.1.6.4.1.7.4.1.8.

Introduction Every vehicle produced under a Type Approval according to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to conform to the type approval requirements of this Regulation. The Manufacturer shall implement adequate arrangements and documented control plans and carry-out at specified intervals as given in this regulation the necessary emission and OBD tests to verify continued conformity with the approved type. The approval authority shall verify and agree with these arrangements and control plans of the manufacturer and perform audits and conduct emission and OBD tests at specific intervals, as given in this regulation, at the premises of the manufacturer, including production and test facilities as part of the product conformity and continued verification arrangements as described in Annex X of Directive 2007/46/EC. The manufacturer shall check the conformity of production by testing the emissions of pollutants (given in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007), the emission of CO2 (along with the measurement of electric energy consumption, EC), the crankcase emissions, evaporative emissions and the OBD. The verification shall therefore include the tests of types 1, 3, 4 and the test for OBD, as described in section 2.4 of this Annex and the relevant annexes quoted therein. The specific procedures for conformity of production are set out in Sections 4.2 to 4.7 and Appendixes 1 and 2. For the purposes of the manufactures conformity of production check, the family means the CO2 interpolation family for tests of Type 1 and 3, includes for the Type 4 test the extensions described in paragraph 3.2 of this Annex and the OBD family with the extensions described in paragraph 3.3 of this Annex for the OBD tests. The frequency for product verification performed by the manufacturer shall be based on a risk assessment methodology consistent with the international standard ISO 31000:2009 — Risk Management — Principles and guidelines and at least for Type 1 with a minimum frequency of one verification per 5000 vehicles produced per family or once per year, whichever comes first. The Approval Authority which has granted type-approval may at any time verify the conformity control methods applied in each production facility. For the purpose of this regulation the Approval Authority shall perform audits for verifying the manufacturers arrangements and documented control plans at the premises of the manufacturer on a risk assessment methodology consistent with the international standard ISO 31000:2009 — Risk Management — Principles and guidelines and, in all cases, with a minimum frequency of one audit per year. If the Approval Authority is not satisfied with the auditing procedure of the manufacturer, physical test shall directly be carried out on production vehicles as described in Sections 4.2 to 4.9. The normal frequency of physical test verifications by the Approval Authority shall be based on the results of the auditing procedure of the manufacturer on a risk assessment methodology and in all cases with a minimum frequency of one verification test per three years. The Approval Authority shall conduct these physical emission tests and OBD tests on production vehicles as described in Sections 4.2 to 4.9. In the case of the manufacturer running the physical tests, the Approval Authority shall witness the tests at the manufacturer's facility. The Approval Authority shall report the results of all audit checks and physical tests performed on verifying conformity of the manufacturers and file it for a period of minimum 10 years. These reports should be available for other type approval authorities and the European Commission on request. In case of non-conformity Article 30 of Directive 2007/46/EC shall apply.

4.2. Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a type 1 test

4.2.1. The Type 1 test shall be carried out on production vehicles of a valid member of the CO2 interpolation family as described in the TA certificate. The limit values against which to check conformity for pollutants are set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. As regards CO2 emissions, the limit value shall be the value determined by the manufacturer for the selected vehicle in accordance with the interpolation methodology set out in Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. The interpolation calculation shall be verified by the approval authority.

4.2.2. A sample of three vehicles shall be selected at random in the family. After selection by the approval authority, the manufacturer shall not undertake any adjustment to the vehicles selected.

4.2.2.1. The selection shall only include finalised production vehicles which have completed a maximum of 80 km and those vehicles will be referred to as zero km vehicles for the purposes of checking conformity against Type 1 test. The vehicle shall be tested on the appropriate WLTP cycle as described in Annex XXI to this Regulation notwithstanding the requirements for test repetitions, or km of vehicles. The test results shall be the values after all corrections according to this regulation are applied.

4.2.3. The statistical method for calculating the test criteria is described in Appendix 1. The production of a family shall be deemed to not conform when a fail decision is reached for one or more of the pollutants and CO2 values, according to the test criteria in Appendix 1. The production of a family shall be deemed to conform once a pass decision is reached for all the pollutants and CO2 values according to the test criteria in Appendix 1. When a pass decision has been reached for one pollutant, that decision shall not be changed by any additional tests carried out to reach a decision for the other pollutants and CO2 values. If a pass decision is not reached for all the pollutants and CO2 values, a test shall be carried out on another vehicle, up to the maximum of 16 vehicles, and the procedure described in Appendix 1 for taking a pass or fail decision shall be repeated (see Figure I.4.2).

4.2. grp_3

Figure I.4.2 Test of three vehicles Computation of the test statistic According to Appendix 1 does the test statistic agree with the criteria for failing the family for at least one pollutant/Co2? YES Family rejected NO NO According to Appendix 1 does the test statistic agree with the criteria for passing the family for at least one pollutant/CO2? YES A pass decision is reached for one or more pollutants/CO2 Is a pass decision reached for all the pollutants/CO2? YES Family accepted NO Test of an additional vehicle, up to a max of 16 vehicles tested

4.2.4. At the request of the manufacturer and with the acceptance of the approval authority, tests may be carried out on a vehicle of the family with a maximum of 15000 km in order to establish measured evolution coefficients EvC for pollutants/CO2 for each family. The running-in procedure shall be conducted by the manufacturer, who shall not to make any adjustments to these vehicles.

4.2.4.1. In order to establish a measured evolution coefficient with a run-in vehicle the procedure shall be as follows:

grp_4

grp_1

(a) the pollutants/CO2 shall be measured at a mileage of at most 80 km and at x km of the first tested vehicle;

(b) the evolution coefficient (EvC) of the pollutants/CO2 between 80 km and x km shall be calculated as: EvCmeas values at x kmvalues at 80 km

(c) the other vehicles in the interpolation family shall not be run in, but their zero km emissions/EC/CO2 shall be multiplied by the evolution coefficient of the first run-in vehicle. In this case, the values to be taken for testing as in Appendix 1 shall be:

(c)

(i) the values at x km for the first vehicle;

(ii) the values at zero km multiplied by the relevant evolution coefficient for the other vehicles.

4.2.4.2. All these tests shall be conducted with commercial fuel. However, at the manufacturer’s request, the reference fuels described in Annex IX may be used.

4.2.4.3. When checking the conformity of production for CO2, as an alternative to the procedure mentioned in Section 4.2.4.1 the vehicle manufacturer may use a fixed evolution coefficient EvC of 0,98 and multiply all values of CO2 measured at zero km by this factor.

4.2.5 Tests for conformity of production of vehicles fuelled by LPG or NG/biomethane may be performed with a commercial fuel of which the C3/C4 ratio lies between those of the reference fuels in the case of LPG, or of one of the high or low caloric fuels in the case of NG/biomethane. In all cases a fuel analysis shall be presented to the approval authority.

4.2.6.4.2.6.1.

Vehicles fitted with eco-innovations In the case of a vehicle type fitted with one or more eco-innovations, within the meaning of Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles, the conformity of production shall be demonstrated with respect to the eco-innovations, by checking the presence of the correct eco-innovation(s) in question.

4.3. PEVs

4.3.1 Measures to ensure the conformity of production with regard to electric energy consumption (EC) shall be checked on the basis of the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to this Annex.

4.3. 4.3.2.4.3.2.1.4.3.2.2.4.3.2.3.4.3.2.4.

Electric energy consumption verification for conformity of production During the conformity of production procedure, the break-off criterion for the Type 1 test procedure according to paragraph 3.4.4.1.3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation (consecutive cycle procedure) and paragraph 3.4.4.2.3. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation (Shortened Test Procedure) shall be replaced with the following: The break-off criterion for the conformity of production procedure shall be reached with having finished the first applicable WLTP test cycle. During this first applicable WLTP test cycle, the DC energy from the REESS(s) shall be measured according to the method described in Appendix 3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and divided by the driven distance in this applicable WLTP test cycle. The value determined according to paragraph 4.3.2.2 shall be compared to the value determined according to paragraph 1.2 of Appendix 2. Conformity for EC shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1. For the purposes of this conformity check, the terms pollutants/CO2 shall be replaced by EC.

4.4. OVC-HEVs

4.4.1. Measures to ensure the conformity of production with regard to CO2 mass emission and electric energy consumption from OVC-HEV shall be checked on the basis of the description in the type-approval certificate set out in Appendix 4 to this Annex.

4.4. 4.4.2.4.4.2.1.4.4.2.2.4.4.2.3.

CO2 mass emission verification for conformity of production The vehicle shall be tested according to the charge-sustaining Type 1 test as described in paragraph 3.2.5. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation. During this test, the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission shall be determined according to Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and compared to the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission according to paragraph 2.3 of Appendix 2. Conformity for CO2 emissions shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1.

4.4.3.4.4.3.1.4.4.3.2.4.4.3.3.4.4.1.4.

Electric energy consumption verification for conformity of production During the conformity of production procedure, the end of the charge-depleting Type 1 test procedure according to paragraph 3.2.4.4. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation shall be replaced with the following: The end of the charge-depleting Type 1 test procedure for the conformity of production procedure shall be reached with having finished the first applicable WLTP test cycle. During this first applicable WLTP test cycle, the DC energy from the REESS(s) shall be measured according to the method described in Appendix 3 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI of this Regulation and divided by the driven distance in this applicable WLTP test cycle. The value determined according to paragraph 4.5.3.2. of this Regulation shall be compared to the value determined according to paragraph 2.4. of Appendix 2. Conformity for EC shall be checked using the statistical procedures described in Section 4.2 and Appendix 1. For the purposes of this conformity check, the terms pollutants/CO2 shall be replaced by EC.

4.5.4.5.1. Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a Type 3 test If a verification of the Type 3 test is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

4.5.4.5.1.

4.5.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Annex V.

4.5.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Annex V.

4.5.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of Section 4.5.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Annex V. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15000 km with no modifications.

4.5.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Annex V.

4.6.4.6.1. Checking the conformity of the vehicle for a Type 4 test If a verification of the Type 4 test is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

4.6.4.6.1.

4.6.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Annex VI, or at least as in paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83.

4.6.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Annex VI, or paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83 depending on the test performed.

4.6.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of section 4.6.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Annex VI, or at least as in paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15000 km with no modifications.

4.6.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Annex VI, or paragraph 7 of Annex 7 of UN Regulation 83 depending on the test performed.

4.7.4.7.1. Checking the conformity of the vehicle for On-board Diagnostics (OBD) If a verification of the performance of the OBD system is to be carried out, it shall be conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

4.7.4.7.1.

4.7.1.1. When the approval authority determines that the quality of production seems unsatisfactory, a vehicle shall be randomly taken from the family and subjected to the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI.

4.7.1.2. The production shall be deemed to conform if this vehicle meets the requirements of the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI.

4.7.1.3. If the vehicle tested does not satisfy the requirements of section 4.7.1.1, a further random sample of four vehicles shall be taken from the same family and subjected to the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI. The tests may be carried out on vehicles which have completed a maximum of 15000 km with no modifications.

4.7.1.4. The production shall be deemed to conform if at least three vehicles meet the requirements of the tests described in Appendix 1 to Annex XI.

Appendix 1 Verification of conformity of production for Type 1 test—statistical method 1.2.3.4.

This appendix describes the procedure to be used to verify the production conformity requirements for the Type 1 test for pollutants/CO2, including conformity requirements for PEVs and OVC-HEVs. Measurements of the pollutants specified in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 and the emission of CO2 shall be carried out on a minimum number of 3 vehicles, and consecutively increase until a pass or fail decision is reached. From the number of N tests: x1, x2, … xN, the average Xtests and the variance VAR are to be determined from all N measurements: Xtests x1 x2 x3 … xNN and VAR x1 Xtests2 x2 Xtests2 … xN Xtests2N 1 For each number of tests, one of the three following decisions (see (i) to ((iii) below) can be reached for pollutants based on the limit value L for each pollutant, the average of all N tests: Xtests, the variance of the test results VAR and the number of tests N: For the measurement of pollutants the factor A is set at 1,05 in order to take into account inaccuracies in the measurements. For CO2 and EC the normalised values for CO2 and EC shall be used: xi CO2test iCO2declared. xi ECtest iECDC, COP In the case of CO2 and EC the factor A is set at 1.01 and the value for L is set at 1. So in the case of CO2 and EC the criteria are simplified to: The A values for pollutants, EC and CO2 will be reviewed and may change according to the available evidence. For this reason the Type Approval Authorities will need to provide the Commission with all relevant data at least for the initial period of 5 years.

Verification of conformity of production for Type 1 test—statistical method 1.2.3.

(i) Pass the family if Xtests A L VARL

(ii) Fail the family if Xtests A L N 313 VARL

(iii) Take another measurement if: A L VARL Xtests A L N 313 VARL

Verification of conformity of production for Type 1 test—statistical method 1.2.3.4.

(i) Pass the family if Xtests A VAR

(ii) Fail the family if Xtests A N 313 VAR

(iii) Take another measurement if: A VAR Xtests A N 313 VAR

Appendix 2 Calculations for Conformity of Production of EVs

1. Calculations for conformity of production values for PEVs

1.

1.1 Interpolating of individual electric energy consumption of PEVs ECDC ind,COP ECDC L,COP Kind ECDC H,COP ECDC L,COP where: ECDC–ind,COP is the electric energy consumption of an individual vehicle for the conformity of production, Wh/km; ECDC–L,COP is the electric energy consumption of vehicle L for the conformity of production, Wh/km; ECDC–H,COP is the electric energy consumption of vehicle H for the conformity of production, Wh/km; Kind is the interpolation coefficient for the considered individual vehicle for the applicable WLTP test cycle.

1.2 Electric Consumption for PEVs The following value shall be declared and used for verifying the conformity of production with respect to the electric consumption: ECDC,COP ECDC,CD,first WLTC AFEC where: ECDC,COP is the electric energy consumption based on the REESS depletion of the first applicable WLTC test cycle provided for the verification during the conformity of production test procedure; ECDC,CD,first WLTC is the electric energy consumption based on the REESS depletion of the first applicable WLTC test cycle according to paragraph 4.3. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI, in Wh/km; AFEC is the adjustment factor which compensates the difference between the charge-depleting electric energy consumption value declared after having performed the Type 1 test procedure during homologation and the measured test result determined during the conformity of production procedure and AFEC ECWLTC,declaredECWLTC where ECWLTC,declared is the declared electric energy consumption for PEVs according to paragraph 1.1.2.3. of Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI ECWLTC is the measured electric energy consumption according to paragraph 4.3.4.2. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI.

2. Calculations for conformity of production values for OVC-HEVs

2.

2.1 Individual charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of OVC-HEVs for conformity of production MCO2 ind,CS,COP MCO2 L,CS,COP Kind MCO2 H,CS,COP MCO2 L,CS,COP where: MCO2–ind,CS,COP is the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of an individual vehicle for the conformity of production, g/km; MCO2–L,CS,COP is the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of vehicle L for the conformity of production, g/km; MCO2–H,CS,COP is the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of vehicle H for the conformity of production, g/km; Kind is the interpolation coefficient for the considered individual vehicle for the applicable WLTP test cycle.

2.2 Individual charge-depleting electric energy consumption of OVC-HEVs for conformity of production ECDC ind,CD,COP ECDC L,CD,COP Kind ECDC H,CD,COP ECDC L,CD,COP where: ECDC–ind,CD,COP is the charge-depleting electric energy consumption of an individual vehicle for the conformity of production, Wh/km; ECDC–L,CD,COP is the charge-depleting electric energy consumption of vehicle L for the conformity of production, Wh/km; ECDC–H,CD,COP is the charge-depleting electric energy consumption of vehicle H for the conformity of production, Wh/km; Kind is the interpolation coefficient for the considered individual vehicle for the applicable WLTP test cycle.

2.3 Charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission value for conformity of production The following value shall be declared and used for the verification of the conformity of production with respect to the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission: MCO2,CS,COP MCO2,CS AFCO2,CS where: MCO2,CS,COP is the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission value of the charge-sustaining Type 1 test provided for the verification during the conformity of production test procedure; MCO2,CS is the charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of the charge-sustaining Type 1 test according to paragraph 4.1.1. of Annex XXI, g/km; AFCO2,CS is the adjustment factor which compensates the difference between the value declared after having performed the Type 1 test procedure during homologation and the measured test result determined during the conformity of production procedure And AFCO2,CS MCO2,CS,c,declaredMCO2,CS,c,6 where MCO2,CS,c,declared is the declared charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of the charge-sustaining Type 1 test according to step 7 of Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI. MCO2,CS,c,6 is the measured charge-sustaining CO2 mass emission of the charge-sustaining Type 1 test according to step 6 of Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI.

2.4 Charge-depleting electric energy consumption for conformity of production The following value shall be declared and used for verifying the conformity of production with respect to the charge-depleting electric energy consumption ECDC,CD,COP ECDC,CD,first WLTC AFEC,AC,CD where: ECDC,CD,COP is the charge-depleting electric energy consumption based on the REESS depletion of the first applicable WLTC test cycle of the charge-depleting Type 1 test provided for the verification during the conformity of production test procedure; ECDC,CD,first WLTC is the charge-depleting electric energy consumption based on the REESS depletion of the first applicable WLTC test cycle of the charge-depleting Type 1 test according to paragraph 4.3. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI, Wh/km; AFEC,AC,CD is the adjustment factor for the charge-depleting electric energy consumption which compensates the difference between the value declared after having performed the Type 1 test procedure during homologation and the measured test result determined during the conformity of production procedure and AFEC,AC,CD ECAC,CD,declaredECAC,CD where ECAC,CD,declared is the declared charge-depleting electric energy consumption of the charge-depleting Type 1 test according to paragraph 1.1.2.3. of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI. ECAC,CD is the measured charge-depleting electric energy consumption of the charge-depleting Type 1 test according to paragraph 4.3.1. of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI.

Appendix 3 MODEL INFORMATION DOCUMENT No …

RELATING TO EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF A VEHICLE WITH REGARD TO EMISSIONS AND ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION (w)(w1)(w2)(w3)(w4)(w5)1.2.3.4.5.

The following information, if applicable, must be supplied in triplicate and include a list of contents. Any drawings must be supplied in appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4 or on a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, must show sufficient detail. If the systems, components or separate technical units have electronic controls, information concerning their performance must be supplied. 0 GENERAL 0.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): … 0.2. Type: … 0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): … 0.4. Category of vehicle (c): … 0.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): … 0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): … 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS 1.1. Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle/component/separate technical unit (1): 1.3.3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … 2 MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (f) (g) (7) (in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable) 2.6. Mass in running order (h) 2.8. Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer (i) (3): … 3 PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER (k) 3.1. Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): … 3.1.1. Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other means of identification): … 3.2. Internal combustion engine 3.2.1.1. Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition/dual fuel (1) Cycle: four stroke/two stroke/rotary (1) 3.2.1.2. Number and arrangement of cylinders: … 3.2.1.2.1. Bore (1): … mm 3.2.1.2.2. Stroke (1): … mm 3.2.1.2.3. Firing order: … 3.2.1.3. Engine capacity (m): … cm3 3.2.1.4. Volumetric compression ratio (2): … 3.2.1.5. Drawings of combustion chamber, piston crown and, in the case of positive ignition engines, piston rings: … 3.2.1.6. Normal engine idling speed (2): … min–1 3.2.1.6.1. High engine idling speed (2): … min–1 3.2.1.8. Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value) 3.2.1.9. Maximum permitted engine speed as prescribed by the manufacturer: … min–1 3.2.1.10. Maximum net torque (n): … Nm at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value) 3.2.2. Fuel 3.2.2.1. Light-duty vehicles: Diesel/Petrol/LPG/NG or Biomethane/Ethanol (E85)/Biodiesel/Hydrogen/H2NG (1) (6) 3.2.2.1.1. RON, unleaded: … 3.2.2.4. Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel (1) 3.2.2.5. Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's declared value): … % by volume 3.2.4. Fuel feed 3.2.4.1. By carburettor(s): yes/no (1) 3.2.4.2. By fuel injection (compression ignition or dual fuel only): yes/no (1) 3.2.4.2.1. System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): … 3.2.4.2.2. Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber (1) 3.2.4.2.3. Injection/Delivery pump 3.2.4.2.3.1. Make(s): … 3.2.4.2.3.2. Type(s): … 3.2.4.2.3.3. Maximum fuel delivery (1) (2): … mm3 /stroke or cycle at an engine speed of: … min–1 or, alternatively, a characteristic diagram: … (When boost control is supplied, state the characteristic fuel delivery and boost pressure versus engine speed) 3.2.4.2.4. Engine speed limitation control 3.2.4.2.4.2.1. Speed at which cut-off starts under load: … min–1 3.2.4.2.4.2.2. Maximum no-load speed: … min–1 3.2.4.2.6. Injector(s) 3.2.4.2.6.1. Make(s): … 3.2.4.2.6.2. Type(s): … 3.2.4.2.8. Auxiliary starting aid 3.2.4.2.8.1. Make(s): … 3.2.4.2.8.2. Type(s): … 3.2.4.2.8.3. System description: … 3.2.4.2.9. Electronic controlled injection: yes/no (1) 3.2.4.2.9.1. Make(s): … 3.2.4.2.9.2. Type(s): 3.2.4.2.9.3 Description of the system: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.1. Make and type of the control unit (ECU): … 3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1. Software version of the ECU: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.2. Make and type of the fuel regulator: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.3. Make and type of the air-flow sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.4. Make and type of fuel distributor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.5. Make and type of the throttle housing: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.6. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.7. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: … 3.2.4.3. By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no (1) 3.2.4.3.1. Working principle: intake manifold (single-/multi-point/direct injection (1) /other (specify): … 3.2.4.3.2. Make(s): … 3.2.4.3.3. Type(s): … 3.2.4.3.4. System description (In the case of systems other than continuous injection give equivalent details): … 3.2.4.3.4.1. Make and type of the control unit (ECU): … 3.2.4.3.4.1.1. Software version of the ECU: … 3.2.4.3.4.3. Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.8. Make and type of throttle housing: … 3.2.4.3.4.9. Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.10. Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … 3.2.4.3.4.11. Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: … 3.2.4.3.5. Injectors 3.2.4.3.5.1. Make: … 3.2.4.3.5.2. Type: … 3.2.4.3.7. Cold start system 3.2.4.3.7.1. Operating principle(s): … 3.2.4.3.7.2. Operating limits/settings (1) (2): … 3.2.4.4. Feed pump 3.2.4.4.1. Pressure (2): … kPa or characteristic diagram (2): … 3.2.4.4.2. Make(s): … 3.2.4.4.3. Type(s): … 3.2.5. Electrical system 3.2.5.1. Rated voltage: … V, positive/negative ground (1) 3.2.5.2. Generator 3.2.5.2.1. Type: … 3.2.5.2.2. Nominal output: … VA 3.2.6. Ignition system (spark ignition engines only) 3.2.6.1. Make(s): … 3.2.6.2. Type(s): … 3.2.6.3. Working principle: … 3.2.6.6. Spark plugs 3.2.6.6.1. Make: … 3.2.6.6.2. Type: … 3.2.6.6.3. Gap setting: … mm 3.2.6.7. Ignition coil(s) 3.2.6.7.1. Make: … 3.2.6.7.2. Type: … 3.2.7. Cooling system: liquid/air (1) 3.2.7.1. Nominal setting of the engine temperature control mechanism: … 3.2.7.2. Liquid 3.2.7.2.1. Nature of liquid: … 3.2.7.2.2. Circulating pump(s): yes/no (1) 3.2.7.2.3. Characteristics: … or 3.2.7.2.3.1. Make(s): … 3.2.7.2.3.2. Type(s): … 3.2.7.2.4. Drive ratio(s): … 3.2.7.2.5. Description of the fan and its drive mechanism: … 3.2.7.3. Air 3.2.7.3.1. Fan: yes/no (1) 3.2.7.3.2. Characteristics: … or 3.2.7.3.2.1. Make(s): … 3.2.7.3.2.2. Type(s): … 3.2.7.3.3. Drive ratio(s): … 3.2.8. Intake system 3.2.8.1. Pressure charger: yes/no (1) 3.2.8.1.1. Make(s): … 3.2.8.1.2. Type(s): … 3.2.8.1.3. Description of the system (e.g. maximum charge pressure: … kPa; wastegate if applicable): … 3.2.8.2. Intercooler: yes/no (1) 3.2.8.2.1. Type: air-air/air-water (1) 3.2.8.3. Intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load (compression ignition engines only) 3.2.8.4. Description and drawings of inlet pipes and their accessories (plenum chamber, heating device, additional air intakes, etc.): … 3.2.8.4.1. Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos): … 3.2.8.4.2. Air filter, drawings: … or 3.2.8.4.2.1. Make(s): … 3.2.8.4.2.2. Type(s): … 3.2.8.4.3. Intake silencer, drawings: … or 3.2.8.4.3.1. Make(s): … 3.2.8.4.3.2. Type(s): … 3.2.9. Exhaust system 3.2.9.1. Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold: … 3.2.9.2. Description and/or drawing of the exhaust system: … 3.2.9.3. Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 % load (compression ignition engines only): … kPa 3.2.10. Minimum cross-sectional areas of inlet and outlet ports: … 3.2.11. Valve timing or equivalent data 3.2.11.1. Maximum lift of valves, angles of opening and closing, or timing details of alternative distribution systems, in relation to dead centres. For variable timing system, minimum and maximum timing: … 3.2.11.2. Reference and/or setting ranges (1): … 3.2.12. Measures taken against air pollution 3.2.12.1. Device for recycling crankcase gases (description and drawings): … 3.2.12.2. Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) 3.2.12.2.1. Catalytic converter 3.2.12.2.1.1. Number of catalytic converters and elements (provide the information below for each separate unit): … 3.2.12.2.1.2. Dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): … 3.2.12.2.1.3. Type of catalytic action: … 3.2.12.2.1.4. Total charge of precious metals: … 3.2.12.2.1.5. Relative concentration: … 3.2.12.2.1.6. Substrate (structure and material): … 3.2.12.2.1.7. Cell density: … 3.2.12.2.1.8. Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): … 3.2.12.2.1.9. Location of the catalytic converter(s) (place and reference distance in the exhaust line): … 3.2.12.2.1.10. Heat shield: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.1.11. Normal operating temperature range: … °C 3.2.12.2.1.12. Make of catalytic converter: … 3.2.12.2.1.13. Identifying part number: … 3.2.12.2.2. Sensors 3.2.12.2.2.1. Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.2.1.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.2. Location: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.3. Control range: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.4. Type or working principle: … 3.2.12.2.2.1.5. Identifying part number: … 3.2.12.2.2.2. NOx sensor: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.2.2.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.2.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.2.2.3. Location 3.2.12.2.2.3. Particulate sensor: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.2.3.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.2.3.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.2.3.3. Location: … 3.2.12.2.3. Air injection: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.3.1. Type (pulse air, air pump, etc.): … 3.2.12.2.4. Exhaust gas recirculation (EGR): yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.4.1. Characteristics (make, type, flow, high pressure/low pressure/combined pressure, etc.): … 3.2.12.2.4.2. Water-cooled system (to be specified for each EGR system e.g. low pressure/high pressure/combined pressure: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.5. Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.5.1. Detailed description of the devices: … 3.2.12.2.5.2. Drawing of the evaporative control system: … 3.2.12.2.5.3. Drawing of the carbon canister: … 3.2.12.2.5.4. Mass of dry charcoal: … g 3.2.12.2.5.5. Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material (petrol and ethanol engines only): … 3.2.12.2.5.6. Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: … 3.2.12.2.6. Particulate trap (PT): yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.6.1. Dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate trap: … 3.2.12.2.6.2. Design of the particulate trap: … 3.2.12.2.6.3. Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): … 3.2.12.2.6.4. Make of particulate trap: … 3.2.12.2.6.5. Identifying part number: … 3.2.12.2.7 On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.7.1. Written description and/or drawing of the MI: … 3.2.12.2.7.2. List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: … 3.2.12.2.7.3. Written description (general working principles) for 3.2.12.2.7.3.1 Positive-ignition engines 3.2.12.2.7.3.1.1. Catalyst monitoring: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.1.2. Misfire detection: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.1.3. Oxygen sensor monitoring: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.1.4. Other components monitored by the OBD system: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.2. Compression-ignition engines: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.2.1. Catalyst monitoring: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.2.2. Particulate trap monitoring: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.2.3. Electronic fuelling system monitoring: … 3.2.12.2.7.3.2.5. Other components monitored by the OBD system: … 3.2.12.2.7.4. Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method): … 3.2.12.2.7.5. List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): … 3.2.12.2.7.6. The following additional information shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer for the purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test equipment. 3.2.12.2.7.6.1. A description of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for the original type approval of the vehicle. 3.2.12.2.7.6.2. A description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the original type-approval of the vehicle for the component monitored by the OBD system. 3.2.12.2.7.6.3. A comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system. A list of all OBD output codes and format used (with an explanation of each) associated with individual emission related power-train components and individual non-emission related components, where monitoring of the component is used to determine MI activation, including in particular a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $05 Test ID $21 to FF and the data given in service $06. In the case of vehicle types that use a communication link in accordance with ISO 15765-4 Road vehicles, diagnostics on controller area network (CAN) — Part 4: requirements for emissions-related systems, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $06 Test ID $00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported, shall be provided. 3.2.12.2.7.6.4. The information required above may be defined by completing a table as described below. 3.2.12.2.7.6.4.1. Light-duty vehicles Component Fault code Monitoring strategy Fault detection criteria MI activation criteria Secondary parameters Preconditioning Demonstration test Catalyst P0420 Oxygen sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals Difference between sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals- 3rd cycle Engine speed load, A/F mode, catalyst temperature Two type I cycles Type I 3.2.12.2.8. Other system: … 3.2.12.2.8.2. Driver inducement system 3.2.12.2.8.2.3. Type of inducement system: no engine restart after countdown/no start after refuelling/fuel-lockout/performance restriction 3.2.12.2.8.2.4. Description of the inducement system 3.2.12.2.8.2.5. Equivalent to the average driving range of the vehicle with a complete tank of fuel: … km 3.2.12.2.10. Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) 3.2.12.2.10.1. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: … 3.2.12.2.10.2. The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles, between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance D in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 or figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 (as applicable)): … 3.2.12.2.10.2.1. Applicable Type 1 cycle (indicate the applicable procedure: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … 3.2.12.2.10.3. Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur: … 3.2.12.2.10.4. Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): … 3.2.12.2.10.5. Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83: … 3.2.12.2.11. Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the information below for each separate unit) yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.11.1. Type and concentration of reagent needed: … 3.2.12.2.11.2. Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … 3.2.12.2.11.3. International standard: … 3.2.12.2.11.4. Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate): 3.2.12.2.11.5. Reagent indicator: (description and location) 3.2.12.2.11.6. Reagent tank 3.2.12.2.11.6.1. Capacity: … 3.2.12.2.11.6.2. Heating system: yes/no 3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1. Description or drawing 3.2.12.2.11.7. Reagent control unit: yes/no (1) 3.2.12.2.11.7.1. Make: … 3.2.12.2.11.7.2. Type: … 3.2.12.2.11.8. Reagent injector (make type and location): … 3.2.13. Smoke opacity 3.2.13.1. Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines only): … 3.2.14. Details of any devices designed to influence fuel economy (if not covered by other items):. 3.2.15. LPG fuelling system: yes/no (1) 3.2.15.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1): … 3.2.15.2. Electronic engine management control unit for LPG fuelling 3.2.15.2.1. Make(s): … 3.2.15.2.2. Type(s): … 3.2.15.2.3. Emission-related adjustment possibilities: … 3.2.15.3. Further documentation 3.2.15.3.1. Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to LPG or back: … 3.2.15.3.2. System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation hoses, etc.): … 3.2.15.3.3. Drawing of the symbol: … 3.2.16. NG fuelling system: yes/no (1) 3.2.16.1. Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009: … 3.2.16.2. Electronic engine management control unit for NG fuelling 3.2.16.2.1. Make(s): … 3.2.16.2.2. Type(s): … 3.2.16.2.3. Emission-related adjustment possibilities: … 3.2.16.3. Further documentation 3.2.16.3.1. Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to NG or back: … 3.2.16.3.2. System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation hoses, etc.): … 3.2.16.3.3. Drawing of the symbol: … 3.2.18. Hydrogen fuelling system: yes/no (1) 3.2.18.1. EC type-approval number in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 79/2009: … 3.2.18.2. Electronic engine management control unit for hydrogen fuelling 3.2.18.2.1. Make(s): … 3.2.18.2.2. Type(s): … 3.2.18.2.3. Emission-related adjustment possibilities: … 3.2.18.3. Further documentation 3.2.18.3.1. Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to hydrogen or back: … 3.2.18.3.2. System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation hoses, etc.): … 3.2.18.3.3. Drawing of the symbol: … 3.2.19.4. Further documentation 3.2.19.4.1. Description of the safeguarding of the catalyst at switch-over from petrol to H2NG or back: … 3.2.19.4.2. System lay-out (electrical connections, vacuum connections compensation hoses, etc.): … 3.2.19.4.3. Drawing of the symbol: … 3.2.20. Heat storage information 3.2.20.1. Active heat storage device: yes/no (1) 3.2.20.1.1. Enthalpy: … (J) 3.2.20.2. Insulation materials 3.2.20.2.1. Insulation material: … 3.2.20.2.2. Insulation volume: … 3.2.20.2.3. Insulation weight: … 3.2.20.2.4. Insulation location: … 3.3. Electric machine 3.3.1. Type (winding, excitation): … 3.3.1.2. Operating voltage: … V 3.4. Combinations of propulsion energy converters 3.4.1. Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no (1) 3.4.2. Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging/not off-vehicle charging: (1) 3.4.3. Operating mode switch: with/without (1) 3.4.3.1. Selectable modes 3.4.3.1.1. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 3.4.3.1.2. Pure fuel consuming: yes/no (1) 3.4.3.1.3. Hybrid modes: yes/no (1) (if yes, short description): … 3.4.4. Description of the energy storage device: (REESS, capacitor, flywheel/generator) 3.4.4.1. Make(s): … 3.4.4.2. Type(s): … 3.4.4.3. Identification number: … 3.4.4.4. Kind of electrochemical couple: … 3.4.4.5. Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …) 3.4.4.6. Charger: on board/external/without (1) 3.4.5. Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately) 3.4.5.1. Make: … 3.4.5.2. Type: … 3.4.5.3. Primary use: traction motor/generator (1) 3.4.5.3.1. When used as traction motor: single-/multimotors (number) (1): … 3.4.5.4. Maximum power: … kW 3.4.5.5. Working principle 3.4.5.5.5.1 Direct current/alternating current/number of phases: … 3.4.5.5.2. Separate excitation/series/compound (1) 3.4.5.5.3. Synchronous/asynchronous (1) 3.4.6. Control unit 3.4.6.1. Make(s): … 3.4.6.2. Type(s): … 3.4.6.3. Identification number: … 3.4.7. Power controller 3.4.7.1. Make: … 3.4.7.2. Type: … 3.4.7.3. Identification number: … 3.4.9. Manufacturer's recommendation for preconditioning: … 3.5. Manufacturer’s declared values for determination of CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-innovations (where applicable) (o) 3.5.7. Manufacturer’s declared values 3.5.7.1. Test vehicle parameters 3.5.7.1.1 Vehicle high 3.5.7.1.1.1. Cycle Energy Demand (J): … 3.5.7.1.1.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.1.2.1. f0, N: … 3.5.7.1.1.2.2. f1, N/(km/h): … 3.5.7.1.1.2.3. f2, N/(km/h)2: … 3.5.7.1.2. Vehicle Low (if applicable) 3.5.7.1.2.1. Cycle Energy Demand (J) 3.5.7.1.2.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.2.2.1. f2, N: … 3.5.7.1.2.2.2. f1, N/(km/h): … 3.5.7.1.2.2.3. f2, N/(km/h)2: … 3.5.7.1.3. Vehicle M (if applicable) 3.5.7.1.3.1. Cycle Energy Demand (J) 3.5.7.1.3.2. Road load coefficients 3.5.7.1.3.2.1. f0, N: … 3.5.7.1.3.2.2. f1, N/(km/h): … 3.5.7.1.3.2.3. f2, N/(km/h)2: … 3.5.7.2. Combined CO2 mass emissions 3.5.7.2.1. CO2 mass emission for ICE 3.5.7.2.1.1. Vehicle High: … g/km 3.5.7.2.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.2. Charge Sustaining CO2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs and NOVC-HEVs 3.5.7.2.2.1. Vehicle high: … g/km 3.5.7.2.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.3. Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs 3.5.7.2.3.1. Vehicle high: … g/km 3.5.7.2.3.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.2.3.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km 3.5.7.3. Electric range for electrified vehicles 3.5.7.3.1. Pure Electric Range (PER) for PEVs 3.5.7.3.1.1. Vehicle high: … km 3.5.7.3.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.3.2. All Electric Range AER for OVC-HEVs 3.5.7.3.2.1. Vehicle high: … km 3.5.7.3.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.3.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … km 3.5.7.4. Charge Sustaining fuel consumption (FCCS) for FCHVs 3.5.7.4.1. Vehicle high: … kg/100 km 3.5.7.4.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … kg/100 km 3.5.7.4.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … kg/100 km 3.5.7.5. Electric energy consumption for electrified vehicles 3.5.7.5.1. Combined electric energy consumption (ECWLTC) for Pure electric vehicles 3.5.7.5.1.1. Vehicle high: … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.1.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2. UF-weighted charge-depleting electric consumption ECAC,CD (combined) 3.5.7.5.2.1. Vehicle high: … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2.2. Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.7.5.2.3. Vehicle M (if applicable): … Wh/km 3.5.8. Vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation within the meaning of Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles: yes/no (1) 3.5.8.1. Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles or Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles (if applicable): … 3.5.8.2. Existence of interactions between different eco-innovations: yes/no (1) 3.5.8.3. Emissions data related to the use of eco-innovations (repeat the table for each reference fuel tested) (w1) Eco-innovations. Expand the table if necessary, using one extra row per eco-innovation. Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. Under agreement of the type-approval authority, if a modelling methodology is applied instead of the type 1 test cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology. Sum of the CO2 emissions savings of each individual eco-innovation. Decision approving the eco-innovation (w2) Code of the eco-innovation (w3) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under type 1 test-cycle (w4) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under type 1 test-cycle Usage factor (UF), i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4))*5 xxxx/201x Total CO2 emissions saving (g/km) (w5) 3.6. Temperatures permitted by the manufacturer 3.6.1. Cooling system 3.6.1.1. Liquid cooling Maximum temperature at outlet: … K 3.6.1.2. Air cooling 3.6.1.2.1. Reference point: … 3.6.1.2.2. Maximum temperature at reference point: … K 3.6.2. Maximum outlet temperature of the inlet intercooler: … K 3.6.3. Maximum exhaust temperature at the point in the exhaust pipe(s) adjacent to the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold or turbocharger: … K 3.6.4. Fuel temperature Minimum: … K — maximum: … K For diesel engines at injection pump inlet, for gas fuelled engines at pressure regulator final stage 3.6.5. Lubricant temperature Minimum: … K — maximum: … K 3.8. Lubrication system 3.8.1. Description of the system 3.8.1.1. Position of lubricant reservoir: … 3.8.1.2. Feed system (by pump/injection into intake/mixing with fuel, etc.) (1) 3.8.2. Lubricating pump 3.8.2.1. Make(s): … 3.8.2.2. Type(s): … 3.8.3. Mixture with fuel 3.8.3.1. Percentage: … 3.8.4. Oil cooler: yes/no (1) 3.8.4.1. Drawing(s): … or 3.8.4.1.1. Make(s): … 3.8.4.1.2. Type(s): … 4 TRANSMISSION (p) 4.3. Moment of inertia of engine flywheel: … 4.3.1. Additional moment of inertia with no gear engaged: … 4.4. Clutch(es) 4.4.1. Type: … 4.4.2. Maximum torque conversion: … 4.5. Gearbox 4.5.1. Type (manual/automatic/CVT (continuously variable transmission)) (1) 4.5.1.1. Predominant mode: yes/no (1) 4.5.1.2. Best mode (if no predominant mode): … 4.5.1.3. Worst mode (if no predominant mode): … 4.5.1.4. Torque rating: … 4.5.1.5. Number of clutches: … 4.6. Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT Reverse 4.7. Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h) (q): … 6 SUSPENSION 6.6. Tyres and wheels 6.6.1. Tyre/wheel combination(s) 6.6.1.1. Axles 6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: … 6.6.1.1.1.1. Tyre size designation 6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: … 6.6.1.1.2.1. Tyre size designation etc. 6.6.2. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii 6.6.2.1. Axle 1: … 6.6.2.2. Axle 2: … 6.6.3. Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa 9 BODYWORK 9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: … 9.10.3. Seats 9.10.3.1. Number of seating positions (s): … 16 ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION 16.1. Address of principal website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information: … 16.1.1. Date from which it is available (no later than 6 months from the date of type-approval): … 16.2. Terms and conditions of access to website: … 16.3. Format of the vehicle repair and maintenance information accessible through website: …

RELATING TO EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF A VEHICLE WITH REGARD TO EMISSIONS AND ACCESS TO VEHICLE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

(a) maximum and minimum for each variant: …

(b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …

Appendix to information document INFORMATION ON TEST CONDITIONS

1. Lubricants used

1.

1.1.1.1.1.1.1.2.

Engine lubricant Make: … Type: …

1.2.1.2.1.1.2.2.

Gearbox lubricant Make: … Type: … (state percentage of oil in mixture if lubricant and fuel mixed)

2. Road load information

2.

2.1.2.2.2.2.2.3.2.3.2.4.2.4.2.4.1.2.4.1.2.4.2.2.4.2.2.4.4.2.4.4.2.4.5.2.4.5.2.4.6.2.4.6.2.4.7.2.4.8.2.4.8.

Gearbox type (manual/automatic/CVT) VL (if existing) VH Vehicle bodywork type (variant/version) Vehicle bodywork type (variant/version) Road load method used (measurement or calculation by road load family) Road load method used (measurement or calculation by road load family) Road load information from the test Road load information from the test Tyres make and type: Tyres make and type: Tyre dimensions (front/rear): Tyre dimensions (front/rear): Tyre pressure (front/rear) (kPa): Tyre pressure (front/rear) (kPa): Tyre rolling resistance (front/rear) (kg/t): Tyre rolling resistance (front/rear) (kg/t): Vehicle test mass (kg): Vehicle test mass (kg): Delta Cd.A compared to VH (m2) Road load coefficient f0, f1, f2 Road load coefficient f0, f1, f2

Appendix 4 MODEL OF EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE (Maximum format: A4 (210 × 297 mm))

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Stamp of administration

Communication concerning the: EC type-approval number: … Reason for extension: …

EC type-approval (1),

extension of EC type-approval (1),

refusal of EC type-approval (1),

withdrawal of EC type-approval (1),

of a type of system/type of a vehicle with regard to a system (1) with regard to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 (2) and Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (3)

SECTION I 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.3.0.3.1.0.4.0.5.0.8.0.9.

Make (trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Commercial name(s) (if available): … Means of identification of type if marked on the vehicle (4) Location of that marking: … Category of vehicle (5) Name and address of manufacturer: … Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): … Representative of the manufacturer: …

SECTION II 0.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.

to be repeated for each interpolation family, as defined in paragraph 5.6. of Annex XXI Interpolation family identifier as defined in paragraph 5.0 of Annex XXI Additional information (where applicable): (see addendum) Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: … Date of type 1 test report: … Number of the type 1 test report: … Remarks (if any): (see addendum) Place: … Date: … Signature: … Attachments: Information package (6).

Addendum to EC type-approval certificate No … concerning the type-approval of a vehicle with regard to emissions and access to vehicle repair and maintenance information according to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007

Cross references to information in Test Report or Information Document should be avoided when completing the TA certificate.

0. INTERPOLATION FAMILY IDENTIFIER AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 5.0 OF ANNEX XXI

1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.4.1.6.1.6.1.1.6.2.1.7.1.8.1.9.1.9.1.1.9.2.1.10.1.10.1.1.10.2.1.10.3.1.10.4.1.1.10.4.2.1.10.5.1.10.6.1.11.1.11.1.1.11.2.1.11.3.1.12.1.12.1.1.12.2.1.13.1.13.1.1.13.2.1.13.3.1.13.4.1.14.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Mass of the vehicle in running order: … Maximum mass: … Reference mass: … Number of seats: … Type of bodywork: for M1, M2: saloon, hatchback, station wagon, coupé, convertible, multipurpose vehicle for N1, N2: lorry, van Drive wheels: front, rear, 4 × 4 Pure electric vehicle: yes/no Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no Category of Hybrid Electric vehicle: Off Vehicle Charging/Not Off Vehicle charging / Fuel Cell Operating mode switch: with/without Engine identification: Engine displacement: Fuel supply system: direct injection/indirect injection Fuel recommended by the manufacturer: Maximum power: kW at min–1 Maximum torque: Nm at min–1 Pressure charging device: yes/no Ignition system: compression ignition/positive ignition Power train (for pure electric vehicle or hybrid electric vehicle) Maximum net power: … kW, at: … to … min–1 Maximum thirty minutes power: … kW Maximum net torque: … Nm, at … min–1 Traction battery (for pure electric vehicle or hybrid electric vehicle) Nominal voltage: V Capacity (2 h rate): Ah Transmission: …, … Type of gearbox: manual/automatic/variable transmission Number of gear ratios: Total gear ratios (including the rolling circumferences of the tyres under load): (vehicle speed (km/h)) / (engine speed (1000 (min–1)) First gear: … Sixth gear: … Second gear: … Seventh gear: … Third gear: … Eighth gear: … Fourth gear: … Overdrive: … Fifth gear: … Final drive ratio: Tyres: …, …, … Type: radial/bias/… Dimensions: … Rolling circumference under load: Rolling circumference of tyres used for the Type 1 test

2. TEST RESULTS

2.

2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.2.1.4.2.1.4.1.2.1.4.2.2.1.4.3.2.1.4.4.2.1.4.5.2.1.4.6.2.1.4.7.2.1.4.8.2.1.5.2.1.6.

Tailpipe emissions test results Emissions classification: Euro 6 Type 1 test results, where applicable Type approval number if not parent vehicle: … For bi fuel vehicles, the type 1 table shall be repeated for both fuels. For flex fuel vehicles, when the type 1 test is to be performed on both fuels according to Figure I.2.4 of Annex I, and for vehicles running on LPG or NG/Biomethane, either mono fuel or bi fuel, the table shall be repeated for the different reference gases used in the test, and an additional table shall display the worst results obtained. When applicable, in accordance with section 3.1.4 of Annex 12 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, it shall be shown if the results are measured or calculated. Written description and/or drawing of the MI: … List and function of all components monitored by the OBD system: … Written description (general working principles) for: … Misfire detection: … Catalyst monitoring: … Oxygen sensor monitoring: … Other components monitored by the OBD system: … Catalyst monitoring: … Particulate trap monitoring: … Electronic fuelling system actuator monitoring: … Other components monitored by the OBD system: … Criteria for MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method): … List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): …

2.1.

Test 1 Type 1 Result CO (mg/km) THC (mg/km) NMHC (mg/km) NOx (mg/km) THC + NOx (mg/km) PM (mg/km) PN (#.1011/km) Measured (8) (9) Ki (*) (8) (10) (11) Ki (+) (8) (10) (11) Mean value calculated with Ki (M.Ki or M+Ki) (9) (12) DF (+) (8) (10) DF (*) (8)(10) Final mean value calculated with Ki and DF (13) Limit value

Test 2 (if applicable)

Repeat Test 1 table with the second test results.

Test 3 (if applicable)

Repeat Test 1 table with the third test results. Repeat Test 1, test 2 (if applicable) and test 3 (if applicable) for Vehicle Low (if applicable), and VM (if applicable)

Information about regeneration strategy ATCT test

D number of operating cycles between 2 cycles where regenerative phases occur: … d number of operating cycles required for regeneration: … Applicable Type 1 cycle: (Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation No 83): … CO2 Emission (g/km) Combined ATCT (14 °C) MCO2,Treg Type 1 (23 °C) MCO2,23° Family correction factor (FCF) Difference between engine coolant end temperature and average soak area temperature of the last 3 hours ΔT_ATCT (°C): … The minimum soaking time tsoak_ATCT (s): … Location of temperature sensor: … Type 2: (including data required for roadworthiness testing): Test CO value (% vol) Lambda (7) Engine speed (min–1) Engine oil temperature (°C) Low idle test N/A High idle test Type 3: … Type 4: … g/test Type 5 Type 6 CO (g/km) THC (g/km) Measured value

Durability test: whole vehicle test/bench ageing test/none

Deterioration factor DF: calculated/assigned

Specify the values: …

Applicable Type 1 cycle (Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation No 83): …

2.2. Reserved

2.3.2.3.1. Catalytic converters yes/no Original equipment catalytic converter tested to all relevant requirements of this Regulation yes/no

2.4. Smoke opacity test results

2.4.1. At steady engine speeds: See technical service test report number: …

2.4.

2.4.2.2.4.2.1.2.4.2.2.2.4.2.3.

Free acceleration tests Measured value of the absorption coefficient: … m–1 Corrected value of the absorption coefficient: … m–1 Location of the absorption coefficient symbol on the vehicle: …

2.5. CO2 emissions and fuel consumption test results

2.5.

2.5.1. Internal combustion engine vehicle and Not Externally Chargeable (NOVC) Hybrid Electric Vehicle

2.5.1.

2.5.1.1. Vehicle High

2.5.1.1.1. Cycle Energy Demand: … J

2.5.1.1. 2.5.1.1.2.2.5.1.1.2.1.2.5.1.1.2.2.2.5.1.1.2.3.

Road load coefficients f0, N: … f1, N/(km/h): … f2, N/(km/h)2: …

2.5.1.1.3. CO2 mass emissions (provide values for each reference fuel tested, for the phases: the measured values, for the combined see paragraphs 1.1.2.3.8 and 1.1.2.3.9 of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI) CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Low Medium High Extra High Combined MCO2,p,5 / MCO2,c,5 1 2 3 MCO2,p,H / MCO2,c,H

2.5.1.1.4. Fuel consumption (provide values for each reference fuel tested, for the phases: the measured values for the combined see paragraphs 1.1.2.3.8 and 1.1.2.3.9 of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI) Fuel consumption (l/100 km) or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,H / FCc,H

2.5.1.2. Vehicle Low (if applicable)

2.5.1.2.1. Cycle Energy Demand: … J

2.5.1.2. 2.5.1.2.2.2.5.1.2.2.1.2.5.1.2.2.2.2.5.1.2.2.3.

Road load coefficients f0, N: … f1, N/(km/h): … f2, N/(km/h)2: …

2.5.1.2.2. CO2 mass emissions (provide values for each reference fuel tested, for the phases: the measured values for the combined see paragraphs 1.1.2.3.8 and 1.1.2.3.9 of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI) CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Low Medium High Extra High Combined MCO2,p,5 / MCO2,c,5 1 2 3 MCO2,p,L / MCO2,c,L

2.5.1.2.3. Fuel consumption (provide values for each reference fuel tested, for the phases: the measured values for the combined see paragraphs 1.1.2.3.8 and 1.1.2.3.9 of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI) Fuel consumption (l/100 km) or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,H / FCc,H

2.5.1.3. For vehicles powered by an internal combustion engine only which are equipped with periodically regenerating systems as defined in paragraph 6 of Article 2 of this Regulation, the test results shall be adjusted by the Ki factor as specified in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI.

grp_3

2.5.1.3.1. Information about regeneration strategy for CO2 emissions and fuel consumption D number of operating cycles between 2 cycles where regenerative phases occur: … d number of operating cycles required for regeneration: … Applicable Type 1 cycle (Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … Low Mid High Extra High Combined Ki (additive / multiplicative) (1) Values for CO2 and fuel consumption (10)

2.5.2. Pure electric vehicles

2.5.2. 2.5.2.1.2.5.2.1.1.2.5.2.1.2.

Electric energy consumption (declared value) Electric energy consumption: EC (Wh/km) Test City Combined Calculated EC 1 2 3 Declared value — Total time out of tolerance for the conduct of the cycle: … sec

2.5.2.2. Pure Electric Range PER (km) Test City Combined Measured Pure Electric Range 1 2 3 Declared value —

2.5.3. Externally chargeable (OVC) Hybrid Electric Vehicle:

grp_3

2.5.3.1. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)

CO2 mass emission Charge Sustaining CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Low Medium High Extra High Combined MCO2,p,5 / MCO2,c,5 1 2 3 MCO2,p,H / MCO2,c,H CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Low Medium High Extra High Combined MCO2,p,5 / MCO2,c,5 1 2 3 MCO2,p,L / MCO2,c,L CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Low Medium High Extra High Combined MCO2,p,5 / MCO2,c,5 1 2 3 MCO2,p,M / MCO2,c,M

2.5.3.2. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)

CO2 mass emission Charge Depleting CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Combined MCO2,CD 1 2 3 MCO2,CD,H CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Combined MCO2,CD 1 2 3 MCO2,CD,L CO2 Emission (g/km) Test Combined MCO2,CD 1 2 3 MCO2,CD,M

2.5.3.3. CO2 mass emission (weighted, combined):

Vehicle High: MCO2,weighted … g/km

Vehicle Low (if applicable): MCO2,weighted … g/km

Vehicle M (if applicable): MCO2,weighted … g/km

2.5.3.4. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)

Fuel consumption Charge Sustaining Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,H / FCc,H Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,L / FCc,L Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,M / FCc,M

2.5.3.5. Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) Vehicle M (if applicable)

Fuel consumption Charge Depleting Fuel consumption (l/100 km) Test Combined FCCD 1 2 3 FCCD,H Fuel consumption (l/100 km) Test Combined FCCD 1 2 3 FCCD,L Fuel consumption (l/100 km) Test Combined FCCD 1 2 3 FCCD,M

2.5.3.6. Fuel consumption (weighted, combined):

Vehicle High: FCweighted … l/100 km

Vehicle Low (if applicable): FCweighted … l/100 km

Vehicle M (if applicable): FCweighted … l/100 km

2.5.3.7. Ranges:

grp_7

2.5.3.7.1. All Electric Range AER AER (km) Test City Combined AER values 1 2 3 Final values AER

2.5.3.7.2. Equivalent All Electric Range EAER EAER (km) City Combined EAER values

2.5.3.7.3. Actual Charge Depleting Range RCDA RCDA (km) Combined RCDA values

2.5.3.7.4. Charge Depleting Cycle Range RCDC RCDC (km) Test Combined RCDC values 1 2 3 Final values RCDC

2.5.3.8. Electric consumption

2.5.3.8.

2.5.3.8.1. Electric Consumption EC EC (Wh/km) Low Medium High Extra High City Combined Electric consumption values

2.5.3.8.2. UF-weighted charge-depleting electric consumption ECAC,CD (combined) ECAC,CD (Wh/km) Test Combined ECAC,CD values 1 2 3 Final values ECAC,CD

2.5.3.8.3. UF-weighted electric consumption ECAC, weighted (combined) ECAC,weighted (Wh/km) Test Combined ECAC,weighted values 1 2 3 Final values ECAC,weighted

2.6.1.2.3.4.5.

Test results of eco-innovations Decision approving the eco-innovation (20) Code of the eco-innovation (21) Type 1/I cycle (22) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under type 1 test-cycle (23) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under type 1 test-cycle Usage factor (UF) i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO2 emissions savings ((1 - 2) - (3 - 4)) * 5 xxx/201x Total CO2 emissions saving on NEDC (g/km) (24) Total CO2 emissions saving on WLTP (g/km) (25)

2.6.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s): …

3.3.1.3.1.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.

VEHICLE REPAIR INFORMATION Address of website for access to vehicle repair and maintenance information: … Date from which it is available (up to 6 months from the date of type approval): … Terms and conditions of access (i.e. duration of access, price of access on an hourly, daily, monthly, annual and per-transaction basis) to websites referred to in point 3.1): … Format of vehicle repair and maintenance information accessible through website referred to in point 3.1: … Manufacturer’s certificate on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information provided: …

4. POWER MEASUREMENT Maximum engine net power of internal combustion engine, net power and maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive train

4.

4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.4.1.5.4.1.6.4.1.7.4.1.8.4.1.9.4.1.10.4.1.11.4.1.12.4.1.13.

Internal combustion engine net power Engine speed (min–1) … Measured fuel flow (g/h) … Measured torque (Nm) … Measured power (kW) … Barometric pressure (kPa) … Water vapour pressure (kPa) … Intake air temperature (K) … Power correction factor when applied … Corrected power (kW) … Auxiliary power (kW) … Net power (kW) … Net torque (Nm) … Corrected specific fuel consumption (g/kWh) …

4.2. Electric drive train(s):

4.2.

4.2.1. Declared figures

4.2.2. Maximum net power: … kW, at … min–1

4.2.3. Maximum net torque: … Nm, at … min–1

4.2.4. Maximum net torque at zero engine speed: … Nm

4.2.5. Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW

4.2.6. Essential characteristics of the electric drive train

4.2.7. Test DC voltage: … V

4.2.8. Working principle: …

4.2.9. Cooling system:

4.2.10. Motor: liquid/air

4.2.11. Variator: liquid/air

5. REMARKS: …

5. Explanatory Notes (2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(13)(20)(21)(22)(23)(24)(25)

OJ L 171, 29.6.2007, p. 1. OJ L 175, 7.7.2017, p. 1. If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, component or separate technical unit types covered by this information, such characters shall be represented in the documentation by the symbol ? (e.g. ABC??123??) As defined in Annex II, Section A As defined in article 3, paragraph 39 of Directive 2007/46/EC Where applicable. Round to 2 decimal places Round to 4 decimal places Not applicable Mean value calculated by adding mean values (M.Ki) calculated for THC and NOx. Round to 1 decimal place more than limit value. Number of the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. Assigned in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation. Applicable Type 1 cycle: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83 If modelling is applied instead of the type 1 test-cycle, this value shall be the one provided by the modelling methodology. Sum of the emissions saving of each individual eco-innovation on Type I according to UN/ECE Regulation 83. Sum of the emissions saving of each individual eco-innovation on Type 1 according to Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 of this regulation

Appendix to the Addendum to the Type Approval Certificate

Transitional period (correlation output) (Transitional provision):

1. CO2 emissions results from Co2mpas

1.

1.1 Co2mpas version

1.2. Vehicle High

1.2.

1.2.1. CO2 mass emissions (for each reference fuel tested) CO2 Emission (g/km) Urban Extra Urban Combined MCO2,NEDC_H,co2mpas

1.3. Vehicle Low (if applicable)

1.3.

1.3.1. CO2 mass emissions (for each reference fuel tested) CO2 Emission (g/km) Urban Extra Urban Combined MCO2,NEDC_L,co2mpas

2. CO2 emissions test results (if applicable)

2.

2.1. Vehicle High

2.1.

2.1.1. CO2 mass emissions (for each reference fuel tested) CO2 Emission (g/km) Urban Extra Urban Combined MCO2,NEDC_H,test

2.2. Vehicle Low (if applicable)

2.2.

2.2.1. CO2 mass emissions (for each reference fuel tested) CO2 Emission (g/km) Urban Extra Urban Combined MCO2,NEDC_L,test

3. Deviation factors (determined in accordance with point 3.2.8 of Annex I to Implementing Regulations (EU) 2017/1152 and (EU) 2017/1153) Deviation factors Vehicle High Vehicle Low (if applicable) De

1. The information required in this Appendix shall be provided by the vehicle manufacturer for the purposes of enabling the manufacture of OBD-compatible replacement or service parts and diagnostic tools and test equipment.

2. Upon request, the following information shall be made available to any interested component, diagnostic tools or test equipment manufacturer, on a non-discriminatory basis:

Appendix 5 Vehicle OBD information

grp_2

2.1. A description of the type and number of the preconditioning cycles used for the original type-approval of the vehicle;

2.2. A description of the type of the OBD demonstration cycle used for the original type-approval of the vehicle for the component monitored by the OBD system;

2.3. A comprehensive document describing all sensed components with the strategy for fault detection and MI activation (fixed number of driving cycles or statistical method), including a list of relevant secondary sensed parameters for each component monitored by the OBD system and a list of all OBD output codes and format used (with an explanation of each) associated with individual emission-related power-train components and individual non-emission related components, where monitoring of the component is used to determine MI activation. In particular, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $ 05 Test ID $ 21 to FF and the data given in service $ 06 shall be provided. In the case of vehicle types that use a communication link in accordance with ISO 15765-4 Road vehicles — Diagnostics on Controller Area Network (CAN) — Part 4: Requirements for emissions-related systems, a comprehensive explanation for the data given in service $ 06 Test ID $ 00 to FF, for each OBD monitor ID supported, shall be provided. This information may be provided in the form of a table, as follows: Component Fault code Monitoring strategy Fault detection criteria MI activation criteria Secondary parameters Preconditioning Demonstration test Catalyst P0420 Oxygen sensor 1 and 2 signals Difference between sensor 1 and sensor 2 signals 3rd cycle Engine speed, engine load, A/F mode, catalyst temperature e.g. Two Type 1 cycles (as described in Annex III of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 or in Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151) e.g. Type 1 test (as described in Annex III of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 or in Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151)

3. INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS In order to facilitate the provision of generic diagnostic tools for multi-make repairers, vehicle manufacturers shall make available the information referred to in the points 3.1 to 3.3. through their repair information web-sites. This information shall include all diagnostic tool functions and all the links to repair information and troubleshooting instructions. The access to this information may be subject to the payment of a reasonable fee.

3.

3.1. Communication Protocol Information The following information shall be required indexed against vehicle make, model and variant, or other workable definition such as VIN or vehicle and systems identification:

3.1.

(a) Any additional protocol information system necessary to enable complete diagnostics in addition to the standards prescribed in Section 4 of Annex XI, including any additional hardware or software protocol information, parameter identification, transfer functions, keep alive requirements, or error conditions;

(b) Details of how to obtain and interpret all fault codes not in accordance with the standards prescribed in Section 4 of Annex XI:

(d) A list of all available functional tests including device activation or control and the means to implement them;

(e) Details of how to obtain all component and status information, time stamps, pending DTC and freeze frames;

(f) Resetting adaptive learning parameters, variant coding and replacement component setup, and customer preferences;

(g) ECU identification and variant coding;

(h) Details of how to reset service lights;

(i) Location of diagnostic connector and connector details;

(j) Engine code identification.

3.2. Test and diagnosis of OBD monitored components The following information shall be required:

3.2.

(a) A description of tests to confirm its functionality, at the component or in the harness

(b) Test procedure including test parameters and component information

(d) Values expected under certain driving conditions including idling

(e) Electrical values for the component in its static and dynamic states

(f) Failure mode values for each of the above scenarios

(g) Failure mode diagnostic sequences including fault trees and guided diagnostics elimination.

3.3. Data required to perform the repair The following information shall be required:

3.3.

(a) ECU and component initialisation (in the event of replacements being fitted)

(b) Initialisation of new or replacement ECUs where relevant using pass-through (re-) programming techniques.

Appendix 6 EC Type–Approval Certification Numbering System

Key:

1. Section 3 of the EC type-approval number issued according to Article 6(1) shall be composed by the number of the implementing regulatory act or the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the EC type-approval. This number shall be followed by one or more characters reflecting the different categories in accordance with Table 1. Euro 6-1 OBD standard = Full Euro 6 OBD requirements but with preliminary OBD threshold limits as defined in point 2.3.4 of Annex XI and partially relaxed IUPR; Euro 6-2 OBD standard = Full Euro 6 OBD requirements but with final OBD threshold limits as defined in point 2.3.3 of Annex XI; Euro 6c emissions standard = RDE testing for monitoring only (no NTE emission limits applied), otherwise full Euro 6 emission requirements; Euro 6d-TEMP emissions standard = RDE testing against temporary conformity factors, otherwise full Euro 6 emission requirements;" Euro 6d emissions standard = RDE testing against final conformity factors, otherwise full Euro 6 emission requirements. Character Emission standard OBD standard Vehicle category and class Engine Implementation date: new types Implementation date: new vehicles Last date of registration AA Euro 6c Euro 6-1 M, N1 class I PI, CI 31.8.2018 AB Euro 6c Euro 6-1 N1 class II PI, CI 31.8.2019 AC Euro 6c Euro 6-1 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 31.8.2019 AD Euro 6c Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 1.9.2018 31.8.2019 AE Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 1.9.2019 31.8.2020 AF Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 1.9.2019 31.8.2020 AG Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 1.9.2017 1.9.2019 31.12.2020 AH Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 1.9.2018 1.9.2020 31.12.2021 AI Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 1.9.2018 1.9.2020 31.12.2021 AJ Euro 6d Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 1.1.2020 1.1.2021 AK Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 1.1.2021 1.1.2022 AL Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 1.1.2021 1.1.2022 AX n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 AY n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 AZ n.a. n.a. All vehicles using certificates according to point 2.1.1 of Annex I PI, CI 1.9.2009 1.1.2011

2.2.12.2 EXAMPLES OF TYPE–APPROVAL CERTIFICATION NUMBERS An example is provided below of an approval of a Euro 6 light passenger car to the 'Euro 6d' emission standard and 'Euro 6-2' OBD standard, identified by the characters AJ according to table 1, issued by Luxembourg, identified by the code e13. The approval was granted for the base Regulation (EC) 715/2007 and its implementing Regulation (EC) xxx/2016 without any amendments. It is the 17th approval of this kind without any extension, so the fourth and fifth components of the certification number are 0017 and 00, respectively. e13 7152007 xxx2016AJ 0017 00 This second example shows an approval of a Euro 6 N1 class II light commercial vehicle to the 'Euro 6d-TEMP' emission standard and 'Euro 6-2' OBD standard, identified by the characters AH according to table 1, issued by Romania, identified by the code e19. The approval was granted for the base Regulation (EC) 715/2007 and its implementing legislation as last amended by a Regulation xyz/2018. It is the 1st approval of this kind without extension, so the fourth and fifth components of the certification number are 0001 and 00, respectively. e19 7152007 xyz2018AH 0001 00

Appendix 7

Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the OBD in-use performance requirements (Manufacturer): … (Address of the manufacturer): … Certifies that The vehicle types listed in attachment to this Certificate are in compliance with the provisions of section 3 of Appendix 1 to Annex XI of Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 relating to the in-use performance of the OBD system under all reasonably foreseeable driving conditions. The plan(s) describing the detailed technical criteria for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor attached to this Certificate are correct and complete for all types of vehicles to which the Certificate applies. Done at [ … Place] On [ … Date] [Signature of the Manufacturer’s Representative] Annexes: List of vehicle types to which this Certificate applies Plan(s) describing the detailed technical criteria for incrementing the numerator and denominator of each monitor, as well as plan(s) for disabling numerators, denominators and general denominator.

Appendix 8a Test Report REPORT number

The Test Report is the report issued by the technical service responsible for conducting the tests according this regulation. A separate Test Report shall be prepared for each interpolation family, as defined in paragraph 5.6. of Annex XXI The following information, if applicable, is the minimum data required for the Type 1 test and Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT) test. APPLICANT Manufacturer SUBJECT Determination of a vehicle road load Object submitted to tests Make : Type : CONCLUSION The object submitted to tests complies with the requirements mentioned in the subject. PLACE, DD/MM/YYYY

The references to the relevant sections of Regulation (EU) No 692/2008 are highlighted in grey

(ATCT) means only for Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT) test report

(not ATCT) means not relevant for ATCT test report

No reference to ATCT means needed for both type 1 test report and ATCT test report

General notes:

If there are several options (references), the one tested should be described in the test report If there are not, a single reference to the information document at the start of the test report may be sufficient. Every Technical Service is free to include some additional information

(a) Specific to positive ignition engine

(b) Specific to compression ignition engine

1. DESCRIPTION OF TESTED VEHICLE(S): HIGH, LOW AND M (IF APPLICABLE)

1.

1.1. GENERAL Vehicle numbers : Prototype number and VIN Category Annex I Appendix 3 & 4 §0.4 : Number of seats including the driver Annex I Appendix 3 §9.10.3 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.4 : Bodywork Annex I Appendix 3 §9.1 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.6 : Drive wheels Annex I Appendix 3 §1.3.3 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.7 :

1.1.

1.1.1. POWERTRAIN ARCHITECTURE Powertrain architecture : internal combustion, hybrid, electric or fuel cell

1.1.2. INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE (if applicable) For more than one ICE, please repeat the paragraph Make : Type Annex I Appendix 3 §3.1.1 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.10 : Working principle Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.1 : two/four stroke Cylinders number and arrangement Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.2 : Engine capacity (cm3) Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.3 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.10.1 : Engine idling speed (min–1) Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.6 : + – High engine idling speed (min–1 (a) Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.6.1 : + – nmin drive(rpm) : Rated engine power Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.8 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.10.4 : kW at rpm Maximum net torque Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.1.10 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.11.3 : Nm at rpm Engine lubricant : Manufacturer specification (If there are several references in the information document) Cooling system Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.7 : Type: air/water/oil Insulation : material, amount, location, volume and weight

1.1.3. TEST FUEL FOR TYPE 1 TEST (if applicable) For more than one test fuel, please repeat the paragraph Make : Type Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.2.1 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.10.3 : petrol E10 - Diesel B7 – LPG – NG - … Density at 15°C Annex IX : Sulphur content sub annex 3 of annex XXI : Only for Diesel B7 and Petrol E10 Annex IX : Batch number : Willans factors (for ICE) for CO2 emission (gCO2/km) :

1.1.4. FUEL FEED SYSTEM (if applicable) For more than one fuel feed system, please repeat the paragraph Direct injection : yes/no or description Vehicle fuel type Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.2.4 : Monofuel / bifuel / flex fuel Control unit Part reference Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.9.3.1 : same as information document Software tested Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1 : read via scantool, for example Air flowmeter Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.9.3.3 : Throttle body Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.9.3.5 : Pressure sensor Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.3.4.11 : Injection pump Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.3 : Injector(s) Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.4.2.6 :

1.1.5. INTAKE SYSTEM (if applicable) For more than one intake system, please repeat the paragraph Pressure charger Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.8.1 : Yes/no make & type (1) Intercooler Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.8.2 : yes/no type (air/air – air/water) (1) Air filter (element) (1) Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.8.4.2 : make & type Intake silencer (1) Annex I Appendix 3 § 3.2.8.4.3 : make & type

1.1.6. EXHAUST SYSTEM AND ANTI-EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM (if applicable) For more than one, please repeat the paragraph First catalytic converter Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.1.12.& 3.2.12.2.1.13 : make & reference (1) principle: three way / oxidising / NOx trap /Selective Catalyst Reduction Second catalytic converter : make & reference (1) principle: three way / oxidising / NOx trap /Selective Catalyst Reduction Particulate trap Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.6 : with/without/not applicable make & reference (1) Reference and position of oxygen sensor(s) Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.2 : before catalyst / after catalyst Air injection Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.3 : with/without/not applicable EGR Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.4 : with/without/not applicable cooled/non-cooled Evaporative emission control system Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.12.2.5 : with/without/not applicable Reference and position of NOx sensor(s) : Before/ after General description (1) Annex I Appendix 3 §3.2.9.2 :

1.1.7. HEAT STORAGE DEVICE (if applicable) For more than one Heat Storage System, please repeat the paragraph Heat storage device : yes/no Heat capacity (enthalpy stored J) : Time for heat release (s) :

1.1.8. TRANSMISSION (if applicable) For more than one Transmission, please repeat the paragraph Gearbox Annex I Appendix 3 § 4.5.1& Appendix 4 addendum §1.13.1 : manual / automatic / continuous variation Gear shifting procedure Predominant mode : yes/no normal / drive / eco/… Best case mode for CO2 emissions and fuel consumption (if applicable) : Worst case mode for CO2 emissions and fuel consumption (if applicable) : Control unit : Gearbox lubricant : Manufacturer’s specification (If there are several references in the information document) Tyres Annex I Appendix 3 §6.6 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.14 Make : Type : Dimensions front/rear Annex I Appendix 3 §6.6.1 : Circumference (m) : Tyre pressure (kPa) Annex I Appendix 3 §6.6.3 : Transmission ratios (R.T.), primary ratios (R.P.) and (vehicle speed (km/h)) / (engine speed (1000 (min – 1)) (V1000) for each of the gearbox ratios (R.B.). Annex I Appendix 3 §4.6 & Appendix 4 addendum §1.13.3 R.B. R.P. R.T. V1000 1st 1/1 2nd 1/1 3rd 1/1 4th 1/1 5th 1/1 …

1.1.9. ELECTRIC MACHINE (if applicable) For more than one Electric Machine, please repeat the paragraph Make : Type : Peak Power :

1.1.10. TRACTION REESS (if applicable) For more than one Traction REESS, please repeat the paragraph Make : Type : Capacity : Nominal Voltage :

1.1.12. FUEL CELL (if applicable) For more than one Fuel Cell, please repeat the paragraph Make : Type : Maximum Power : Nominal Voltage :

1.1.13. POWER ELECTRONICS (if applicable) Can be more than one PE (propulsion converter, low voltage system or charger) Make : Type : Power :

1.2. VEHICLE HIGH DESCRIPTION (TYPE 1) OR VEHICLE DESCRIPTION (ATCT)

1.2.

1.2.1. MASS Test mass of VH (kg) :

1.2.2. ROAD LOAD PARAMETERS f0 (N) : f1 (N/(km/h)) : f2 (N/(km/h)2) : f2_TReg (N/(km/h)2) : (ATCT) Cycle energy demand (Ws) Annex XXI §3.5.6 : Road load test report reference :

1.2.3. CYCLE SELECTION PARAMETERS Cycle (without downscaling) : Class 1 / 2 / 3a / 3b Ratio of rated power to mass in running order (PMR)(W/kg) : (if applicable) Capped speed process used during measurement Annex XXI sub-annex 1 §9 : yes/no Maximum speed of the vehicle Annex I appendix 3 §4.7 : Downscaling (if applicable) : yes/no Downscaling factor fdsc : Cycle distance (m) : Constant speed (in the case of the shortened test procedure) : if applicable

1.2.4. GEAR SHIFT POINT (IF APPLICABLE) Gear shifting : Average gear for v ≥ 1 km/h, rounded to four places of decimal

1.3. VEHICLE LOW DESCRIPTION (IF APPLICABLE)

1.3.

1.3.1. MASS Test mass of VL(kg) :

1.3.2. ROAD LOAD PARAMETERS f0 (N) : f1 (N/(km/h)) : f2 (N/(km/h)2) : Cycle energy demand (Ws) : Δ(CD×Af)LH : Road load test report reference :

1.3.3. CYCLE SELECTION PARAMETERS Cycle (without downscaling) : Class 1 / 2 / 3a / 3b Ratio of rated power to mass in running order (PMR)(W/kg) : (if applicable) Capped speed process used during measurement Annex XXI sub-annex 1 §9 : yes/no Maximum speed of the vehicle Annex I appendix 3 §4.7 : Downscaling (if applicable) : yes/no Downscaling factor fdsc : Cycle distance (m) : Constant speed (in the case of the shortened test procedure) : if applicable

1.3.4. GEAR SHIFT POINT (IF APPLICABLE) Gear shifting : Average gear for v ≥ 1 km/h, rounded to four places of decimal

1.4. VEHICLE M DESCRIPTION (IF APPLICABLE)

1.4.

1.4.1. MASS Test mass of VL(kg) :

1.4.2. ROAD LOAD PARAMETERS f0 (N) : f1 (N/(km/h)) : f2 (N/(km/h) 2) : Cycle energy demand (Ws) : Δ(CD×Af)LH :

1.4.3. CYCLE SELECTION PARAMETERS Cycle (without downscaling) : Class 1 / 2 / 3a / 3b Ratio of rated power to mass in running order (PMR)(W/kg) : (if applicable) Capped speed process used during measurement Annex XXI sub-annex 1 §9 : yes/no Maximum speed of the vehicle Annex I appendix 3 §4.7 : Downscaling (if applicable) : yes/no Downscaling factor fdsc : Cycle distance (m) : Constant speed (in the case of the shortened test procedure) : if applicable

1.4.4. GEAR SHIFT POINT (IF APPLICABLE) Gear shifting : Average gear for v ≥ 1 km/h, rounded to four places of decimal

2. TEST RESULTS

2.

2.1. TYPE 1 TEST or ATCT TEST Method of chassis dyno setting : Fixed run / iterative / alternative with its own warmup cycle Dynamometer operation mode Ann XXI sub-ann6 §1.2.4.2.2. yes/no Coastdown mode Ann XXI sub-ann4 §4.2.1.8.5 : yes/no Additional preconditioning : yes/no description Deterioration factors : assigned / tested

2.1.

2.1.1. Vehicle high (used for ATCT, also) Date of tests : (day/month/year) Place of the test : Height of the lower edge above ground of cooling fan (cm) : Lateral position of fan centre (if modified as request by the manufacturer) : in the vehicle centre-line/… Distance from the front of the vehicle (cm) :

2.1.1.

2.1.1.1. Pollutant emissions (if applicable)

2.1.1.1.

2.1.1.1.1. Pollutant emissions of vehicles with at least one combustion engine, of NOVC-HEVs and of OVC-HEVs in case of a charge-sustaining Type 1 test For each operating modes tested the paragraphs below has to be repeated (predominant mode or best case mode and worst case, mode if applicable)

2.1.1.1.1.

Test 1 (2) Pollutants CO (mg/km) THC (a) (mg/km) NMHC (a) (mg/km) NOx (mg/km) THC+NOx (b) (mg/km) Particulate Matter (mg/km) Particle Number (#.1011/km) Measured values Regeneration factors (Ki)(2) Additive Regeneration factors (Ki)(2) Multiplicative Deterioration factors (DF) additive Deterioration factors (DF) multiplicative Final values Limit values See Ki family report(s) : Type 1/I performed for Ki determination : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation No 83

Test 2 if applicable: for CO2 reason (dCO21) / for pollutants reason (90 % of the limits) / for both

Same paragraph

Test 3 if applicable: for CO2 reason (dCO22)

Same paragraph

CO2 Emission (g/km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Averaging MCO2,p,6/ MCO2,c,6 Alignment MCO2,p,7 / MCO2,c,7 Final values MCO2,p,H / MCO2,c,H

2.1.1.2.2. ATCT CO2 Emission of vehicles with at least one combustion engine, of NOVC-HEV and of OVC-HEV in case of a charge-sustaining Type 1 test (ATCT)

2.1.1.2.2. Test at 14°C (ATCT)

CO2 Emission (g/km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Measured value MCO2,p,1 / MCO2,c,2 RCB correction coefficient (5) MCO2,p,3 / MCO2,c,3

Conclusion (ATCT)

CO2 Emission (g/km) Combined ATCT (14°C) MCO2,Treg Type 1 (23°C) MCO2,23° Family correction factor (FCF)

2.1.1.2.3. CO2 Mass Emission of OVC-HEVs in case of a charge-depleting Type 1 test

2.1.1.2.3.

Test 1: CO2 Mass Emission (g/km) Combined Calculated value MCO2,CD Declared value dCO21

Test 2 (if applicable)

Same paragraph with dCO22

Test 3 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Conclusion

CO2 Mass Emission (g/km) Combined Averaging MCO2,CD Final value MCO2,CD

2.1.1.2.4. UF-WEIGHTED CO2 Mass Emission of OVC-HEVs CO2 Mass Emission (g/km) Combined Calculated value MCO2,weighted

2.1.1.3 FUEL CONSUMPTION (IF APPLICABLE, NOT ATCT)

2.1.1.3

2.1.1.3.1. Fuel consumption of vehicles with only a combustion engine, of NOVC-HEVs and of OVC-HEVs in case of a charge-sustaining Type 1 test For each operating modes tested the paragraphs below has to be repeated (predominant mode or best case mode and worst case, mode if applicable) Consumption (l/100 km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Final values FCp,H / FCc,H

2.1.1.3.2. Fuel consumption of OVC-HEVs in case of a charge-depleting Type 1 test

2.1.1.3.2.

Test 1: Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Combined Calculated value FCCD

Test 2 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Test 3 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Conclusion

Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Combined Averaging FCCD Final value FCCD

2.1.1.3.3. UF-Weighted Fuel consumption of OVC-HEVs Fuel Consumption (l/100 km) Combined Calculated value FCweighted

2.1.1.3.4. Fuel consumption of vehicles of NOVC-FCHVs in case of a charge-sustaining Type 1 test For each operating modes tested the paragraphs below has to be repeated (predominant mode or best case mode and worst case, mode if applicable) Consumption (kg/100 km) Low Medium High Extra High Combined Measured values RCB correction coefficient Final values FCp/ FCc

2.1.1.4. RANGES (IF APPLICABLE)

2.1.1.4.

2.1.1.4.1. Ranges for OVC-HEVs (if applicable)

2.1.1.4.1.

2.1.1.4.1.1. All electric Range

2.1.1.4.1.1.

Test 1 AER (km) City Combined Measured/Calculated values AER Declared value —

Test 2 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Test 3 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Conclusion

AER (km) City Combined Averaging AER (if applicable) Final values AER

2.1.1.4.1.2. Equivalent All electric Range EAER (km) City Combined Final values EAER

Same paragraph

Test 3 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Conclusion (if applicable)

ECAC,weighted (Wh/km) Combined Averaging ECAC,weighted Final value

2.1.1.5.2. Electric consumption of PEVs (if applicable)

2.1.1.5.2.

Test 1 EC (Wh/km) City Combined Calculated values EC Declared value —

Test 2 (if applicable)

Same paragraph

Test 3 (if applicable)

Same paragraph EC (Wh/km) Low Medium High Extra High City Combined Averaging EC Final values EC

2.1.2. VEHICLE LOW (IF APPLICABLE) Repeat § 2.1.1.

2.1.3. VEHICLE M (IF APPLICABLE) Repeat § 2.1.1.

2.1.4. FINAL CRITERIA EMISSIONS VALUES (IF APPLICABLE) Pollutants CO (mg/km) THC (a) (mg/km) NMHC (a) (mg/km) NOx (mg/km) THC+NOx (b) (mg/km) PM (mg/km) PN (#.1011/km) Highest values

2.2. TYPE 2 (a) TEST (not ATCT) Included the emissions data required for roadworthiness testing Test CO (% vol) Lambda Engine speed (min–1) Oil temperature (°C) Idle — High idle

2.3. TYPE 3 (a) TEST (not ATCT) Emission of crankcase gases into the atmosphere: none

2.4. TYPE 4 (a) TEST (not ATCT) See report(s) :

2.5. TYPE 5 (a) TEST (not ATCT) See durability family report(s) : Type 1/I cycle for criteria emissions testing : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation No 83

2.6. RDE TEST (not ATCT) RDE family number : MSxxxx See family report(s) :

2.7. TYPE 6 (a) TEST (not ATCT) Date of tests : (day/month/year) Place of tests : Method of setting of the chassis dyno : coast down (road load reference) Inertia mass (kg) : If deviation from the vehicle of type 1 : Tyres : Make : Type : Dimensions front/rear : Circumference (m) : Tyre pressure (kPa) : Pollutants CO (g/km) HC (g/km) Test 1 2 3 Average Limit

2.8. ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM (not ATCT) See family report(s) :

2.9. SMOKE OPACITY (b) TEST (not ATCT)

2.9.

2.9.1. STEADY SPEEDS TEST See family report(s) :

2.9.2. FREE ACCELERATION TEST Measured absorption value (m –1) : Corrected absorption value (m –1) :

2.10. ENGINE POWER (not ATCT) See family report(s) :

2.11.1 —2 3 —

TEMPERATURE INFORMATION RELATED TO VEHICLE HIGH (VH) Engine coolant temperature at the end of soaking time (°C) sub-ann6a §3.9.2 : Average soak area temperature over the 3 last hours (°C) sub-ann6a §3.9.2 : Difference between engine coolant end temperature and average soak area temperature of the last 3 hours ΔT_ATCT (°C) sub-ann6a §3.9.3 : The minimum soaking time tsoak_ATCT (s) sub-ann6a §3.9.1 : Location of temperature sensor sub-ann6a §3.9.5 : Annex of the test report (not applicable ATCT test and PEV), By electronic format, all the input data for the correlation tool, listed in Annex 1 point 2.4 to Implementing Regulations (EU) 2017/1152 and (EU) 2017/1153. Reference of input file: … Co2mpas output: NEDC test results (if applicable):

Appendix 8b Road Load Test Report REPORT number

The following information, if applicable, is the minimum data required for the road load determination test. APPLICANT Manufacturer SUBJECT Determination of a vehicle road load Object submitted to tests Make : Type : CONCLUSION The object submitted to tests complies with the requirements mentioned in the subject. PLACE, DD/MM/YYYY

1. CONCERNED VEHICLE(S) Make(s) concerned : Type(s) concerned : Commercial description : Maximal speed (km/h) : Powered axle(s) :

2. DESCRIPTION OF TESTED VEHICLES

2.

2.1. GENERAL If no interpolation: the worst-case vehicle (regarding energy demand) has to be described

2.1.

2.1.1. Vehicle High Make : Type : Version : Cycle energy demand over a complete WLTC Class 3 cycle independent of the vehicle class : Deviation from production series : Mileage :

2.1.2. Vehicle Low Make : Type : Version : Cycle energy demand over a complete WLTC Class 3 cycle independent of the vehicle class : (4 to 35% based on HR) Deviation from production series : Mileage :

2.1.3. Representative vehicle of the road load matrix family (if applicable) Make : Type : Version : Cycle energy demand over a complete WLTC : Deviation from production series : Mileage :

2.2. MASSES

2.2.

2.2.1. Vehicle High Test mass (kg) : Average mass mav(kg) : (average before and after the test) Rotational mass mr (kg) : 3% of (MRO+25kg) or measured Weight distribution Front : Rear :

2.2.2. Vehicle Low Repeat §2.2.1. with VL data

2.2.3. Representative vehicle of the road load matrix family (if applicable) Test mass (kg) : Average mass mav(kg) : (average before and after the test) Technically permissible maximum laden mass (≥3000kg) : Estimated arithmetic average of the mass of optional equipment : Weight distribution Front : Rear :

2.3. TYRES

2.3.

2.3.1. Vehicle High Size designation : front/rear if different Make : front/rear if different Type : front/rear if different Rolling resistance (kgf/1000 kg Front : Rear : Front pressure (kPa) : Rear pressure (kPa) :

2.3.2. Vehicle Low Repeat §2.3.1. with VL data

2.3.3. Representative vehicle of the road load matrix family (if applicable) Repeat §2.3.1. with the representative vehicle data

2.4. BODYWORK

2.4.

2.4.1. Vehicle High Type : AA/AB/AC/AD/AE/AF BA/BB/BC/BD Version : Aerodynamic devices Movable aerodynamic body parts : y/n and list if applicable Installed aerodynamic options list :

2.4.2. Vehicle Low Repeat §2.4.1. with VL data Delta (Cd*Af)LH compared to VH :

2.4.3. Representative vehicle of the road load matrix family (if applicable) Body shape description : Square box (if no representative body shape for a complete vehicle can be determined) Repeat §2.4.1. with the representative vehicle data if applicable Frontal area Afr :

2.5. POWERTRAIN

2.5.

2.5.1. Vehicle High Engine code : Transmission type : manual, automatic, CVT Transmission model (manufacturer's codes) : (torque rating and no of clutches → to be included in info doc) Covered transmission models (manufacturer's codes) : Engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed : Gear Gear ratio N/V ratio 1st 1/.. 2nd 1.. 3rd 1/.. 4th 1/.. 5th 1/.. 6th 1/.. .. .. Electric machine(s) coupled in position N : n.a. (no electric machine or no coastdown mode) Type and number of electric machines : construction type: asynchronous/ synchronous… Type of coolant : air, liquid,…

2.5.2. Vehicle Low Repeat §2.5.1. with VL data

2.6. TEST RESULTS

2.6. 2.6.1. ON ROAD (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4) WIND TUNNEL METHOD (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §6) ROAD LOAD MATRIX (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §5)

Vehicle High Dates of tests : dd/mm/yyyy Method of the test : coastdown (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.3.) or torque meter method (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.4.) Facility (name / location / track's reference) : Coastdown mode : y/n Wheel alignment : Toe and camber values Maximum reference speed (km/h) Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.2.4.1.2. : Anemometry : stationary or on board: influence of anemometry (cd*A) and if it was corrected. Number of split(s) : Wind : average, peaks and direction in conjunction with direction of the test track Air pressure : Temperature (mean value) : Wind correction : y/n Tyre pressure adjustment : y/n Raw results : Torque method: c0= c1= c2= Coastdown method: f0 f1 f2 Final results Torque method: c0= c1= c2= and f0= f1= f2= Coastdown method: f0= f1= f2= Or Facility (name/location/dynamometer's reference) : Qualification of the facilities : Report reference and date Dynamometer Type of dynamometer : flat belt or chassis dynamometer Method : stabilised speeds or deceleration method Warm up : warm-up by dyno or by driving the vehicle Correction of the roller curve (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §6.6.3.) : (for chassis dynamometer, if applicable) Method of chassis dynamometer setting : Fixed run / iterative / alternative with its own warmup cycle Measured aerodynamic drag coefficient multiplied by the frontal area : Velocity (km/h) Cd*A (m2) … … … … Result : f0= f1= f2= Or Method of the test : coastdown (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.3) or torque meter method (Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.4) Facility (name/location/track's reference) : Coastdown mode : y/n Wheel alignment : Toe and camber values Maximum reference speed (km/h) Annex XXI, Sub Annex 4, §4.2.4.1.2. : Anemometry : stationary or on board: influence of anemometry (cd*A) and if it was corrected. Number of split(s) : Wind : average, peaks and direction in conjunction with direction of the test track Air pressure : Temperature (mean value) : Wind correction : y/n Tyre pressure adjustment : y/n Raw results : Torque method: c0r= c1r= c2r= Coastdown method: f0r f1r f2r Final results Torque method: c0r= c1r= c2r= and f0r= f1r= f2r= Coastdown method: f0r= f1r= f2r=

2.6.2. Vehicle Low Repeat §2.6.1. with VL data

Appendix 8c Template for Test Sheet

The test sheet shall include the test data that are recorded, but not included in any test report. The test sheet(s) shall be retained by the technical service or the manufacturer for at least 10 years. The following information, if applicable, is the minimum data required for test sheets. Adjustable wheel alignment parameters Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4, § 4.2.1.8.3. : The coefficients, c0, c1 and c2, : c0= c1= c2= The coastdown times measured on the chassis dynamometer Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4, §4.4.4. : Vehicle speed (km/h) Coastdown time (s) 125-115 115-105 105-95 95-85 85-75 75-65 65-55 55-45 45-35 35-25 25-15 15-05 Additional weight may be placed on or in the vehicle to eliminate tyre slippage Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4, §7.1.1.1.1. : weight (kg) on/in the vehicle The coastdown times after performing the vehicle coast down procedure according paragraph 4.3.1.3 of Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4, §8.2.4.2. : Vehicle speed (km/h) Coastdown time (s) 125-115 115-105 105-95 95-85 85-75 75-65 65-55 55-45 45-35 35-25 25-15 15-05 : (a)= (b)= (c)= (d)= Concentration in NO mode= : For manual shift transmission vehicle, MT vehicle that cannot follow the cycle trace: The deviations from the driving cycle : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, §1.2.6.5.1 Drive trace indices: The following indices shall be calculated according to SAE J2951(Revised JAN2014): (a) ER Energy Rating : (b) DR Distance Rating : (c) EER Energy Economy Rating : (d) ASCR Absolute Speed Change Rating : (e) IWR Inertial Work Rating : (f) RMSSE Root Mean Squared Speed Error : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, §1.2.8.5. and 7. Particulate sample filter weighing Filter before the test : Filter after the test : Reference filter : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, §1.2.10.1.2 and 1.2.14.3.1 : Regeneration factor determination The number of cycles D between two WLTCs where regeneration events occur : The number of cycles over which emission measurements are made n : The mass emissions measurement M′sij for each compound i over each cycle j : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, Appendix 1, §2.1.3. Regeneration factor determination The number of applicable test cycles d measured for complete regeneration : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, Appendix 1, § 2.2.6. Regeneration factor determination Msi : Mpi : Ki : Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, Appendix 1, §3.1.1 ATCT The air temperature and humidity of the test cell measured at the vehicle cooling fan outlet at a minimum frequency of 1 Hz. : Temperature set point = Treg Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6a, §3.2.1.1. Actual temperature value ± 3 °C at the start of the test ± 5 °C during the test The temperature of the soak area measured continuously at a minimum frequency of 1 Hz. : Temperature set point = Treg Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6a, §3.2.2.1. Actual temperature value ± 3 °C at the start of the test ± 5 °C during the test : ≤ 10 minutes The time between the end of the Type 1 test and the cool down procedure : ≤ 10 minutes The measured soaking time, and shall be recorded in all relevant test sheets. Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6a, §3.9.2. : time between the measurement of the end temperature and the end of the Type 1 test at 23 °C

NOx converter efficiency

Indicated concentrations (a); (b), (c), (d), and the concentration when the NOx analyser is in the NO mode so that the calibration gas does not pass through the converter Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 5, §5.5

The distance actually driven by the vehicle

Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, §1.2.6.4.6. and 1.2.12.6.

Content of each of the compounds measured after stabilization of the measuring device

Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6, §1.2.14.2.8

The time of transfer from the preconditioning to the soak area

Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 6a, §3.6.2.

ANNEX II IN-SERVICE CONFORMITY

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out the tailpipe emissions and OBD (inclusive IUPRM) in-service conformity requirements for vehicles type approved to this Regulation.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.2.8.2.9.2.10.

REQUIREMENTS The in-service conformity requirements shall be those specified in paragraph 9 and Appendices 3, 4 and 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with exceptions described in the following sections. Paragraph 9.2.1. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows: The audit of in-service conformity by the approval authority shall be conducted on the basis of any relevant information that the manufacturer has, under the same procedures as those for the conformity of production defined in Article 12(1) and (2) of Directive 2007/46/EC and in points 1 and 2 of Annex X to that Directive. If information is provided to the approval authority from any approval authority or Member State surveillance testing, it shall complement the in-service monitoring reports supplied by the manufacturer. Paragraph 9.3.5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be amended with the addition of the following new sub-paragraph: … Vehicles of small series productions with less than 1000 vehicles per OBD family are exempted from minimum IUPR requirements as well as the requirement to demonstrate these to the approval authority. References to Contracting Parties shall be understood as references to Member States. Paragraph 2.6. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The vehicle shall belong to a vehicle type that is type-approved under this Regulation and covered by a certificate of conformity in accordance with Directive 2007/46/EC. It shall be registered and have been used in the Union. The reference in paragraph 2.2. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the 1958 Agreement shall be understood as reference to Directive 2007/46/EC. Paragraph 2.6. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The lead content and sulphur content of a fuel sample from the vehicle tank shall meet the applicable standards laid down in Directive 2009/30/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and there shall be no evidence of mis-fuelling. Checks may be done in the tailpipe. Reference in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to emissions tests in accordance with Annex 4a shall be understood as being to emissions tests conducted in accordance with Annex XXI to this Regulation. Reference in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to paragraph 6.3. of Annex 4a shall be understood as being to paragraph 1.2.6. of Sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI to this Regulation. Reference in paragraph 4.4. of Appendix 3 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the 1958 Agreement shall be understood as reference to Article 13(1) or (2) of Directive 2007/46/EC. In paragraph 3.2.1., paragraph 4.2. and footnotes 1 and 2 of Appendix 4 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, the reference to the limit values given in Table 1 of paragraph 5.3.1.4. shall be understood as reference to Table 1 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

ANNEX III

[Reserved]

ANNEX IIIA VERIFYING REAL DRIVING EMISSIONS

1. INTRODUCTION, DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

1.

1.1. Introduction This Annex describes the procedure to verify the Real Driving Emissions (RDE) performance of light passenger and commercial vehicles.

1.2. Definitions

1.2.

1.2.1. Accuracy means the deviation between a measured or calculated value and a traceable reference value.

1.2.2. Analyser means any measurement device that is not part of the vehicle but installed to determine the concentration or the amount of gaseous or particle pollutants.

1.2.3. Axis intercept of a linear regression (a0) means: a0 y a1x where: a1 is the slope of the regression line x is the mean value of the reference parameter y is the mean value of the parameter to be verified

1.2.4. Calibration means the process of setting the response of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor, or signal so that its output agrees with one or multiple reference signals.

1.2.5. Coefficient of determination (r2) means: r2 1 ni 1yi a0 a1 xi2ni 1yiy2 where: a0 is the axis intercept of the linear regression line a1 is the slope of the linear regression line xi is the measured reference value yi is the measured value of the parameter to be verified y is the mean value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values

1.2.6. Cross-correlation coefficient (r) means: r n 1i 1xixyiyn 1i 1xix2 n 1i 1yiy2 where: xi is the measured reference value yi is the measured value of the parameter to be verified x is the mean reference value y is the mean value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values

1.2.7. Delay time means the time from the gas flow switching (t0) until the response reaches 10 per cent (t10) of the final reading.

1.2.8. Engine control unit (ECU) signals or data means any vehicle information and signal recorded from the vehicle network using the protocols specified in point 3.4.5.of Appendix 1.

1.2.9. Engine control unit means the electronic unit that controls various actuators to ensure the optimal performance of the powertrain.

1.2.10. Emissions also referred to as components, pollutant components or pollutant emissions means the regulated gaseous or particle constituents of the exhaust.

1.2.11. Exhaust, also referred to as exhaust gas, means the total of all gaseous and particulate components emitted at the exhaust outlet or tailpipe as the result of fuel combustion within the vehicle’s internal combustion engine.

1.2.12. Exhaust emissions means the emissions of particles, characterized as particulate matter and particle number, and of gaseous components at the tailpipe of a vehicle.

1.2.13. Full scale means the full range of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor as specified by the equipment manufacturer. If a sub-range of the analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor is used for measurements, full scale shall be understood as the maximum reading.

1.2.14. Hydrocarbon response factor of a particular hydrocarbon species means the ratio between the reading of a FID and the concentration of the hydrocarbon species under consideration in the reference gas cylinder, expressed as ppmC1.

1.2.15. Major maintenance means the adjustment, repair or replacement of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor that could affect the accuracy of measurements.

1.2.16. Noise means two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations, each calculated from the zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 1.0 Hz during a period of 30 seconds.

1.2.17. Non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC) means the total hydrocarbons (THC) excluding methane (CH4).

1.2.18. Particle number (PN) means as the total number of solid particles emitted from the vehicle exhaust as defined by the measurement procedure provided for by this Regulation for assessing compliance with the respective Euro 6 emission limit defined in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation 715/2007.

1.2.19. Precision means 2.5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given traceable standard value.

1.2.20. Reading means the numerical value displayed by an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor or any other measurement devise applied in the context of vehicle emission measurements.

1.2.21. Response time (t90) means the sum of the delay time and the rise time.

1.2.22. Rise time means the time between the 10 per cent and 90 per cent response (t90 – t10) of the final reading.

1.2.23. Root mean square (xrms) means the square root of the arithmetic mean of the squares of values and defined as: xrms 1nx21 x22 … x2n where: x is the measured or calculated value n is the number of values

1.2.24. Sensor means any measurement device that is not part of the vehicle itself but installed to determine parameters other than the concentration of gaseous and particle pollutants and the exhaust mass flow.

1.2.25. Span means the calibration of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, or sensor so that it gives an accurate response to a standard that matches as closely as possible the maximum value expected to occur during the actual emissions test.

1.2.26. Span response means the mean response to a span signal over a time interval of at least 30 seconds.

1.2.27. Span response drift means the difference between the mean response to a span signal and the actual span signal that is measured at a defined time period after an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor was accurately spanned.

1.2.28. Slope of a linear regression (a1) means: a1 ni 1yiy xixni 1xix2 where: x is the mean value of the reference parameter y is the mean value of the parameter to be verified xi is the actual value of the reference parameter yi is the actual value of the parameter to be verified n is the number of values

1.2.29. Standard error of estimate (SEE) means: SEE 1xmax ni 1yi ý2n 2 where: ý is the estimated value of the parameter to be verified yi is the actual value of the parameter to be verified xmax is the maximum actual value of the reference parameter n is the number of values

1.2.30. Total hydrocarbons (THC) means the sum of all volatile compounds measurable by a flame ionization detector (FID).

1.2.31. Traceable means the ability to relate a measurement or reading through an unbroken chain of comparisons to a known and commonly agreed standard.

1.2.32. Transformation time means the time difference between a change of concentration or flow (t0) at the reference point and a system response of 50 per cent of the final reading (t50).

1.2.33. Type of analyser, also referred to as analyser type means a group of analysers produced by the same manufacturer that apply an identical principle to determine the concentration of one specific gaseous component or the number of particles.

1.2.34. Type of exhaust mass flow meter means a group of exhaust mass flow meters produced by the same manufacturer that share a similar tube inner diameter and function on an identical principle to determine the mass flow rate of the exhaust gas.

1.2.35. Validation means the process of evaluating the correct installation and functionality of a Portable Emissions Measurement System and the correctness of exhaust mass flow rate measurements as obtained from one or multiple non-traceable exhaust mass flow meters or as calculated from sensors or ECU signals.

1.2.36. Verification means the process of evaluating whether the measured or calculated output of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor or signal agrees with a reference signal within one or more predetermined thresholds for acceptance.

1.2.37. Zero means the calibration of an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor so that it gives an accurate response to a zero signal.

1.2.38. Zero response means the mean response to a zero signal over a time interval of at least 30 seconds.

1.2.39. Zero response drift means the difference between the mean response to a zero signal and the actual zero signal that is measured over a defined time period after an analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor has been accurately zero calibrated.

1.3. Abbreviations Abbreviations refer generically to both the singular and the plural forms of abbreviated terms. CH4 Methane CLD ChemiLuminescence Detector CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon Dioxide CVS Constant Volume Sampler DCT Dual Clutch Transmission ECU Engine Control Unit EFM Exhaust mass Flow Meter FID Flame Ionisation Detector FS full scale GPS Global Positioning System H2O Water HC HydroCarbons HCLD Heated ChemiLuminescence Detector HEV Hybrid Electric Vehicle ICE Internal Combustion Engine ID identification number or code LPG Liquid Petroleum Gas MAW Moving Average Window max maximum value N2 Nitrogen NDIR Non-Dispersive InfraRead analyser NDUV Non-Dispersive UltraViolet analyser NEDC New European Driving Cycle NG Natural Gas NMC Non-Methane Cutter NMC-FID Non-Methane Cutter in combination with a Flame-Ionisation Detector NMHC Non-Methane HydroCarbons NO Nitrogen Monoxide No. number NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide NOX Nitrogen Oxides NTE Not-to-exceed O2 Oxygen OBD On-Board Diagnostics PEMS Portable Emissions Measurement System PHEV Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle PN particle number RDE Real Driving Emissions RPA Relative Positive Acceleration SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction SEE Standard Error of Estimate THC Total HydroCarbons UN/ECE United Nations Economic Commission for Europe VIN Vehicle Identification Number WLTC Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Cycle WWH-OBD WorldWide Harmonised On-Board Diagnostics

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.

2.1 Not-to-exceed emission limits Throughout the normal life of a vehicle type approved according to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, its emissions determined in accordance with the requirements of this Annex and emitted at any possible RDE test performed in accordance with the requirements of this Annex, shall not be higher than the following pollutant-specific not-to-exceed (NTE) values: NTEpollutant CFpollutant TFp1,…, pn EURO-6 where EURO-6 is the applicable Euro 6 emission limit laid down in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

2.1

2.1.1 Final Conformity Factors The conformity factor CFpollutant for the respective pollutant is specified as follows: Pollutant Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) Number of particles (PN) Mass of carbon monoxide (CO) Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) Combined mass of total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (THC + NOx) CFpollutant 1 + margin with margin = 0,5 to be determined — — —

2.1.2 Temporary Conformity Factors By way of exception to the provisions of point 2.1.1, during a period of 5 years and 4 months following the dates specified in Article 10(4) and (5) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007 and upon request of the manufacturer, the following temporary conformity factors may apply: Pollutant Mass of oxides of nitrogen (NOx) Number of particles (PN) Mass of carbon monoxide (CO) Mass of total hydrocarbons (THC) Combined mass of total hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (THC + NOx) CFpollutant 2,1 to be determined — — — The application of temporary conformity factors shall be recorded in the certificate of conformity of the vehicle.

2.1.3 Transfer functions The transfer function TF(p1, …, pn) referred to in point 2.1 is set to 1 for the entire range of parameters pi (i = 1, …, n). If the transfer function TF(p1, …, pn) is amended, this shall be done in a manner which is not detrimental to the environmental impact and the effectiveness of the RDE test procedures. In particular the following condition shall hold: TFp1,…,pn Qp1,…,pn dp Qp1,…,pn dp Where:

dp represents the integral over the entire space of the parameters pi(i = 1, …, n)

Q(p1, …, pn), is the probability density of an event corresponding to the parameters pi(i= 1, …, n) in real driving The manufacturer shall confirm compliance with point 2.1 by completing the certificate set out in Appendix 9.

2.2. The RDE tests required by this Annex at type approval and during the lifetime of a vehicle provide a presumption of conformity with the requirement set out in point 2.1. The presumed conformity may be reassessed by additional RDE tests.

2.3. Member States shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS on public roads in accordance with the procedures under their own national law, while respecting local road traffic legislation and safety requirements.

2.4. Manufacturers shall ensure that vehicles can be tested with PEMS by an independent party on public roads, e.g. by making available suitable adapters for exhaust pipes, granting access to ECU signals and making the necessary administrative arrangements. If the respective PEMS test is not required by this Regulation the manufacturer may charge a reasonable fee as set out in Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

3. RDE TEST TO BE PERFORMED

3.1. The following requirements apply to PEMS tests referred to in Article 3(10), second sub-paragraph.

3.1.0. The requirements of point 2.1 shall be fulfilled for the urban part and the complete PEMS trip. Upon the choice of the manufacturer the conditions of at least one of the two points below shall be fulfilled:

3.

grp_1

3.1.0.1. Mgas,d,t ≤ NTEpollutant and Mgas,d,u ≤ NTEpollutant with the definitions of point 2.1 of this Annex and points 6.1 and 6.3 of Appendix 5 and the setting gas = pollutant.

3.1.0.2. Mw,gas,d ≤ NTEpollutant and Mw,gas,d,u ≤ NTEpollutant with the definitions of point 2.1 of this Annex and point 3.9 of Appendix 6 and the setting gas = pollutant.

3.1.1. For type approval, the exhaust mass flow shall be determined by measurement equipment functioning independently from the vehicle and no vehicle ECU data shall be used in this respect. Outside the type approval context, alternative methods to determine the exhaust mass flow can be used according to Appendix 2, Section 7.2.

3.1.2. If the approval authority is not satisfied with the data quality check and validation results of a PEMS test conducted according to Appendices 1 and 4, the approval authority may consider the test to be void. In such case, the test data and the reasons for voiding the test shall be recorded by the approval authority.

3.1.3.3.1.3.1.3.1.3.2.3.1.3.3.3.1.3.4.

Reporting and dissemination of RDE test information A technical report prepared by the manufacturer in accordance with Appendix 8 shall be made available to the approval authority. The manufacturer shall ensure that the following information is made available on a publicly accessible website without costs: Upon request, without costs and within 30 days, the manufacturer shall make available the technical report referred to in point 3.1.3.1 to any interested party. Upon request, the type approval authority shall make available the information listed under points 3.1.3.1 and 3.1.3.2 within 30 days of receiving the request. The type approval authority may charge a reasonable and proportionate fee, which does not discourage an inquirer with a justified interest from requesting the respective information or exceed the internal costs of the authority for making the requested information available.

3.1.3.3.1.3.1.3.1.3.2.

3.1.3.2.1. By entering the vehicle type approval number and the information on type, variant and version as defined in sections 0.10 and 0.2 of the vehicle's EC certificate of conformity provided by Annex IX of Directive (EC) 2007/46, the unique identification number of a PEMS test family to which a given vehicle emission type belongs, as set out in point 5.2 of Appendix 7.

3.1.3.2.2. By entering the unique identification number of a PEMS test family:

the full information as required by point 5.1 of Appendix 7,

the lists described in points 5.3 and 5.4 of Appendix 7;

the results of the PEMS tests as set out in points 6.3 of Appendix 5 and 3.9 of Appendix 6 for all vehicle emission types in the list described in point 5.4 of Appendix 7.

4.4.1.4.2.4.3.4.4.

GENERAL REQUIRMENTS The RDE performance shall be demonstrated by testing vehicles on the road operated over their normal driving patterns, conditions and payloads. The RDE test shall be representative for vehicles operated on their real driving routes, with their normal load. The manufacturer shall demonstrate to the approval authority that the chosen vehicle, driving patterns, conditions and payloads are representative for the vehicle family. The payload and altitude requirements, as specified in points 5.1 and 5.2, shall be used ex-ante to determine whether the conditions are acceptable for RDE testing. The approval authority shall propose a test trip in urban, rural and motorway environments meeting the requirements of point 6. For the purpose of trip selection, the definition of urban, rural and motorway operation shall be based on a topographic map. If for a vehicle the collection of ECU data influences the vehicle's emissions or performance the entire PEMS test family to which the vehicle belongs as defined in Appendix 7 shall be considered as non-compliant. Such functionality shall be considered as a defeat device as defined in Article 3(10) of Regulation (EC) 715/2007.

5. BOUNDARY CONDITIONS

5.

5.1.5.1.1.5.1.2.

Vehicle payload and test mass The vehicle's basic payload shall comprise the driver, a witness of the test (if applicable) and the test equipment, including the mounting and the power supply devices. For the purpose of testing some artificial payload may be added as long as the total mass of the basic and artificial payload does not exceed 90% of the sum of the mass of the passengers and the pay-mass defined in points 19 and 21 of Article 2 of Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012.

5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.

Ambient conditions The test shall be conducted under ambient conditions laid down in this section. The ambient conditions become extended when at least one of the temperature and altitude conditions is extended. Moderate altitude conditions: Altitude lower or equal to 700 meters above sea level. Extended altitude conditions: Altitude higher than 700 meters above sea level and lower or equal to 1300 meters above sea level. Moderate temperature conditions: Greater than or equal to 273 K (0 °C) and lower than or equal to 303 K (30 °C) Extended temperature conditions: Greater than or equal to 266 K (– 7 °C) and lower than 273 K (0 °C) or greater than 303 K (30 °C) and lower than or equal to 308 K (35 °C) By way of derogation from the provisions of points 5.2.4 and 5.2.5 the lower temperature for moderate conditions shall be greater or equal to 276 K (3 °C) and the lower temperature for extended conditions shall be greater or equal to 271K (– 2 °C) between the start of the application of binding NTE emission limits as defined in section 2.1 and until five years after the dates given in paragraphs 4 and 5 of Article 10 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

5.3. Not applicable.

5.4. Dynamic conditions The dynamic conditions encompass the effect of road grade, head wind and driving dynamics (accelerations, decelerations) and auxiliary systems upon energy consumption and emissions of the test vehicle. The verification of the normality of dynamic conditions shall be done after the test is completed, using the recorded PEMS data. This verification shall be conducted in 2 steps:

5.4.

5.4.1. The overall excess or insufficiency of driving dynamics during the trip shall be checked using the methods described in Appendix 7a to this Annex.

5.4.2. If the trip results as valid following the verifications according to point 5.4.1, the methods for verifying the normality of the test conditions as laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 to this Annex must be applied. Each method includes a reference for test conditions, ranges around the reference and the minimum coverage requirements to achieve a valid test.

5.5. Vehicle condition and operation

5.5.

5.5.1. Auxiliary systems The air conditioning system or other auxiliary devices shall be operated in a way which corresponds to their possible use by a consumer at real driving on the road.

5.5.2.5.5.2.1.5.5.2.2.5.5.2.3.5.5.2.4.

Vehicles equipped with periodically regenerating systems Periodically regenerating systems shall be understood according to the definition in Article 2(6). If periodic regeneration occurs during a test, the test may be voided and repeated once at the request of the manufacturer. The manufacturer may ensure the completion of the regeneration and precondition the vehicle appropriately prior to the second test. If regeneration occurs during the repetition of the RDE test, pollutants emitted during the repeated test shall be included in the emissions evaluation.

6.6.1.6.2.6.3.6.4.6.5.6.6.6.7.6.8.6.9.6.10.6.11.6.12.

TRIP REQUIREMENTS The shares of urban, rural and motorway driving, classified by instantaneous speed as described in points 6.3 to 6.5, shall be expressed as a percentage of the total trip distance. The trip sequence shall consist of urban driving followed by rural and motorway driving according to the shares specified in point 6.6. The urban, rural and motorway operation shall be run continuously. Rural operation may be interrupted by short periods of urban operation when driving through urban areas. Motorway operation may be interrupted by short periods of urban or rural operation, e.g., when passing toll stations or sections of road work. If another testing order is justified for practical reasons, the order of urban, rural and motorway operation may be altered, after obtaining approval from the approval authority. Urban operation is characterised by vehicle speeds lower than or equal to 60 km/h. Rural operation is characterised by vehicle speeds higher than 60 and lower than or equal to 90 km/h. Motorway operation is characterised by speeds above 90 km/h. The trip shall consist of approximately 34 % per cent urban, 33 % per cent rural and 33 % per cent motorway driving classified by speed as described in points 6.3 to 6.5 above. Approximately shall mean the interval of ±10 per cent points around the stated percentages. The urban driving shall however never be less than 29% of the total trip distance. The vehicle velocity shall normally not exceed 145 km/h. This maximum speed may be exceeded by a tolerance of 15 km/h for not more than 3 % of the time duration of the motorway driving. Local speed limits remain in force during a PEMS test, notwithstanding other legal consequences. Violations of local speed limits per se do not invalidate the results of a PEMS test. The average speed (including stops) of the urban driving part of the trip should be between 15 and 40 km/h. Stop periods, defined as vehicle speed of less than 1 km/h, shall account for 6 to 30 % of the time duration of urban operation. Urban operation shall contain several stop periods of 10s or longer. If a stop period lasts more the 180 s, the emission events during the 180 s following such an excessively long stop period shall be excluded from the emissions evaluation. The speed range of the motorway driving shall properly cover a range between 90 and at least 110 km/h. The vehicle's velocity shall be above 100 km/h for at least 5 minutes. The trip duration shall be between 90 and 120 minutes. The start and the end point shall not differ in their elevation above sea level by more than 100 m. In addition, the proportional cumulative positive altitude gain shall be less than 1200 m/100km) and be determined according to Appendix 7b. The minimum distance of each, the urban, rural and motorway operation shall be 16 km.

7.7.1.7.2.7.3.7.4.7.5.7.6.

OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS The trip shall be selected in such a way that the testing is uninterrupted and the data continuously recorded to reach the minimum test duration defined in point 6.10. Electrical power shall be supplied to the PEMS by an external power supply unit and not from a source that draws its energy either directly or indirectly from the engine of the test vehicle. The installation of the PEMS equipment shall be done in a way to influence the vehicle emissions or performance or both to the minimum extent possible. Care should be exercised to minimize the mass of the installed equipment and potential aerodynamic modifications of the test vehicle. The vehicle payload shall be in accordance with point 5.1. RDE tests shall be conducted on working days as defined for the Union in Council Regulation (EEC, Euratom) No 1182/71 RDE tests shall be conducted on paved roads and streets (e.g. off road operation is not permitted). Prolonged idling shall be avoided after the first ignition of the combustion engine at the beginning of the emissions test. If the engine stalls during the test, it may be restarted, but the sampling shall not be interrupted.

8.8.1.8.2. LUBRICATING OIL, FUEL AND REAGENT The fuel, lubricant and reagent (if applicable) used for RDE testing shall be within the specifications issued by the manufacturer for vehicle operation by the customer. Samples of fuel, lubricant and reagent (if applicable) shall be taken and kept for at least 1 year.

9.9.1.9.2.9.3.9.4.9.5.9.6.

EMISSIONS AND TRIP EVALUATION The test shall be conducted in accordance with Appendix 1 of this Annex. The trip shall fulfil the requirements set out in points 4 to 8. It shall not be permitted to combine data of different trips or to modify or remove data from a trip with exception of provisions for long stops as described in 6.8. After establishing the validity of a trip according to Point 9.2 emission results shall be calculated using the methods laid down in Appendices 5 and 6 of this Annex. If during a particular time interval the ambient conditions are extended in accordance with point 5.2, the pollutant emissions during this particular time interval, calculated according to Appendix 4, shall be divided by a value of 1,6 before being evaluated for compliance with the requirements of this Annex. This provision does not apply to carbon dioxide emissions. The cold start is defined in accordance with point 4 of Appendix 4 of this Annex. Until specific requirements for emissions at cold start are applied, the latter shall be recorded but excluded from the emissions evaluation.

Appendix 1 Test procedure for vehicle emissions testing with a Portable Emissions Measurement System (PEMS)

1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the test procedure to determine exhaust emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles using a Portable Emissions Measurement System.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS ≤ smaller or equal # number #/m3 number per cubic metre % per cent °C degree centigrade g gramme g/s gramme per second h hour Hz hertz K kelvin kg kilogramme kg/s kilogramme per second km kilometre km/h kilometre per hour kPa kilopascal kPa/min kilopascal per minute l litre l/min litre per minute m metre m3 cubic-metre mg milligram min minute pe evacuated pressure [kPa] qvs volume flow rate of the system [l/min] ppm parts per million ppmC1 parts per million carbon equivalent rpm revolutions per minute s second Vs system volume [l]

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

3.

3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.3.1.5.

PEMS The test shall be carried out with a PEMS, composed of components specified in points 3.1.1 to 3.1.5. If applicable, a connection with the vehicle ECU may be established to determine relevant engine and vehicle parameters as specified in point 3.2. Analysers to determine the concentration of pollutants in the exhaust gas. One or multiple instruments or sensors to measure or determine the exhaust mass flow. A Global Positioning System to determine the position, altitude and, speed of the vehicle. If applicable, sensors and other appliances being not part of the vehicle, e.g., to measure ambient temperature, relative humidity, air pressure, and vehicle speed. An energy source independent of the vehicle to power the PEMS.

3.2. Table 1 Test parameters

Test parameters Test parameters as specified in Table 1 of this Appendix shall be measured, recorded at a constant frequency of 1.0 Hz or higher and reported according to the requirements of Appendix 8. If ECU parameters are obtained, these should be made available at a substantially higher frequency than the parameters recorded by PEMS. The PEMS analysers, flow-measuring instruments and sensors shall comply with the requirements laid down in Appendices 2 and 3 of this Annex. Parameter Recommended unit Source THC concentration, ppm Analyser CH4 concentration, ppm Analyser NMHC concentration, ppm Analyser CO concentration, ppm Analyser CO2 concentration ppm Analyser NOX concentration, ppm Analyser PN concentration #/m3 Analyser Exhaust mass flow rate kg/s EFM, any methods described in point 7 of Appendix 2 Ambient humidity % Sensor Ambient temperature K Sensor Ambient pressure kPa Sensor Vehicle speed km/h Sensor, GPS, or ECU Vehicle latitude Degree GPS Vehicle longitude Degree GPS Vehicle altitude, M GPS or Sensor Exhaust gas temperature K Sensor Engine coolant temperature K Sensor or ECU Engine speed rpm Sensor or ECU Engine torque Nm Sensor or ECU Torque at driven axle Nm Rim torque meter Pedal position % Sensor or ECU Engine fuel flow g/s Sensor or ECU Engine intake air flow g/s Sensor or ECU Fault status — ECU Intake air flow temperature K Sensor or ECU Regeneration status — ECU Engine oil temperature K Sensor or ECU Actual gear # ECU Desired gear (e.g. gear shift indicator) # ECU Other vehicle data unspecified ECU

3.3. Preparation of the vehicle The preparation of the vehicle shall include a general verification of the correct technical functioning of the test vehicle.

3.4. Installation of PEMS

3.4.

3.4.1. General The installation of the PEMS shall follow the instructions of the PEMS manufacturer and the local health and safety regulations. The PEMS should be installed as to minimize during the test electromagnetic interferences as well as exposure to shocks, vibration, dust and variability in temperature. The installation and operation of the PEMS shall be leak-tight and minimize heat loss. The installation and operation of PEMS shall not change the nature of the exhaust gas nor unduly increase the length of the tailpipe. To avoid the generation of particles, connectors shall be thermally stable at the exhaust gas temperatures expected during the test. It is recommended to avoid the use of a material which may emit volatile components to connect the vehicle exhaust outlet and the connecting tube. Elastomer connectors, if used, shall have a minimum exposure to the exhaust gas to avoid artefacts at high engine load.

3.4.2. Permissible backpressure The installation and operation of the PEMS shall not unduly increase the static pressure at the exhaust outlet. If technically feasible, any extension to facilitate the sampling or connection with the exhaust mass flow meter shall have an equivalent, or larger, cross sectional area than the exhaust pipe.

3.4.3. Exhaust mass flow meter Whenever used, the exhaust mass flow meter shall be attached to the vehicle's tailpipe(s) according to the recommendations of the EFM manufacturer. The measurement range of the EFM shall match the range of the exhaust mass flow rate expected during the test. The installation of the EFM and any exhaust pipe adaptors or junctions shall not adversely affect the operation of the engine or exhaust after-treatment system. A minimum of four pipe diameters or 150 mm of straight tubing, whichever is larger, shall be placed at either side of the flow-sensing element. When testing a multi-cylinder engine with a branched exhaust manifold, it is recommended to combine the manifolds upstream of the exhaust mass flow meter and to increase the cross section of the piping appropriately as to minimize backpressure in the exhaust. If this is not feasible, exhaust flow measurements with several exhaust mass flow meters shall be considered. The wide variety of exhaust pipe configurations, dimensions and exhaust mass flow rates may require compromises, guided by good engineering judgement, when selecting and installing the EFM(s). If measurement accuracy requires, it is permissible to install an EFM with a diameter smaller than that of the exhaust outlet or the total cross-sectional area of multiple outlets, providing it does not adversely affect the operation or the exhaust after-treatment as specified in point 3.4.2.

3.4.4. Global Positioning System (GPS) The GPS antenna should be mounted, e.g. at the highest possible location, as to ensure good reception of the satellite signal. The mounted GPS antenna shall interfere as little as possible with the vehicle operation.

3.4.5. Connection with the Engine Control Unit (ECU) If desired, relevant vehicle and engine parameters listed in Table 1 can be recorded by using a data logger connected with the ECU or the vehicle network through standards, such as ISO 15031-5 or SAE J1979, OBD-II, EOBD or WWH-OBD. If applicable, manufacturers shall disclose labels to allow the identification of required parameters.

3.4.6. Sensors and auxiliary equipment Vehicle speed sensors, temperature sensors, coolant thermocouples or any other measurement device not part of the vehicle shall be installed to measure the parameter under consideration in a representative, reliable and accurate manner without unduly interfering with the vehicle operation and the functioning of other analysers, flow-measuring instruments, sensors and signals. Sensors and auxiliary equipment shall be powered independently of the vehicle. It is permitted to power any safety-related illumination of fixtures and installations of PEMS components outside of the vehicle’s cabin by the vehicle’s battery.

3.5. Emissions sampling Emissions sampling shall be representative and conducted at locations of well-mixed exhaust where the influence of ambient air downstream of the sampling point is minimal. If applicable, emissions shall be sampled downstream of the exhaust mass flow meter, respecting a distance of at least 150 mm to the flow sensing element. The sampling probes shall be fitted at least 200 mm or three times the inner diameter of the exhaust pipe, whichever is larger, upstream of the point at which the exhaust exits the PEMS sampling installation into the environment. If the PEMS feeds back a flow to the tail pipe, this shall occur downstream of the sampling probe in a manner that does not affect during engine operation the nature of the exhaust gas at the sampling point(s). If the length of the sampling line is changed, the system transport times shall be verified and if necessary corrected. If the engine is equipped with an exhaust after-treatment system, the exhaust sample shall be taken downstream of the exhaust after-treatment system. When testing a vehicle with a multi-cylinder engine and branched exhaust manifold, the inlet of the sampling probe shall be located sufficiently far downstream so as to ensure that the sample is representative of the average exhaust emissions of all cylinders. In multi-cylinder engines, having distinct groups of manifolds, such as in a V engine configuration, the manifolds shall be combined upstream of the sampling probe. If this is technically not feasible, multi-point sampling at locations of well-mixed exhaust free of ambient air shall be considered. In this case, the number and location of sampling probes shall match as far as possible those of the exhaust mass flow meters. In case of unequal exhaust flows, proportional sampling or sampling with multiple analysers shall be considered. If particles are measured, the exhaust shall be sampled from the centre of the exhaust stream. If several probes are used for emissions sampling, the particle sampling probe shall be placed upstream of the other sampling probes. If hydrocarbons are measured, the sampling line shall be heated to 463 ± 10 K (190 ± 10 °C). For the measurement of other gaseous components with or without cooler, the sampling line shall be kept at a minimum of 333 K (60 °C) to avoid condensation and to ensure appropriate penetration efficiencies of the various gases. For low pressure sampling systems, the temperature can be lowered corresponding to the pressure decrease provided that the sampling system ensures a penetration efficiency of 95 % for all regulated gaseous pollutants. If particles are sampled, the sampling line from the raw exhaust sample point shall be heated to a minimum of 373 K (100 °C). The residence time of the sample in the particle sampling line shall be less than 3 s until reaching first dilution or the particle counter.

4. PRE-TEST PROCEDURES

4.

4.1. PEMS leak check After the installation of the PEMS is completed, a leak check shall be performed at least once for each PEMS-vehicle installation as prescribed by the PEMS manufacturer or as follows. The probe shall be disconnected from the exhaust system and the end plugged. The analyser pump shall be switched on. After an initial stabilization period all flow meters shall read approximately zero in the absence of a leak. Else, the sampling lines shall be checked and the fault be corrected. The leakage rate on the vacuum side shall not exceed 0.5 per cent of the in-use flow rate for the portion of the system being checked. The analyser flows and bypass flows may be used to estimate the in-use flow rate. Alternatively, the system may be evacuated to a pressure of at least 20 kPa vacuum (80 kPa absolute). After an initial stabilization period the pressure increase Δp (kPa/min) in the system shall not exceed: Δp peVs qvs 0.005 Alternatively, a concentration step change at the beginning of the sampling line shall be introduced by switching from zero to span gas while maintaining the same pressure conditions as under normal system operation. If for a correctly calibrated analyser after an adequate period of time the reading is ≤ 99 per cent compared to the introduced concentration, the leakage problem shall be corrected.

4.2. Starting and stabilizing the PEMS The PEMS shall be switched on, warmed up and stabilized according to the specifications of the PEMS manufacturer until, e.g., pressures, temperatures and flows have reached their operating set points.

4.3. Preparing the sampling system The sampling system, consisting of the sampling probe, sampling lines and the analysers, shall be prepared for testing by following the instruction of the PEMS manufacturer. It shall be ensured that the sampling system is clean and free of moisture condensation.

4.4. Preparing the Exhaust mass Flow Meter (EFM) If used for measuring the exhaust mass flow, the EFM shall be purged and prepared for operation in accordance with the specifications of the EFM manufacturer. This procedure shall, if applicable, remove condensation and deposits from the lines and the associated measurement ports.

4.5. Checking and calibrating the analysers for measuring gaseous emissions Zero and span calibration adjustments of the analysers shall be performed using calibration gases that meet the requirements of point 5 of Appendix 2. The calibration gases shall be chosen to match the range of pollutant concentrations expected during the RDE test. To minimize analyser drift, one should conduct the zero and span calibration of analysers at an ambient temperature that resembles, as closely as possible, the temperature experienced by the test equipment during the trip.

4.6. Checking the analyser for measuring particle emissions The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air. The signal shall be recorded at a constant frequency of at least 1.0 Hz over a period of 2 min and averaged; the permissible concentration value shall be determined once suitable measurement equipment becomes available.

4.7. Determining vehicle speed Vehicle speed shall be determined by at least one of the following methods:

4.7.

(a) a GPS; if vehicle speed is determined by a GPS, the total trip distance shall be checked against the measurements of another method according to point 7 of Appendix 4.

(b) a sensor (e.g., optical or micro-wave sensor); if vehicle speed is determined by a sensor, the speed measurements shall comply with the requirements of point 8 of Appendix 2, or alternatively, the total trip distance determined by the sensor shall be compared with a reference distance obtained from a digital road network or topographic map. The total trip distance determined by the sensor shall deviate by no more than 4 % from the reference distance.

(c) the ECU; if vehicle speed is determined by the ECU, the total trip distance shall be validated according to point 3 of Appendix 3 and the ECU speed signal adjusted, if necessary to fulfil the requirements of point 3.3 of Appendix 3. Alternatively, the total trip distance as determined by the ECU can be compared with a reference distance obtained from a digital road network or topographic map. The total trip distance determined by the ECU shall deviate by no more than 4 % from the reference.

4.8. Check of PEMS set up The correctness of connections with all sensors and, if applicable, the ECU shall be verified. If engine parameters are retrieved, it shall be ensured that the ECU reports values correctly (e.g., zero engine speed [rpm] while the combustion engine is in key-on-engine-off status). The PEMS shall function free of warning signals and error indication.

5. EMISSIONS TEST

5.

5.1. Test start Sampling, measurement and recording of parameters shall begin prior to the start of the engine. To facilitate time alignment, it is recommended to record the parameters that are subject to time alignment either by a single data recording device or with a synchronised time stamp. Before and directly after engine start, it shall be confirmed that all necessary parameters are recorded by the data logger.

5.2. Test Sampling, measurement and recording of parameters shall continue throughout the on-road test of the vehicle. The engine may be stopped and started, but emissions sampling and parameter recording shall continue. Any warning signals, suggesting malfunctioning of the PEMS, shall be documented and verified. Parameter recording shall reach a data completeness of higher than 99 %. Measurement and data recording may be interrupted for less than 1 % of the total trip duration but for no more than a consecutive period of 30 s solely in the case of unintended signal loss or for the purpose of PEMS system maintenance. Interruptions may be recorded directly by the PEMS. It is not permissible to introduce interruptions in the recorded parameter via the pre-processing, exchange or post-processing of data. If conducted, auto zeroing shall be performed against a traceable zero standard similar to the one used to zero the analyser. If necessary it is strongly recommended to initiate PEMS system maintenance during periods of zero vehicle speed.

5.3. Test end The end of the test is reached when the vehicle has completed the trip and the combustion engine is switched off. Excessive idling of the engine after the completion of the trip shall be avoided. The data recording shall continue until the response time of the sampling systems has elapsed.

6. POST-TEST PROCEDURE

6.

6.1. Table 2 Permissible analyser drift over a PEMS test

Checking the analysers for measuring gaseous emissions The zero and span of the analysers of gaseous components shall be checked by using calibration gases identical to the ones applied under point 4.5 to evaluate the analyser's zero and response drift compared to the pre-test calibration. It is permissible to zero the analyser prior to verifying the span drift, if the zero drift was determined to be within the permissible range. The post-test drift check shall be completed as soon as possible after the test and before the PEMS, or individual analysers or sensors, are turned off or have switched into a non-operating mode. The difference between the pre-test and post-test results shall comply with the requirements specified in Table 2. Pollutant Zero response drift Span response drift CO2 ≤ 2000 ppm per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤ 2000 ppm per test, whichever is larger CO ≤ 75 ppm per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤ 75 ppm per test, whichever is larger NO2 ≤ 5 ppm per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤ 5 ppm per test, whichever is larger NO/NOX ≤ 5 ppm per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤ 5 ppm per test, whichever is larger CH4 ≤ 10 ppmC1 per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤ 10 ppmC1 per test, whichever is larger THC ≤ 10 ppmC1 per test ≤ 2 % of reading or ≤10 ppmC1 per test, whichever is larger If the difference between the pre-test and post-test results for the zero and span drift is higher than permitted, all test results shall be voided and the test repeated.

6.2. Checking the analyser for measuring particle emissions The zero level of the analyser shall be recorded by sampling HEPA filtered ambient air. The signal shall be recorded over a period of 2 min and averaged; the permissible final concentration shall be defined once suitable measurement equipment becomes available. If the difference between the pre-test and post-test check is higher than permitted, all test results shall be voided and the test repeated.

6.3. Checking the on-road emission measurements The calibrated range of the analysers shall account at least for 90 % of the concentration values obtained from 99 % of the measurements of the valid parts of the emissions test. It is permissible that 1 % of the total number of measurements used for evaluation exceeds the calibrated range of the analysers by up to a factor of two. If these requirements are not met, the test shall be voided.

Appendix 2 Specifications and calibration of PEMS components and signals

1. INTRODUCTION This appendix sets out the specifications and calibration of PEMS components and signals.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS > larger than ≥ larger than or equal to % per cent ≤ smaller than or equal to A undiluted CO2 concentration [%] a0 y-axis intercept of the linear regression line a1 slope of the linear regression line B diluted CO2 concentration [%] C diluted NO concentration [ppm] c analyser response in the oxygen interference test cFS,b full scale HC concentration in step (b) [ppmC1] cFS,d full scale HC concentration in step (d) [ppmC1] cHC(w/NMC) HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 flowing through the NMC [ppmC1] cHC(w/o NMC) HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 bypassing the NMC [ppmC1] cm,b measured HC concentration in step (b) [ppmC1] cm,d measured HC concentration in step (d) [ppmC1] cref,b reference HC concentration in step (b) [ppmC1] cref,d reference HC concentration in step (d) [ppmC1] °C degree centigrade D undiluted NO concentration [ppm] De expected diluted NO concentration [ppm] E absolute operating pressure [kPa] ECO2 per cent CO2 quench EE ethane efficiency EH2O per cent water quench EM methane efficiency EO2 oxygen interference F water temperature [K] G saturation vapour pressure [kPa] g gram gH2O/kg gramme water per kilogram h hour H water vapour concentration [%] Hm maximum water vapour concentration [%] Hz hertz K kelvin kg kilogramme km/h kilometre per hour kPa kilopascal max maximum value NOX,dry moisture-corrected mean concentration of the stabilized NOX recordings NOX,m mean concentration of the stabilized NOX recordings NOX,ref reference mean concentration of the stabilized NOX recordings ppm parts per million ppmC1 parts per million carbon equivalents r2 coefficient of determination s second t0 time point of gas flow switching [s] t10 time point of 10 % response of the final reading t50 time point of 50 % response of the final reading t90 time point of 90 % response of the final reading tbd to be determined x independent variable or reference value χmin minimum value y dependent variable or measured value

3. LINEARITY VERIFICATION

3.

3.1. General The linearity of analysers, flow-measuring instruments, sensors and signals, shall be traceable to international or national standards. Any sensors or signals that are not directly traceable, e.g., simplified flow-measuring instruments shall be calibrated alternatively against chassis dynamometer laboratory equipment that has been calibrated against international or national standards.

3.2. Table 1 Linearity requirements of measurement parameters and systems

Linearity requirements All analysers, flow-measuring instruments, sensors and signals shall comply with the linearity requirements given in Table 1. If air flow, fuel flow, the air-to-fuel ratio or the exhaust mass flow rate is obtained from the ECU, the calculated exhaust mass flow rate shall meet the linearity requirements specified in Table 1. Measurement parameter/instrument χmin a1 1 a0 Slope a1 Standard error SEE Coefficient of determination r2 Fuel flow rate ≤ 1 % max 0,98 - 1,02 ≤ 2 % max ≥ 0,990 Air flow rate ≤ 1 % max 0,98 - 1,02 ≤ 2 % max ≥ 0,990 Exhaust mass flow rate ≤ 2 % max 0,97 - 1,03 ≤ 2 % max ≥ 0,990 Gas analysers ≤ 0,5 % max 0,99 - 1,01 ≤ 1 % max ≥ 0,998 Torque ≤ 1 % max 0,98-1,02 ≤ 2 % max ≥ 0,990 PN analysers tbd tbd tbd tbd

3.3. Frequency of linearity verification The linearity requirements according to point 3.2 shall be verified: The linearity requirements according to point 3.2 for sensors or ECU signals that are not directly traceable shall be performed with a traceably calibrated measurement device on the chassis dynamometer once for each PEMS setup.

3.3.

(a) for each analyser at least every three months or whenever a system repair or change is made that could influence the calibration;

(b) for other relevant instruments, such as exhaust mass flow meters and traceably calibrated sensors, whenever damage is observed, as required by internal audit procedures, by the instrument manufacturer or by ISO 9000 but no longer than one year before the actual test.

3.4. Procedure of linearity verification

3.4.

3.4.1. General requirements The relevant analysers, instruments and sensors shall be brought to their normal operating condition according to the recommendations of their manufacturer. The analysers, instruments and sensors shall be operated at their specified temperatures, pressures and flows.

3.4.2. General procedure The linearity shall be verified for each normal operating range by executing the following steps:

3.4.2.

(a) The analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor shall be set to zero by introducing a zero signal. For gas analysers, purified synthetic air or nitrogen shall be introduced to the analyser port via a gas path that is as direct and short as possible.

(b) The analyser, flow-measuring instrument or sensor shall be spanned by introducing a span signal. For gas analysers, an appropriate span gas shall be introduced to the analyser port via a gas path that is as direct and short as possible.

(d) The linearity shall be verified by introducing at least 10, approximately equally spaced and valid, reference values (including zero). The reference values with respect to the concentration of components, the exhaust mass flow rate or any other relevant parameter shall be chosen to match the range of values expected during the emissions test. For measurements of exhaust mass flow, reference points below 5 % of the maximum calibration value can be excluded from the linearity verification.

(e) For gas analysers, known gas concentrations in accordance with point 5 shall be introduced to the analyser port. Sufficient time for signal stabilisation shall be given.

(f) The values under evaluation and, if needed, the reference values shall be recorded at a constant frequency of at least 1.0 Hz over a period of 30 seconds.

(g) The arithmetic mean values over the 30 seconds period shall be used to calculate the least squares linear regression parameters, with the best-fit equation having the form: y a1x a0 where: y is the actual value of the measurement system a1 is the slope of the regression line x is the reference value a0 is the y intercept of the regression line The standard error of estimate (SEE) of y on x and the coefficient of determination (r2) shall be calculated for each measurement parameter and system.

(h) The linear regression parameters shall meet the requirements specified in Table 1.

3.4.3. Requirements for linearity verification on a chassis dynamometer Non-traceable flow-measuring instruments, sensors or ECU signals that cannot directly be calibrated according to traceable standards, shall be calibrated on a chassis dynamometer. The procedure shall follow as far as applicable, the requirements of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. If necessary, the instrument or sensor to be calibrated shall be installed on the test vehicle and operated according to the requirements of Appendix 1. The calibration procedure shall follow whenever possible the requirements of point 3.4.2; at least 10 appropriate reference values shall be selected as to ensure that at least 90 % of the maximum value expected to occur during the RDE test is covered. If a not directly traceable flow-measuring instrument, sensor or ECU signal for determining exhaust flow is to be calibrated, a traceably calibrated reference exhaust mass flow meter or the CVS shall be attached to the vehicle’s tailpipe. It shall be ensured that the vehicle exhaust is accurately measured by the exhaust mass flow meter according to point 3.4.3 of Appendix 1. The vehicle shall be operated by applying constant throttle at a constant gear selection and chassis dynamometer load.

4. ANALYSERS FOR MEASURING GASEOUS COMPONENTS

4.

4.1. Permissible types of analysers

4.1.

4.1.1. Standard analysers The gaseous components shall be measured with analysers specified in points 1.3.1 to 1.3.5 of Appendix 3, Annex 4A to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. If an NDUV analyser measures both NO and NO2, a NO2/NO converter is not required.

4.1.2. Alternative analysers Any analyser not meeting the design specifications of point 4.1.1 is permissible provided that it fulfils the requirements of point 4.2. The manufacturer shall ensure that the alternative analyser achieves an equivalent or higher measurement performance compared to a standard analyser over the range of pollutant concentrations and co-existing gases that can be expected from vehicles operated with permissible fuels under moderate and extended conditions of valid RDE testing as specified in points 5, 6 and 7 of this Annex. Upon request, the manufacturer of the analyser shall submit in writing supplemental information, demonstrating that the measurement performance of the alternative analyser is consistently and reliably in line with the measurement performance of standard analysers. Supplemental information shall contain: Approval authorities may request additional information to substantiate equivalency or refuse approval if measurements demonstrate that an alternative analyser is not equivalent to a standard analyser.

4.1.2.

(a) a description of the theoretical basis and the technical components of the alternative analyser;

(b) a demonstration of equivalency with the respective standard analyser specified in point 4.1.1 over the expected range of pollutant concentrations and ambient conditions of the type-approval test defined in Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments as well as a validation test as described in point 3 of Appendix 3 for a vehicle equipped with a spark-ignition and compression-ignition engine; the manufacturer of the analyser shall demonstrate the significance of equivalency within the permissible tolerances given in point 3.3 of Appendix 3.

(c) a demonstration of equivalency with the respective standard analyser specified in point 4.1.1 with respect to the influence of atmospheric pressure on the measurement performance of the analyser; the demonstration test shall determine the response to span gas having a concentration within the analyser range to check the influence of atmospheric pressure under moderate and extended altitude conditions defined in point 5.2 of this Annex. Such a test can be performed in an altitude environmental test chamber.

(d) a demonstration of equivalency with the respective standard analyser specified in point 4.1.1 over at least three on-road tests that fulfil the requirements of this Annex.

(e) a demonstration that the influence of vibrations, accelerations and ambient temperature on the analyser reading does not exceed the noise requirements for analysers set out in point 4.2.4.

4.2. Analyser specifications

4.2.

4.2.1. General In addition to the linearity requirements defined for each analyser in point 3, the compliance of analyser types with the specifications laid down in points 4.2.2 to 4.2.8 shall be demonstrated by the analyser manufacturer. Analysers shall have a measuring range and response time appropriate to measure with adequate accuracy the concentrations of the exhaust gas components at the applicable emissions standard under transient and steady state conditions. The sensitivity of the analysers to shocks, vibration, aging, variability in temperature and air pressure as well as electromagnetic interferences and other impacts related to vehicle and analyser operation shall be limited as far as possible.

4.2.2. Accuracy The accuracy, defined as the deviation of the analyser reading from the reference value, shall not exceed 2 % of reading or 0.3 % of full scale, whichever is larger.

4.2.3. Precision The precision, defined as 2.5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given calibration or span gas, shall be no greater than 1 % of the full scale concentration for a measurement range equal or above 155 ppm (or ppmC1) and 2 % of the full scale concentration for a measurement range of below 155 ppm (or ppmC1).

4.2.4. Noise The noise, defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations, each calculated from the zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 1.0 Hz during a period of 30 seconds, shall not exceed 2 % of full scale. Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the analyser is exposed to an appropriate span gas. Before each sampling period and before each span period, sufficient time shall be given to purge the analyser and the sampling lines.

4.2.5. Zero response drift The drift of the zero response, defined as the mean response to a zero gas during a time interval of at least 30 seconds, shall comply with the specifications given in Table 2.

4.2.6. Table 2 Permissible zero and span response drift of analysers for measuring gaseous components under laboratory conditions

Span response drift The drift of the span response, defined as the mean response to a span gas during a time interval of at least 30 seconds, shall comply with the specifications given in Table 2. Pollutant Zero response drift Span response drift CO2 ≤1,000 ppm over 4 h ≤2 % of reading or ≤1,000 ppm over 4 h, whichever is larger CO ≤50 ppm over 4 h ≤2 % of reading or ≤50 ppm over 4 h, whichever is larger NO2 ≤5 ppm over 4 h ≤2 % of reading or ≤5 ppm over 4 h, whichever is larger NO/NOX ≤5 ppm over 4 h ≤2 % of reading or 5 ppm over 4h, whichever is larger CH4 ≤10 ppmC1 ≤2 % of reading or ≤10 ppmC1 over 4 h, whichever is larger THC ≤10 ppmC1 ≤2 % of reading or ≤10 ppmC1 over 4 h, whichever is larger

4.2.7. Rise time The rise time, defined as the time between the 10 per cent and 90 per cent response of the final reading (t90 – t10; see point 4.4), shall not exceed 3 seconds.

4.2.8. Gas drying Exhaust gases may be measured wet or dry. A gas-drying device, if used, shall have a minimal effect on the composition of the measured gases. Chemical dryers are not permitted.

4.3. Additional requirements

4.3.

4.3.1. General The provisions in points 4.3.2 to 4.3.5 define additional performance requirements for specific analyser types and apply only to cases, in which the analyser under consideration is used for RDE emission measurements.

4.3.2. Efficiency test for NOX converters If a NOX converter is applied, for example to convert NO2 into NO for analysis with a chemiluminescence analyser, its efficiency shall be tested by following the requirements of point 2.4 of Appendix 3 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. The efficiency of the NOX converter shall be verified no longer than one month before the emissions test.

4.3.3. Adjustment of the Flame Ionisation Detector (FID)

4.3.3.

(a) Optimization of the detector response If hydrocarbons are measured, the FID shall be adjusted at intervals specified by the analyser manufacturer by following point 2.3.1 of Appendix 3 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. A propane-in-air or propane-in-nitrogen span gas shall be used to optimize the response in the most common operating range.

(b) Hydrocarbon response factors If hydrocarbons are measured, the hydrocarbon response factor of the FID shall be verified by following the provisions of point 2.3.3 of Appendix 3 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments, using propane-in-air or propane-in-nitrogen as span gases and purified synthetic air or nitrogen as zero gases, respectively.

(c) Oxygen interference check The oxygen interference check shall be performed when introducing a FID into service and after major maintenance intervals. A measuring range shall be chosen in which the oxygen interference check gases fall in the upper 50 per cent. The test shall be conducted with the oven temperature set as required. The specifications of the oxygen interference check gases are described in point 5.3. The following procedure applies:

(c)

(i) The analyser shall be set at zero;

(ii) The analyser shall be spanned with a 0 per cent oxygen blend for positive ignition engines and a 21 per cent oxygen blend for compression ignition engines;

(iii) The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed by more than 0.5 per cent of full scale, steps (i) and (ii) shall be repeated;

(iv) The 5 per cent and 10 per cent oxygen interference check gases shall be introduced;

(v) The zero response shall be rechecked. If it has changed by more than ±1 per cent of full scale, the test shall be repeated;

(vi) The oxygen interference EO2 shall be calculated for each oxygen interference check gas in step (iv) as follows: EO2 cref,d ccref,d 100 where the analyser response is: c cref,d cFS,bcm,bcm,bcFS,d where: cref,b is the reference HC concentration in step (ii) [ppmC1] cref,d is the reference HC concentration in step (iv) [ppmC1] cFS,b is the full scale HC concentration in step (ii) [ppmC1] cFS,d is the full scale HC concentration in step (iv) [ppmC1] cm,b is the measured HC concentration in step (ii) [ppmC1] cm,d is the measured HC concentration in step (iv) [ppmC1]

(vii) The oxygen interference EO2 shall be less than ±1.5 per cent for all required oxygen interference check gases.

(viii) If the oxygen interference EO2 is higher than ±1.5 per cent, corrective action may be taken by incrementally adjusting the air flow (above and below the manufacturer's specifications), the fuel flow and the sample flow.

(ix) The oxygen interference check shall be repeated for each new setting.

4.3.4. Conversion efficiency of the non-methane cutter (NMC) If hydrocarbons are analysed, a NMC can be used to remove non-methane hydrocarbons from the gas sample by oxidizing all hydrocarbons except methane. Ideally, the conversion for methane is 0 per cent and for the other hydrocarbons represented by ethane is 100 per cent. For the accurate measurement of NMHC, the two efficiencies shall be determined and used for the calculation of the NMHC emissions (see point 9.2 of Appendix 4). It is not necessary to determine the methane conversion efficiency in case the NMC-FID is calibrated according to method (b) in point 9.2 of Appendix 4 by passing the methane/air calibration gas through the NMC.

4.3.4.

(a) Methane conversion efficiency Methane calibration gas shall be flown through the FID with and without bypassing the NMC; the two concentrations shall be recorded. The methane efficiency shall be determined as: E M 1c HCwNMCc HCwoNMC where: cHC(w/NMC) is the HC concentration with CH4 flowing through the NMC [ppmC1] cHC(w/o NMC) is the HC concentration with CH4 bypassing the NMC [ppmC1]

(b) Ethane conversion efficiency Ethane calibration gas shall be flown through the FID with and without bypassing the NMC; the two concentrations shall be recorded. The ethane efficiency shall be determined as: E E 1c HCwNMCc HCwoNMC where: cHC(w/NMC) is the HC concentration with C2H6 flowing through the NMC [ppmC1] cHC(w/o NMC) is the HC concentration with C2H6 bypassing the NMC [ppmC1]

4.3.5. Interference effects

4.3.5.

(a) General Other gases than the ones being analysed can affect the analyser reading. A check for interference effects and the correct functionality of analysers shall be performed by the analyser manufacturer prior to market introduction at least once for each type of analyser or device addressed in points (b) to (f).

(b) CO analyser interference check Water and CO2 can interfere with the measurements of the CO analyser. Therefore, a CO2 span gas having a concentration of 80 to 100 per cent of full scale of the maximum operating range of the CO analyser used during the test shall be bubbled through water at room temperature and the analyser response recorded. The analyser response shall not be more than 2 per cent of the mean CO concentration expected during normal on-road testing or ± 50 ppm, whichever is larger. The interference check for H2O and CO2 may be run as separate procedures. If the H2O and CO2 levels used for the interference check are higher than the maximum levels expected during the test, each observed interference value shall be scaled down by multiplying the observed interference with the ratio of the maximum expected concentration value during the test and the actual concentration value used during this check. Separate interference checks with concentrations of H2O that are lower than the maximum concentration expected during the test may be run and the observed H2O interference shall be scaled up by multiplying the observed interference with the ratio of the maximum H2O concentration value expected during the test and the actual concentration value used during this check. The sum of the two scaled interference values shall meet the tolerance specified in this point.

(c) NOX analyser quench check The two gases of concern for CLD and HCLD analysers are CO2 and water vapour. The quench response to these gases is proportional to the gas concentrations. A test shall determine the quench at the highest concentrations expected during the test. If the CLD and HCLD analysers use quench compensation algorithms that utilize H2O or CO2 measurement analysers or both, quench shall be evaluated with these analysers active and with the compensation algorithms applied.

(c)

(i) CO2 quench check A CO2 span gas having a concentration of 80 to 100 per cent of the maximum operating range shall be passed through the NDIR analyser; the CO2 value shall be recorded as A. The CO2 span gas shall then be diluted by approximately 50 per cent with NO span gas and passed through the NDIR and CLD or HCLD; the CO2 and NO values shall be recorded as B and C, respectively. The CO2 gas flow shall then be shut off and only the NO span gas shall be passed through the CLD or HCLD; the NO value shall be recorded as D. The per cent quench shall be calculated as: E CO2 1 C AD A D B 100 where: A is the undiluted CO2 concentration measured with the NDIR [%] B is the diluted CO2 concentration measured with the NDIR [%] C is the diluted NO concentration measured with the CLD or HCLD [ppm] D is the undiluted NO concentration measured with the CLD or HCLD [ppm] Alternative methods of diluting and quantifying of CO2 and NO span gas values such as dynamic mixing/blending are permitted upon approval of the approval authority.

(ii) Water quench check This check applies to measurements of wet gas concentrations only. The calculation of water quench shall consider dilution of the NO span gas with water vapour and the scaling of the water vapour concentration in the gas mixture to concentration levels that are expected to occur during an emissions test. A NO span gas having a concentration of 80 per cent to 100 per cent of full scale of the normal operating range shall be passed through the CLD or HCLD; the NO value shall be recorded as D. The NO span gas shall then be bubbled through water at room temperature and passed through the CLD or HCLD; the NO value shall be recorded as C. The analyser's absolute operating pressure and the water temperature shall be determined and recorded as E and F, respectively. The mixture's saturation vapour pressure that corresponds to the water temperature of the bubbler F shall be determined and recorded as G. The water vapour concentration H [%] of the gas mixture shall be calculated as: H GE 100 The expected concentration of the diluted NO-water vapour span gas shall be recorded as De after being calculated as: D e D 1H100 For diesel exhaust, the maximum concentration of water vapour in the exhaust gas (in per cent) expected during the test shall be recorded as Hm after being estimated, under the assumption of a fuel H/C ratio of 1.8/1, from the maximum CO2 concentration in the exhaust gas A as follows: H m 0,9 A The per cent water quench shall be calculated as: E H2O D e CD e H mH 100 where: De is the expected diluted NO concentration [ppm] C is the measured diluted NO concentration [ppm] Hm is the maximum water vapour concentration [%] H is the actual water vapour concentration [%]

(iii) Maximum allowable quench The combined CO2 and water quench shall not exceed 2 per cent of full scale.

(d) Quench check for NDUV analysers Hydrocarbons and water can positively interfere with NDUV analysers by causing a response similar to that of NOX. The manufacturer of the NDUV analyser shall use the following procedure to verify that quench effects are limited:

(d)

(i) The analyser and chiller shall be set up by following the operating instructions of the manufacturer; adjustments should be made as to optimise the analyser and chiller performance.

(ii) A zero calibration and span calibration at concentration values expected during emissions testing shall be performed for the analyser.

(iii) A NO2 calibration gas shall be selected that matches as far as possible the maximum NO2 concentration expected during emissions testing.

(iv) The NO2 calibration gas shall overflow at the gas sampling system's probe until the NOX response of the analyser has stabilised.

(v) The mean concentration of the stabilized NOX recordings over a period of 30 s shall be calculated and recorded as NOX,ref.

(vi) The flow of the NO2 calibration gas shall be stopped and the sampling system saturated by overflowing with a dew point generator's output, set at a dew point of 50 °C. The dew point generator's output shall be sampled through the sampling system and chiller for at least 10 minutes until the chiller is expected to be removing a constant rate of water.

(vii) Upon completion of (iv), the sampling system shall again be overflown by the NO2 calibration gas used to establish NOX,ref until the total NOX response has stabilized.

(viii) The mean concentration of the stabilized NOX recordings over a period of 30 s shall be calculated and recorded as NOX,m.

(ix) NOX,m shall be corrected to NOX,dry based upon the residual water vapour that passed through the chiller at the chiller's outlet temperature and pressure. The calculated NOX,dry shall at least amount to 95 % of NOX,ref.

(e) Sample dryer A sample dryer removes water, which can otherwise interfere with the NOX measurement. For dry CLD analysers, it shall be demonstrated that at the highest expected water vapour concentration Hm the sample dryer maintains the CLD humidity at ≤ 5 g water/kg dry air (or about 0.8 per cent H2O), which is 100 per cent relative humidity at 3.9 °C and 101.3 kPa or about 25 per cent relative humidity at 25 °C and 101.3 kPa. Compliance may be demonstrated by measuring the temperature at the outlet of a thermal sample dryer or by measuring the humidity at a point just upstream of the CLD. The humidity of the CLD exhaust might also be measured as long as the only flow into the CLD is the flow from the sample dryer.

(f) Sample dryer NO2 penetration Liquid water remaining in an improperly designed sample dryer can remove NO2 from the sample. If a sample dryer is used in combination with a NDUV analyser without an NO2/NO converter upstream, water could therefore remove NO2 from the sample prior to the NOX measurement. The sample dryer shall allow for measuring at least 95 per cent of the NO2 contained in a gas that is saturated with water vapour and consists of the maximum NO2 concentration expected to occur during emission testing.

4.4. Response time check of the analytical system For the response time check, the settings of the analytical system shall be exactly the same as during the emissions test (i.e. pressure, flow rates, filter settings in the analysers and all other parameters influencing the response time). The response time shall be determined with gas switching directly at the inlet of the sample probe. The gas switching shall be done in less than 0.1 second. The gases used for the test shall cause a concentration change of at least 60 per cent full scale of the analyser. The concentration trace of each single gas component shall be recorded. The delay time is defined as the time from the gas switching (t0) until the response is 10 per cent of the final reading (t10). The rise time is defined as the time between 10 per cent and 90 per cent response of the final reading (t90 – t10). The system response time (t90) consists of the delay time to the measuring detector and the rise time of the detector. For time alignment of the analyser and exhaust flow signals, the transformation time is defined as the time from the change (t0) until the response is 50 per cent of the final reading (t50). The system response time shall be ≤ 12 s with a rise time of ≤ 3 seconds for all components and all ranges used. When using a NMC for the measurement of NMHC, the system response time may exceed 12 seconds.

5. GASES

5.

5.1. General The shelf life of calibration and span gases shall be respected. Pure and mixed calibration and span gases shall fulfil the specifications of points 3.1 and 3.2 of Appendix 3 of Annex 4A to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. In addition, NO2 calibration gas is permissible. The concentration of the NO2 calibration gas shall be within two per cent of the declared concentration value. The amount of NO contained in the NO2 calibration gas shall not exceed 5 per cent of the NO2 content.

5.2. Gas dividers Gas dividers, i.e., precision blending devices that dilute with purified N2 or synthetic air, can be used to obtain calibration and span gases. The accuracy of the gas divider shall be such that the concentration of the blended calibration gases is accurate to within ± 2 per cent. The verification shall be performed at between 15 and 50 per cent of full scale for each calibration incorporating a gas divider. An additional verification may be performed using another calibration gas, if the first verification has failed. Optionally, the gas divider may be checked with an instrument which by nature is linear, e.g. using NO gas in combination with a CLD. The span value of the instrument shall be adjusted with the span gas directly connected to the instrument. The gas divider shall be checked at the settings typically used and the nominal value shall be compared with the concentration measured by the instrument. The difference shall in each point be within ±1 per cent of the nominal concentration value.

5.3. Table 3 Oxygen interference check gases

Oxygen interference check gases Oxygen interference check gases consist of a blend of propane, oxygen and nitrogen and shall contain propane at a concentration of 350 ± 75 ppmC1. The concentration shall be determined by gravimetric methods, dynamic blending or the chromatographic analysis of total hydrocarbons plus impurities. The oxygen concentrations of the oxygen interference check gases shall meet the requirements listed in Table 3; the remainder of the oxygen interference check gas shall consist of purified nitrogen. Engine type Compression ignition Positive ignition O2 concentration 21 ± 1 % 10 ± 1 % 10 ± 1 % 5 ± 1 % 5 ± 1 % 0,5 ± 0,5 %

6. ANALYSERS FOR MEASURING PARTICLE NUMBER EMISSIONS This sections will define future requirement for analysers for measuring particle number emissions, once their measurement becomes mandatory.

7. INSTRUMENTS FOR MEASURING EXHAUST MASS FLOW

7.

7.1. General Instruments, sensors or signals for measuring the exhaust mass flow rate shall have a measuring range and response time appropriate for the accuracy required to measure the exhaust mass flow rate under transient and steady state conditions. The sensitivity of instruments, sensors and signals to shocks, vibration, aging, variability in temperature, ambient air pressure, electromagnetic interferences and other impacts related to vehicle and instrument operation shall be on a level as to minimize additional errors.

7.2. Instrument specifications The exhaust mass flow rate shall be determined by a direct measurement method applied in either of the following instruments: Each individual exhaust mass flow meter shall fulfil the linearity requirements set out in point 3. Furthermore, the instrument manufacturer shall demonstrate the compliance of each type of exhaust mass flow meter with the specifications in points 7.2.3 to 7.2.9. It is permissible to calculate the exhaust mass flow rate based on air flow and fuel flow measurements obtained from traceably calibrated sensors if these fulfil the linearity requirements of point 3, the accuracy requirements of point 8 and if the resulting exhaust mass flow rate is validated according to point 4 of Appendix 3. In addition, other methods that determine the exhaust mass flow rate based on not directly traceable instruments and signals, such as simplified exhaust mass flow meters or ECU signals are permissible if the resulting exhaust mass flow rate fulfils the linearity requirements of point 3 and is validated according to point 4 of Appendix 3.

7.2.

(a) Pitot-based flow devices;

(b) Pressure differential devices like flow nozzle (details see ISO 5167);

(d) Vortex flow meter.

7.2.1. Calibration and verification standards The measurement performance of exhaust mass flow meters shall be verified with air or exhaust gas against a traceable standard such as, e.g. a calibrated exhaust mass flow meter or a full flow dilution tunnel.

7.2.2. Frequency of verification The compliance of exhaust mass flow meters with points 7.2.3 and 7.2.9 shall be verified no longer than one year before the actual test.

7.2.3. Accuracy The accuracy, defined as the deviation of the EFM reading from the reference flow value, shall not exceed ± 2 percent of the reading, 0,5 % of full scale or ± 1,0 per cent of the maximum flow at which the EFM has been calibrated, whichever is larger.

7.2.4. Precision The precision, defined as 2,5 times the standard deviation of 10 repetitive responses to a given nominal flow, approximately in the middle of the calibration range, shall not exceed 1 per cent of the maximum flow at which the EFM has been calibrated.

7.2.5. Noise The noise, defined as two times the root mean square of ten standard deviations, each calculated from the zero responses measured at a constant recording frequency of at least 1,0 Hz during a period of 30 seconds, shall not exceed 2 per cent of the maximum calibrated flow value. Each of the 10 measurement periods shall be interspersed with an interval of 30 seconds in which the EFM is exposed to the maximum calibrated flow.

7.2.6. Zero response drift The zero response drift is defined as the mean response to zero flow during a time interval of at least 30 seconds. The zero response drift can be verified based on the reported primary signals, e.g., pressure. The drift of the primary signals over a period of 4 hours shall be less than ±2 per cent of the maximum value of the primary signal recorded at the flow at which the EFM was calibrated.

7.2.7. Span response drift The span response drift is defined as the mean response to a span flow during a time interval of at least 30 seconds. The span response drift can be verified based on the reported primary signals, e.g., pressure. The drift of the primary signals over a period of 4 hours shall be less than ± 2 per cent of the maximum value of the primary signal recorded at the flow at which the EFM was calibrated.

7.2.8. Rise time The rise time of the exhaust flow instruments and methods should match as far as possible the rise time of the gas analysers as specified in point 4.2.7 but shall not exceed 1 second.

7.2.9. Response time check The response time of exhaust mass flow meters shall be determined by applying similar parameters as those applied for the emissions test (i.e., pressure, flow rates, filter settings and all other response time influences). The response time determination shall be done with gas switching directly at the inlet of the exhaust mass flow meter. The gas flow switching shall be done as fast as possible, but highly recommended in less than 0,1 second. The gas flow rate used for the test shall cause a flow rate change of at least 60 per cent full scale of the exhaust mass flow meter. The gas flow shall be recorded. The delay time is defined as the time from the gas flow switching (t0) until the response is 10 per cent (t10) of the final reading. The rise time is defined as the time between 10 per cent and 90 per cent response (t90 – t10) of the final reading. The response time (t90) is defined as the sum of the delay time and the rise time. The exhaust mass flow meter response time (t90) shall be ≤ 3 seconds with a rise time (t90 – t10) of ≤ 1 second in accordance with point 7.2.8.

8. Table 4 Accuracy requirements for measurement parameters

SENSORS AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT Any sensor and auxiliary equipment used to determine, e.g., temperature, atmospheric pressure, ambient humidity, vehicle speed, fuel flow or intake air flow shall not alter or unduly affect the performance of the vehicle’s engine and exhaust after-treatment system. The accuracy of sensors and auxiliary equipment shall fulfil the requirements of Table 4. Compliance with the requirements of Table 4 shall be demonstrated at intervals specified by the instrument manufacturer, as required by internal audit procedures or in accordance with ISO 9000. Measurement parameter Accuracy Fuel flow ± 1 % of reading Air flow ± 2 % of reading Vehicle speed ± 1,0 km/h absolute Temperatures ≤600 K ± 2 K absolute Temperatures >600 K ± 0,4 % of reading in Kelvin Ambient pressure ± 0,2 kPa absolute Relative humidity ± 5 % absolute Absolute humidity ± 10 % of reading or, 1 gH2O/kg dry air, whichever is larger

Appendix 3 Validation of PEMS and non-traceable exhaust mass flow rate

1. INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the requirements to validate under transient conditions the functionality of the installed PEMS as well as the correctness of the exhaust mass flow rate obtained from non-traceable exhaust mass flow meters or calculated from ECU signals.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS % per cent #/km number per kilometre a0 y intercept of the regression line a1 slope of the regression line g/km gramme per kilometre Hz hertz km kilometre m metre mg/km milligramme per kilometre r2 coefficient of determination x actual value of the reference signal y actual value of the signal under validation

3. VALIDATION PROCEDURE FOR PEMS

3.

3.1. Frequency of PEMS validation It is recommended to validate the installed PEMS once for each PEMS-vehicle combination either before the RDE test or, alternatively, after the completion of the test.

3.2. PEMS validation procedure

3.2.

3.2.1. PEMS installation The PEMS shall be installed and prepared according to the requirements of Appendix 1. The PEMS installation shall be kept unchanged in the time period between the validation and the RDE test.

3.2.2. Test conditions The validation test shall be conducted on a chassis dynamometer, as far as applicable, under type approval conditions by following the requirements of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments or any other adequate measurement method. It is recommended to conduct the validation test with the Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Cycle (WLTC) as specified in Annex 1 to UNECE Global Technical Regulation No. 15. The ambient temperature shall be within the range specified in point 5.2 of this Annex. It is recommended to feed the exhaust flow extracted by the PEMS during the validation test back to the CVS. If this is not feasible, the CVS results shall be corrected for the extracted exhaust mass. If the exhaust mass flow rate is validated with an exhaust mass flow meter, it is recommended to cross-check the mass flow rate measurements with data obtained from a sensor or the ECU.

3.2.3. Data analysis The total distance-specific emissions [g/km] measured with laboratory equipment shall be calculated following Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. The emissions as measured with the PEMS shall be calculated according to point 9 of Appendix 4, summed to give the total mass of pollutant emissions [g] and then divided by the test distance [km] as obtained from the chassis dynamometer. The total distance-specific mass of pollutants [g/km], as determined by the PEMS and the reference laboratory system, shall be evaluated against the requirements specified in point 3.3. For the validation of NOX emission measurements, humidity correction shall be applied following point 6.6.5 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments.

3.3. Table 1 Permissible tolerances

Permissible tolerances for PEMS validation The PEMS validation results shall fulfil the requirements given in Table 1. If any permissible tolerance is not met, corrective action shall be taken and the PEMS validation shall be repeated. Parameter [Unit] Permissible tolerance Distance [km] ± 250 m of the laboratory reference THC [mg/km] ± 15 mg/km or 15 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger CH4 [mg/km] ± 15 mg/km or 15 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger NMHC [mg/km] ± 20 mg/km or 20 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger PN [#/km] CO [mg/km] ± 150 mg/km or 15 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger CO2 [g/km] ± 10 g/km or 10 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger NOx [mg/km] ± 15 mg/km or 15 % of the laboratory reference, whichever is larger

4. VALIDATION PROCEDURE FOR THE EXHAUST MASS FLOW RATE DETERMINED BY NON-TRACEABLE INSTRUMENTS AND SENSORS

4.

4.1. Frequency of validation In addition to fulfilling the linearity requirements of point 3 of Appendix 2 under steady-state conditions, the linearity of non-traceable exhaust mass flow meters or the exhaust mass flow rate calculated from non-traceable sensors or ECU signals shall be validated under transient conditions for each test vehicle against a calibrated exhaust mass flow meter or the CVS. The validation can be executed without the installation of the PEMS but shall generally follow the requirements defined in Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments and the requirements pertinent to exhaust mass flow meters defined in Appendix 1.

4.2. Validation procedure The validation shall be conducted on a chassis dynamometer under type approval conditions, as far as applicable, by following the requirements of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, 07 series of amendments. The test cycle shall be the Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Cycle (WLTC) as specified in Annex 1 to UNECE Global Technical Regulation No. 15. As reference, a traceably calibrated flow meter shall be used. The ambient temperature can be any within the range specified in point 5.2 of this Annex. The installation of the exhaust mass flow meter and the execution of the test shall fulfil the requirement of point 3.4.3 of Appendix 1 of this Annex. The following calculation steps shall be taken to validate the linearity:

4.2.

(a) The signal under validation and the reference signal shall be time corrected by following, as far as applicable, the requirements of point 3 of Appendix 4.

(b) Points below 10 % of the maximum flow value shall be excluded from the further analysis.

(c) At a constant frequency of at least 1,0 Hz, the signal under validation and the reference signal shall be correlated using the best-fit equation having the form: y a1x a0 where: y is the actual value of the signal under validation a1 is the slope of the regression line x is the actual value of the reference signal a0 is the y intercept of the regression line The standard error of estimate (SEE) of y on x and the coefficient of determination (r2) shall be calculated for each measurement parameter and system.

(d) The linear regression parameters shall meet the requirements specified in Table 2.

4.3. Table 2 Linearity requirements of calculated and measured exhaust mass flow

Requirements The linearity requirements given in Table 2 shall be fulfilled. If any permissible tolerance is not met, corrective action shall be taken and the validation shall be repeated. Measurement parameter/system a0 Slope a1 Standard error SEE Coefficient of determination r2 Exhaust mass flow 0,0 ± 3,0 kg/h 1,00 ± 0,075 ≤10 % max ≥ 0,90

Appendix 4 Determination of emissions

1. INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the procedure to determine the instantaneous mass and particle number emissions [g/s; #/s] that shall be used for the subsequent evaluation of a RDE trip and the calculation of the final emission result as described in Appendices 5 and 6.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS % per cent < smaller than #/s number per second α molar hydrogen ratio (H/C) β molar carbon ratio (C/C) γ molar sulphur ratio (S/C) δ molar nitrogen ratio (N/C) Δtt,i transformation time t of the analyser [s] Δtt,m transformation time t of the exhaust mass flow meter [s] ε molar oxygen ratio (O/C) ρe density of the exhaust ρgas density of the exhaust component gas λ excess air ratio λi instantaneous excess air ratio A/Fst stoichiometric air-to-fuel ratio [kg/kg] °C degrees centigrade cCH4 concentration of methane cCO dry CO concentration [%] cCO2 dry CO2 concentration [%] cdry dry concentration of a pollutant in ppm or per cent volume cgas,i instantaneous concentration of the exhaust component gas [ppm] cHCw wet HC concentration [ppm] cHC(w/NMC) HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 flowing through the NMC [ppmC1] cHC(w/oNMC) HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 bypassing the NMC [ppmC1] ci,c time-corrected concentration of component i [ppm] ci,r concentration of component i [ppm] in the exhaust cNMHC concentration of non-methane hydrocarbons cwet wet concentration of a pollutant in ppm or per cent volume EE ethane efficiency EM methane efficiency g gramme g/s gramme per second Ha intake air humidity [g water per kg dry air] i number of the measurement kg kilogramme kg/h kilogramme per hour kg/s kilogramme per second kw dry-wet correction factor m metre mgas,i mass of the exhaust component gas [g/s] qmaw,i instantaneous intake air mass flow rate [kg/s] qm,c time-corrected exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] qmew,i instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] qmf,i instantaneous fuel mass flow rate [kg/s] qm,r raw exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] r cross-correlation coefficient r2 coefficient of determination rh hydrocarbon response factor rpm revolutions per minute s second ugas u value of the exhaust component gas

3. TIME CORRECTION OF PARAMETERS For the correct calculation of distance-specific emissions, the recorded traces of component concentrations, exhaust mass flow rate, vehicle speed, and other vehicle data shall be time corrected. To facilitate the time correction, data which are subject to time alignment shall be recorded either in a single data recording device or with a synchronised timestamp following point 5.1 of Appendix 1. The time correction and alignment of parameters shall be carried out by following the sequence described in points 3.1 to 3.3.

3.

3.1. Time correction of component concentrations The recorded traces of all component concentrations shall be time corrected by reverse shifting according to the transformation times of the respective analysers. The transformation time of analysers shall be determined according to point 4.4 of Appendix 2: c i,c t Δt t,i c i,r t where: ci,c is the time-corrected concentration of component i as function of time t ci,r is the raw concentration of component i as function of time t Δtt,i is the transformation time t of the analyser measuring component i

3.2. Time correction of exhaust mass flow rate The exhaust mass flow rate measured with an exhaust flow meter shall be time corrected by reverse shifting according to the transformation time of the exhaust mass flow meter. The transformation time of the mass flow meter shall be determined according to point 4.4.9 of Appendix 2: q m,c t Δt t,m q m,r t where: qm,c is the time-corrected exhaust mass flow rate as function of time t qm,r is the raw exhaust mass flow rate as function of time t Δtt,m is the transformation time t of the exhaust mass flow meter In case the exhaust mass flow rate is determined by ECU data or a sensor, an additional transformation time shall be considered and obtained by cross-correlation between the calculated exhaust mass flow rate and the exhaust mass flow rate measured following point 4 of Appendix 3.

3.3. Time alignment of vehicle data Other data obtained from a sensor or the ECU shall be time-aligned by cross-correlation with suitable emission data (e.g., component concentrations).

3.3.

3.3.1. Vehicle speed from different sources To time align vehicle speed with the exhaust mass flow rate, it is first necessary to establish one valid speed trace. In case vehicle speed is obtained from multiple sources (e.g., the GPS, a sensor or the ECU), the speed values shall be time aligned by cross-correlation.

3.3.2. Vehicle speed with exhaust mass flow rate Vehicle speed shall be time aligned with the exhaust mass flow rate by cross-correlation between the exhaust mass flow rate and the product of vehicle speed and positive acceleration.

3.3.3. Further signals The time alignment of signals whose values change slowly and within a small value range, e.g. ambient temperature, can be omitted.

4. COLD START The cold start period covers the first 5 minutes after initial start of the combustion engine. If the coolant temperature can be reliably determined, the cold start period ends once the coolant has reached 343 K (70 °C) for the first time but no later than 5 min after initial engine start. Cold start emissions shall be recorded.

5. EMISSION MEASUREMENTS DURING ENGINE STOP Any instantaneous emissions or exhaust flow measurements obtained while the combustion engine is deactivated shall be recorded. In a separate step, the recorded values shall afterward be set to zero by the data post processing. The combustion engine shall be considered as deactivated if two of the following criteria apply: the recorded engine speed is < 50 rpm; the exhaust mass flow rate is measured at < 3 kg/h; the measured exhaust mass flow rate drops to <15 % of the steady-state exhaust mass flow rate at idling.

6. CONSISTENCY CHECK OF VEHICLE ALTITUDE In case well-reasoned doubts exist that a trip has been conducted above of the permissible altitude as specified in point 5.2 of this Annex and in case altitude has only been measured with a GPS, the GPS altitude data shall be checked for consistency and, if necessary, corrected. The consistency of data shall be checked by comparing the latitude, longitude and altitude data obtained from the GPS with the altitude indicated by a digital terrain model or a topographic map of suitable scale. Measurements that deviate by more than 40 m from the altitude depicted in the topographic map shall be manually corrected and marked.

7. CONSISTENCY CHECK OF GPS VEHICLE SPEED The vehicle speed as determined by the GPS shall be checked for consistency by calculating and comparing the total trip distance with reference measurements obtained from either a sensor, the validated ECU or, alternatively, from a digital road network or topographic map. It is mandatory to correct GPS data for obvious errors, e.g., by applying a dead reckoning sensor, prior to the consistency check. The original and uncorrected data file shall be retained and any corrected data shall be marked. The corrected data shall not exceed an uninterrupted time period of 120 s or a total of 300 s. The total trip distance as calculated from the corrected GPS data shall deviate by no more than 4 % from the reference. If the GPS data do not meet these requirements and no other reliable speed source is available, the test results shall be voided.

8. CORRECTION OF EMISSIONS

8.

8.1. Dry-wet correction If the emissions are measured on a dry basis, the measured concentrations shall be converted to a wet basis as: where: c wet k w c dry cwet is the wet concentration of a pollutant in ppm or per cent volume cdry is the dry concentration of a pollutant in ppm or per cent volume kw is the dry-wet correction factor The following equation shall be used to calculate kw: k w 11 α 0,005 c co2 c co k w1 1,008 where: k w1 1,608 H a1000 1,608 H a where: Ha is the intake air humidity [g water per kg dry air] cCO2 is the dry CO2 concentration [%] cCO is the dry CO concentration [%] α is the molar hydrogen ratio

8.2. Correction of NOx for ambient humidity and temperature NOx emissions shall not be corrected for ambient temperature and humidity.

9. DETERMINATION OF THE INSTANTANEOUS GASEOUS EXHAUST COMPONENTS

9.

9.1. Introduction The components in the raw exhaust shall be measured with the measurement and sampling analysers described in Appendix 2. The raw concentrations of relevant components shall be measured in accordance with Appendix 1. The data shall be time corrected and aligned in accordance with point 3.

9.2. Calculating NMHC and CH4 concentrations For methane measurement using a NMC-FID, the calculation of NMHC depends on the calibration gas/method used for the zero/span calibration adjustment. When a FID is used for THC measurement without a NMC, it shall be calibrated with propane/air or propane/N2 in the normal manner. For the calibration of the FID in series with a NMC, the following methods are permitted: It is strongly recommended to calibrate the methane FID with methane/air through the NMC. In method (a), the concentrations of CH4 and NMHC shall be calculated as follows: cCH 4 c HC w oNMC 1 EM c HC wNMC EE EM c NMHC c HC w NMC c HC w oNMC 1 EErh EE EM In method (b), the concentration of CH4 and NMHC shall be calculated as follows: cCH 4 c HCw NMC rh 1 EM c HC w oNMC 1 EE rh EE EM c NMHC c HC w oNMC 1 EM c HC w NMC rh 1 EM EE EM where: cHC(w/oNMC) is the HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 bypassing the NMC [ppmC1] cHC(w/NMC) is the HC concentration with CH4 or C2H6 flowing through the NMC [ppmC1] rh is the hydrocarbon response factor as determined in point 4.3.3.(b) of Appendix 2 EM is the methane efficiency as determined in point 4.3.4.(a) of Appendix 2 EE is the ethane efficiency as determined in point 4.3.4(b) of Appendix 2 If the methane FID is calibrated through the cutter (method b), then the methane conversion efficiency as determined in point 4.3.4.(a) of Appendix 2 is zero. The density used for calculating the NMHC mass shall be equal to that of total hydrocarbons at 273,15 K and 101,325 kPa and is fuel-dependent.

9.2.

(a) the calibration gas consisting of propane/air bypasses the NMC;

(b) the calibration gas consisting of methane/air passes through the NMC.

10. DETERMINATION OF EXHAUST MASS FLOW RATE

10.

10.1. Introduction The calculation of instantaneous mass emissions according to points 11 and 12 requires determining the exhaust mass flow rate. The exhaust mass flow rate shall be determined by one of the direct measurement methods specified in point 7.2 of Appendix 2. Alternatively, it is permissible to calculate the exhaust mass flow rate as described in points 10.2 to 10.4.

10.2. Calculation method using air mass flow rate and fuel mass flow rate The instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate can be calculated from the air mass flow rate and the fuel mass flow rate as follows: q mew,i q maw,i q mf,i where: qmew,i is the instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] qmaw,i is the instantaneous intake air mass flow rate [kg/s] qmf,i is the instantaneous fuel mass flow rate [kg/s] If the air mass flow rate and the fuel mass flow rate or the exhaust mass flow rate are determined from ECU recording, the calculated instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate shall meet the linearity requirements specified for the exhaust mass flow rate in point 3 of Appendix 2 and the validation requirements specified in point 4.3 of Appendix 3.

10.3. Calculation method using air mass flow and air-to-fuel ratio The instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate can be calculated from the air mass flow rate and the air-to-fuel ratio as follows: q mew,i q maw,i 1 1AF st λ i where: AF st 138,0 1α4ε2 γ12,011 1,008 α 15,9994 ε 14,0067 δ 32,0675 γ λ i 100c CO 10 42 c HCw 10 4 α412 c CO 10 43,5 c CO21c CO 10 43,5 c CO2ε2δ2 c CO2 c CO 10 44,764 1α4ε2 γ c CO2 c CO 10 4 c HCw 10 4 where: qmaw,i is the instantaneous intake air mass flow rate [kg/s] A/Fst is the stoichiometric air-to-fuel ratio [kg/kg] λi is the instantaneous excess air ratio cCO2 is the dry CO2 concentration [%] cCO is the dry CO concentration [ppm] cHCw is the wet HC concentration [ppm] α is the molar hydrogen ratio (H/C) β is the molar carbon ratio (C/C) γ is the molar sulphur ratio (S/C) δ is the molar nitrogen ratio (N/C) ε is the molar oxygen ratio (O/C) Coefficients refer to a fuel Cβ Hα Oε Nδ Sγ with β = 1 for carbon based fuels. The concentration of HC emissions is typically low and may be omitted when calculating λi. If the air mass flow rate and air-to-fuel ratio are determined from ECU recording, the calculated instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate shall meet the linearity requirements specified for the exhaust mass flow rate in point 3 of Appendix 2 and the validation requirements specified in point 4.3 of Appendix 3.

10.4. Calculation method using fuel mass flow and air-to-fuel ratio The instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate can be calculated from the fuel flow and the air-to-fuel ratio (calculated with A/Fst and λi according to point 10.3) as follows: q mew,i q mf,i 1 AF st λ i The calculated instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate shall meet the linearity requirements specified for the exhaust gas mass flow rate in point 3 of Appendix 2 and the validation requirements specified in point 4.3 of Appendix 3.

11. Table 1 Raw exhaust gas u values depicting the ratio between the densities of exhaust component or pollutant i [kg/m3] and the density of the exhaust gas [kg/m3]

CALCULATING THE INSTANTANEOUS MASS EMISSIONS OF GASEOUS COMPONENTS The instantaneous mass emissions [g/s] shall be determined by multiplying the instantaneous concentration of the pollutant under consideration [ppm] with the instantaneous exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s], both corrected and aligned for the transformation time, and the respective u value of Table 1. If measured on a dry basis, the dry-wet correction according to point 8.1 shall be applied to the instantaneous component concentrations before executing any further calculations. If occurring, negative instantaneous emission values shall enter all subsequent data evaluations. Parameter values shall enter the calculation of instantaneous emissions [g/s] as reported by the analyser, flow-measuring instrument, sensor or the ECU. The following equation shall be applied: where: m gas,i u gas cgas,i q mew,i mgas,i is the mass of the exhaust component gas [g/s] ugas is the ratio of the density of the exhaust component gas and the overall density of the exhaust as listed in Table 1 cgas,i is the measured concentration of the exhaust component gas in the exhaust [ppm] qmew,i is the measured exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] gas is the respective component i number of the measurement Fuel ρe [kg/m3] Component or pollutant i NOx CO HC CO2 O2 CH4 ρgas [kg/m3] 2,053 1,250 1,9636 1,4277 0,716 ugas, Diesel (B7) 1,2943 0,001586 0,000966 0,000482 0,001517 0,001103 0,000553 Ethanol (ED95) 1,2768 0,001609 0,000980 0,000780 0,001539 0,001119 0,000561 CNG 1,2661 0,001621 0,000987 0,000528 0,001551 0,001128 0,000565 Propane 1,2805 0,001603 0,000976 0,000512 0,001533 0,001115 0,000559 Butane 1,2832 0,001600 0,000974 0,000505 0,001530 0,001113 0,000558 LPG 1,2811 0,001602 0,000976 0,000510 0,001533 0,001115 0,000559 Petrol (E10) 1,2931 0,001587 0,000966 0,000499 0,001518 0,001104 0,000553 Ethanol (E85) 1,2797 0,001604 0,000977 0,000730 0,001534 0,001116 0,000559

12. CALCULATING THE INSTANTANEOUS PARTICLE NUMBER EMISSIONS This sections will define the requirement for calculating instantaneous particle number emissions, once their measurement becomes mandatory.

13. DATA REPORTING AND EXCHANGE The data shall be exchanged between the measurement systems and the data evaluation software by a standardised reporting file as specified in point 2 of Appendix 8. Any pre-processing of data (e.g. time correction according to point 3 or the correction of the GPS vehicle speed signal according to point 7) shall be done with the control software of the measurement systems and shall be completed before the data reporting file is generated. If data are corrected or processed prior to entering the data reporting file, the original raw data shall be kept for quality assurance and control. Rounding of intermediate values is not permitted.

Appendix 5 Verification of trip dynamic conditions and calculation of the final RDE emissions result with method 1 (Moving Averaging Window)

1. INTRODUCTION The Moving Averaging Window method provides an insight on the real-driving emissions (RDE) occurring during the test at a given scale. The test is divided in sub-sections (windows) and the subsequent statistical treatment aims at identifying which windows are suitable to assess the vehicle RDE performance. The normality of the windows is conducted by comparing their CO2 distance-specific emissions with a reference curve. The test is complete when the test includes a sufficient number of normal windows, covering different speed areas (urban, rural, motorway). Step 1. Segmentation of the data and exclusion of cold start emissions (section 4 in Appendix 4); Step 2. Calculation of emissions by sub-sets or windows (section 3.1); Step 3. Identification of normal windows (section 4); Step 4. Verification of trip completeness and normality (section 5); Step 5. Calculation of emissions using the normal windows (section 6).

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS Index (i) refers to the time step Index (j) refers to the window Index (k) refers to the category (t=total, u=urban, r=rural, m=motorway) or to the CO2 characteristic curve (cc) Index gas refers to the regulated exhaust gas components (e.g. NOx, CO, PN) Δ difference ≥ larger or equal # number % per cent ≤ smaller or equal a1, b1 coefficients of the CO2 characteristic curve a2, b2 coefficients of the CO2 characteristic curve dj distance covered by window j [km] fk weighting factors for urban, rural and motorway shares h distance of windows to the CO2 characteristic curve [%] hj distance of window j to the CO2 characteristic curve [%] hk severity index for urban, rural and motorway shares and the complete trip k11, k12 coefficients of the weighting function k21, k21 coefficients of the weighting function MCO2,ref reference CO2 mass [g] Mgas mass or particle number of the exhaust component gas [g] or [#] Mgas,j mass or particle number of the exhaust component gas in window j [g] or [#] Mgas,d distance-specific emission for the exhaust component gas [g/km] or [#/km] Mgas,d,j distance-specific emission for the exhaust component gas in window j [g/km] or [#/km] Nk number of windows for urban, rural, and motorway shares P1, P2, P3 reference points t time [s] t1,j first second of the jth averaging window [s] t2,j last second of the jth averaging window [s] ti total time in step i [s] ti,j total time in step i considering window j [s] tol1 primary tolerance for the vehicle CO2 characteristic curve [%] tol2 secondary tolerance for the vehicle CO2 characteristic curve [%] tt duration of a test [s] v vehicle speed [km/h] v average speed of windows [km/h] vi actual vehicle speed in time step i [km/h] vj average vehicle speed in window j [km/h] vP1 19 kmh average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle vP2 56,6 kmh average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle vP3 92,3 kmh average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle w weighting factor for windows wj weighting factor of window j

3. MOVING AVERAGING WINDOWS

3.

3.1. Definition of averaging windows The instantaneous emissions calculated according to Appendix 4 shall be integrated using a moving averaging window method, based on the reference CO2 mass. The principle of the calculation is as follows: The mass emissions are not calculated for the complete data set, but for sub-sets of the complete data set, the length of these sub-sets being determined so as to match the CO2 mass emitted by the vehicle over the reference laboratory cycle. The moving average calculations are conducted with a time increment Δt corresponding to the data sampling frequency. These sub-sets used to average the emissions data are referred to as averaging windows. The calculation described in the present point may be run from the last point (backwards) or from the first point (forward). The following data shall not be considered for the calculation of the CO2 mass, the emissions and the distance of the averaging windows: The mass (or particle number) emissions Mgas,j shall be determined by integrating the instantaneous emissions in g/s (or #/s for PN) calculated as specified in Appendix 4.

The periodic verification of the instruments and/or after the zero drift verifications;

The cold start emissions, defined according to Appendix 4, point 4.4;

Vehicle ground speed < 1 km/h;

Any section of the test during which the combustion engine is switched off.

3.1. Figure 1 Vehicle speed versus time - Vehicle averaged emissions versus time, starting from the first averaging window

Figure 2 Definition of CO2 mass based on averaging windows

The duration t2,j t1,j of the jth averaging window is determined by: MCO 2 t 2,j MCO 2 t 1,j MCO 2,ref where: MCO2ti,j is the CO2 mass measured between the test start and time (t2,j) [g]; MCO2,ref is the half of the CO2 mass [g] emitted by the vehicle over the Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Cycle (WLTC) described in the UNECE Global Technical Regulation No. 15 - Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Procedure (ECE/TRANS/180/Add.15; Type I test, including cold start); t2,j shall be selected such as: MCO 2 t 2,j Δt MCO 2 t 1,j MCO 2,ref MCO 2 t 2,j MCO 2 t 1,j where Δt is the data sampling period. The CO2 masses are calculated in the windows by integrating the instantaneous emissions calculated as specified in Appendix 4 to this Annex.

3.2. Calculation of window emissions and averages The following shall be calculated for each window determined in accordance with point 3.1.,

The distance-specific emissions Mgas,d,j for all the pollutants specified in this annex;

The distance-specific CO2 emissions MCO2,d,j;

The average vehicle speed vj

4. EVALUATION OF WINDOWS

4.

4.1. Introduction The reference dynamic conditions of the test vehicle are set out from the vehicle CO2 emissions versus average speed measured at type approval and referred to as vehicle CO2 characteristic curve. To obtain the distance-specific CO2 emissions, the vehicle shall be tested on the chassis dynamometer by applying the vehicle road load settings as determined following the procedure prescribed in Annex 4 of the UNECE Global Technical Regulation No. 15 - Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Procedure (ECE/TRANS/180/Add.15). The road loads shall not account for the mass added to the vehicle during the RDE test, e.g. the co-pilot and the PEMS equipment.

4.2. CO2 characteristic curve reference points The reference points P1, P2 and P3 required to define the curve shall be established as follows:

4.2.

4.2.1. Point P1 vP1 19 km/h (average speed of the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO2,d,P1 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Low Speed phase of the WLTP cycle x 1,2 [g/km]

4.2.2. Point P2

4.2.3. vP2 56,6 km/h (average speed of the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO2,d,P2 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle x 1.1 [g/km]

4.2.4. Point P3

4.2.5. vP3 92,3 km/h (average speed of the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle) MCO2,d,P3 = Vehicle CO2 emissions over the Extra High Speed phase of the WLTP cycle x 1,05 [g/km]

4.3. CO2 characteristic curve definition Using the reference points defined in section 4.2, the characteristic curve CO2 emissions are calculated as a function of the average speed using two linear sections (P1, P2) and (P2, P3). The section (P2, P3) is limited to 145 km/h on the vehicle speed axis. The characteristic curve is defined by equations as follows: For the section (P1,P2): MCO 2,d,CC v a 1v b 1 with a1 MCO2,d,P2 MCO2,d,P1vP2vP1 and b1 MCO2,d,P1 a1vP1 For the section (P2,P3): MCO 2,d,C C v a 2v b 2 with a2 MCO2,d,P3 MCO2,d,P2vP3vP2 and b2 MCO2,d,P2 a2vP2

4.3. Figure 3 Vehicle CO2 characteristic curve

4.4.4.4.1.4.4.2.4.4.3.

Urban, rural and motorway windows Urban windows are characterized by average vehicle ground speeds vj smaller than 45 km/h, Rural windows are characterized by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 45 km/h and smaller than 80 km/h, Motorway windows are characterized by average vehicle ground speeds vj greater than or equal to 80 km/h and smaller than 145 km/h

Figure 4 Vehicle CO2 characteristic curve: urban, rural and motorway driving definitions

5. VERIFICATION OF TRIP COMPLETENESS AND NORMALITY

5.

5.1. Tolerances around the vehicle CO2 characteristic curve The primary tolerance and the secondary tolerance of the vehicle CO2 characteristic curve are respectively tol1 = 25 % and tol2 = 50 %.

5.2. Verification of test completeness The test shall be complete when it comprises at least 15 % of urban, rural and motorway windows, out of the total number of windows.

5.3. Verification of test normality The test shall be normal when at least 50 % of the urban, rural and motorway windows are within the primary tolerance defined for the characteristic curve. If the specified minimum requirement of 50 % is not met, the upper positive tolerance tol1 may be increased by steps of 1 percentage point until the 50 % of normal windows target is reached. When using this approach, tol1 shall never exceed 30 %.

6. CALCULATION OF EMISSIONS

6.

6.1. Calculation of weighted distance-specific emissions The emissions shall be calculated as a weighted average of the windows' distance-specific emissions separately for the urban, rural and motorway categories and the complete trip. Mgas,d,k wjMgas,d,jwj k u,r,m The weighting factor wj for each window shall be determined as such: IfMCO2,d,CCvj 1 tol1100 MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,C Cvj1 tol1100 Then wj 1 If MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 1 100 MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 2 100 Then wj k11hj k12 With k11 1tol1 tol2 and k12 tol2tol2 tol1 If MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 2 100 MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 1 100 Then wj k21hj k22 with k21 1tol2 tol1 and k22 k12 tol2tol2 tol1 If MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 2 100 or MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC v j 1 tol 2 100 Then wj 0 where: hj 100MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC v jMCO2,d,cc v j

6.1. Figure 5 Averaging window weighting function

6.2. Calculation of severity indices The severity indices shall be calculated separately for the urban, rural and motorway categories: h k 1Nkhj k u,r,m and the complete trip: h t uh u rh r mh m u r m where ƒu, ƒr ƒm are equal to 0,34, 0,33 and 0,33 respectively.

6.3. Calculation of emissions for the total trip Using the weighted distance-specific emissions calculated under point 6.1, the distance-specific emissions in [mg/km] shall be calculated for the complete trip each gaseous pollutant in the following way: Mgas,d,t 1000 u Mgas,d,u r Mgas,d,r m Mgas,d,m u r m And for particle number: MPN,d,t u MPN,d,u r MPN,d,r m MPN,d,m u r m Where ƒu, ƒr ƒm are respectively equal to 0,34, 0,33 and 0,33.

7. NUMERICAL EXAMPLES

7.

7.1. Table 1 Main calculation settings

Averaging window calculations MCO2,ref [g] 610 Direction for averaging window calculation Forward Acquisition Frequency [Hz] 1 Figure 6 shows how averaging windows are defined on the basis of data recorded during an on-road test performed with PEMS. For sake of clarity, only the first 1200 seconds of the trip are shown hereafter. Seconds 0 up to 43 as well as seconds 81 to 86 are excluded due to operation under zero vehicle speed. The first averaging window starts at t1,1 = 0s and ends at second t2,1 = 524s (Table 3).

Figure 6 Instantaneous CO2 emissions recorded during on-road test with PEMS as a function of time. Rectangular frames indicate the duration of the jth window. Data series named Valid=100 / Invalid=0 shows second by second data to be excluded from analysis.

Vehicle Speed [km/h] CO2 MAW [g/km] CO2 j-th MAW [g/km] Cumulated CO2 j-th MAW [g] Valid=100 / Invalid=0 CO2 reference [g]

7.2. Table 2 Table 3 Calculation settings for the CO2 characteristic curve Emissions numerical data

Evaluation of windows CO2 Low Speed WLTC × 1,2 (P1) [g/km] 154 CO2 High Speed WLTC × 1,1 (P2) [g/km] 96 CO2 Extra-High Speed WLTC × 1,05 (P3) [g/km] 120 Reference Point P1 vP1 19,0 kmh MCO2,d,P1 154 gkm P2 vP2 56,6 kmh MCO2,d,P2 96 gkm P3 vP3 92.3 kmh MCO2,d,P3 120 gkm The definition of the CO2 characteristic curve is as follows: For the section (P1, P2): MCO 2,d v a 1v b 1 with a 1 96 154 56.6 19.0 5837.6 1.543 and b1 154 1,543 19,0 154 29,317 183,317 For the section (P2, P3): MCO 2,d v a 2v b 2 with a2 120 96 92.3 56.6 2435.7 0.672 and b2 96 0,672 56,6 96 38,035 57,965 Examples of calculation for the weighting factors and the window categorisation as urban, rural or motorway are: For window #45: MCO2,d,45 122,62 gkmv 45 38,12 kmh The average speed of the window is lower than 45 km/h, therefore it is an urban window. For the characteristic curve: MCO 2,d,CC v 45 a 1v45 b1 1,543 38,12 183,317 124,498 gkm Verification of: MCO2,d,CC vj 1 tol 1 100 MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC vj 1 tol 1 100MCO2,d,CC v45 1 tol 1 100 MCO2,d,45 MCO2,d,CC v45 1 tol 1 100124,498 1 25100 122,62 124,498 1 2510093,373 122,62 155,622 Leads to: w45 1 For window #556: MCO2,d,556 72,15 gkmv 556 50,12 kmh The average speed of the window is higher than 45 km/h but lower than 80 km/h, therefore it is a rural window. For the characteristic curve: MCO2,d,CC v 556 a 1v 556 b 1 1,543 50,12 183,317 105,982 gkm Verification of: MCO2,d,CC vj 1 tol 2 100 MCO2,d,j MCO2,d,CC vj 1 tol 1 100MCO2,d,CC v 556 1 tol 2 100 MCO2,d,556 MCO2,d,CC v 556 1 tol 1 100105,982 1 50100 72,15 105,982 1 2510052,991 72,15 79,487 Leads to: h 556 100MCO2,d,556 MCO2,d,CC v 556MCO2,d,CC v 556 10072,15 105,982105,982 31,922 w 556 k 21 h 556 k 22 0,04 31.922 2 0,723 with k21 1tol2 tol1 150 25 0,04 and k22 k12 tol2tol2 tol1 5050 25 2 Window [#] t1,j [s] t2,j Δt [s] t2,j [s] MCO2t2,j Δt MCO2t1,j MCO2,ref [g] MCO2t2,j MCO2t1,j CO2,ref [g] 1 0 523 524 609,06 610,22 2 1 523 524 609,06 610,22 … … … … … 43 42 523 524 609,06 610,22 44 43 523 524 609,06 610,22 45 44 523 524 609,06 610,22 46 45 524 525 609,68 610,86 47 46 524 525 609,17 610,34 … … … … … 100 99 563 564 609,69 612,74 … … … … … 200 199 686 687 608,44 610,01 … … … … … 474 473 1024 1025 609,84 610,60 475 474 1029 1030 609,80 610,49 … … … … 556 555 1173 1174 609,96 610,59 557 556 1174 1175 609,09 610,08 558 557 1176 1177 609,09 610,59 559 558 1180 1181 609,79 611,23

7.3. Table 4 Verification of trip completeness and normality

Urban, rural and motorway windows - Trip completeness In this numerical example, the trip consists of 7036 averaging windows. Table 5 lists the number of windows classified in urban, rural and motorway according to their average vehicle speed and divided in regions with respect to their distance to the CO2 characteristic curve. The trip is complete since it comprises at least 15 % of urban, rural and motorway windows out of the total number of windows. In addition the trip is characterized as normal since at least 50 % of the urban, rural and motorway windows are within the primary tolerances defined for the characteristic curve. Driving Conditions Numbers Percentage of windows All Windows Urban 1909 1909/7036*100=27,1 > 15 Rural 2011 2011/7036*100=28,6 > 15 Motorway 3116 3116/7036*100=44,3 > 15 Total 1909 + 2011 + 3116=7036 Normal Windows Urban 1514 1514/1909*100=79,3 > 50 Rural 1395 1395/2011*100=69,4 > 50 Motorway 2708 2708/3116*100=86,9 > 50 Total 1514 + 1395+2708=5617

Appendix 6 Verification of trip dynamic conditions and calculation of the final RDE emissions result with method 2 (Power Binning)

1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the data evaluation according to the power binning method, named in this appendix evaluation by normalisation to a standardised power frequency (SPF) distribution

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS aref… Reference acceleration for Pdrive, [0,45 m/s2] DWLTC… intercept of the Veline from WLTC f0, f1, f2… Driving resistance coefficients [N], [N/(km/h)], [N/(km/h)2] i… Time step for instantaneous measurements, minimum resolution 1Hz j… Wheel power class, j=1 to 9 k… Time step for the 3 second moving average values kWLTC… Slope of the Veline from WLTC mgas, i… Instantaneous mass of the exhaust component gas at time step i, [g/s]; for PN in [#/s] mgas, 3s, k… 3 second moving average mass flow of the exhaust gas component gas in time step k given in 1 Hz resolution [g/s]; for PN in [#/s] mgas,j… Average emission value of an exhaust gas component in the wheel power class j, [g/s]; for PN in [#/s] mgas,U… Weighted emission value of an exhaust gas component gas for the subsample of all seconds i with vi < 60 km/h, [g/s]; for PN in [#/s] Mw gas,d… Weighted distance-specific emissions for the exhaust gas component gas for the entire trip, [g/km]; for PN in [#/km] Mw PN,d… Weighted distance-specific emissions for the exhaust gas component PN for the entire trip, [#/km] Mw,gas,d,U… Weighted distance-specific emissions for the exhaust gas component gas for the subsample of all seconds i with vi < 60 km/h, [g/km] Mw,PN,d,U… Weighted distance-specific emissions for the exhaust gas component PN for the subsample of all seconds i with vi < 60 km/h, [#/km] p… Phase of WLTC (low, medium, high and extra-high), p=1-4 Pdrag… Engine drag power in the Veline approach where fuel injection is zero, [kW] Prated… Maximum rated engine power as declared by the manufacturer, [kW] Prequired,i… Power to overcome road load and inertia of a vehicle at time step i, [kW] Pr,,i… Same as Prequired,i defined above used in longer equations Pwot(nnorm)… Full load power curve, [kW] Pc,j… Wheel power class limits for class number j, [kW] (Pc,j, lower bound represents the lower limit Pc,j, upper bound the upper limit) Pc,norm, j… Wheel power class limits for class j as normalised power value, [-] Pr, i… Power demand at the vehicles wheel hubs to overcome driving resistances in time step i [kW] Pw,3s,k… 3 second moving average power demand at the vehicles wheel hubs to overcome driving resistances in in time step k in 1 Hz resolution [kW] Pdrive… Power demand at the wheel hubs for a vehicle at reference speed and acceleration [kW] Pnorm… Normalised power demand at the wheel hubs [-] ti… Total time in step i, [s] tc,j… Time share of the wheel power class j, [%] ts… Start time of the WLTC phase p, [s] te… end time of the WLTC phase p, [s] TM… Test mass of the vehicle, [kg]; to be specified per section: real test weight in PEMS test, NEDC inertia class weight or WLTP masses (TML, TMH or TMind) SPF… Standardised Power Frequency distribution vi… Actual vehicle speed in time step i, [km/h] vj… Average vehicle speed in the wheel power class j, km/h vref… Reference velocity for Pdrive, [70 km/h] v3s,k… 3 seconds moving average of the vehicle velocity in time step k, [km/h] vU… Weighted vehicle speed in the wheel power class j, [km/h]

3. EVALUATION OF THE MEASURED EMISSIONS USING A STANDARDISED WHEEL POWER FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION The power binning method uses the instantaneous emissions of the pollutants, mgas, i (g/s) calculated in accordance with Appendix 4. The mgas, i values shall be classified in accordance with the corresponding power at the wheels and the classified average emissions per power class shall be weighted to obtain the emission values for a test with a normal power distribution according to the following points.

3.

3.1. Sources for the actual wheel power The actual wheel power Pr,i shall be the total power to overcome air resistance, rolling resistance, road gradients, longitudinal inertia of the vehicle and rotational inertia of the wheels. When measured and recorded, the wheel power signal shall use a torque signal meeting the linearity requirements laid down in Appendix 2, point 3.2. The reference point for measurement are the wheel hubs of the driven wheels. As an alternative, the actual wheel power may be determined from the instantaneous CO2 emissions following the procedure laid down in point 4 of this Appendix.

3.2. Calculation of the moving averages of the instantaneous test data Three second moving averages shall be calculated from all relevant instantaneous test data to reduce influences of possibly imperfect time alignment between emission mass flow and wheel power. The moving average values shall be computed in a 1 Hz frequency: mgas,3s,k k 2 i k mgas,i3Pw,3s,k k 2 i k Pw,i3v3s,k k 2 i k vi3 Where k… time step for moving average values i… time step from instantaneous test data

3.3. Table 1-1 Speed ranges for the allocation of test data to urban, rural and motorway conditions in the power binning method

Classification of the moving averages to urban, rural and motorway The standard power frequencies are defined for urban driving and for the total trip (see paragraph 3.4) and a separate evaluation of the emissions shall be made for the total trip and for the urban part. For the later evaluation of the urban part of the trip, the three second moving averages calculated according to paragraph 3.2 shall be allocated to urban driving conditions according to the three second moving average of the velocity signal (v3s,k) following the speed range defined in Table 1-1. The sample for the total trip evaluation shall cover all speed ranges including also the urban part. Urban Rural Motorway vi [km/h] 0 to ≤ 60 > 60 to ≦ 90 > 90

3.4. Set up of the wheel power classes for emission classification

3.4. Table 1 Normalized standard power frequencies for urban driving and for a weighted average for a total trip consisting of 1/3 urban, 1/3 road, 1/3 motorway mileage

3.4.1. The power classes and the corresponding time shares of the power classes in normal driving are defined for normalized power values to be representative for any LDV (Table 1). Power class No. Pc,norm,j [-] Urban Total trip From > to ≤ Time share, tC,j 1 – 0,1 21,9700 % 18,5611 % 2 – 0,1 0,1 28,7900 % 21,8580 % 3 0,1 1 44,0000 % 43,4582 % 4 1 1,9 4,7400 % 13,2690 % 5 1,9 2,8 0,4500 % 2,3767 % 6 2,8 3,7 0,0450 % 0,4232 % 7 3,7 4,6 0,0040 % 0,0511 % 8 4,6 5,5 0,0004 % 0,0024 % 9 5,5 0,0003 % 0,0003 % The Pc,norm columns in Table 1 shall be de-normalised by multiplication with Pdrive, where Pdrive is the actual wheel power of the tested car in the type approval settings at the chassis dynamometer at vref and aref. Pc,j [kW] = Pc,norm,j * Pdrive Pdrive vref3.6 f 0 f 1 vref f 2 vref2 TMNEDC aref 0,001 Where:

j is the power class index according to Table 1

The driving resistance coefficients f0, f1, f2 should be calculated with a least squares regression analysis from the following definition: PCorrectedv f0 f1 v f2 v2 with (PCorrected/v) being the road load force at vehicle velocity v for the NEDC test cycle defined in point 5.1.1.2.8 of Appendix 7 to Annex 4a of UNECE Regulation 83 - 07 series of amendments.

TMNEDC is the inertia class of the vehicle in the type approval test, [kg]

3.4.2. Example for input data Table 2 Table 3 De-normalised standard power frequency values from Table 1. (for Example 1) De-normalised standard power frequency values from Table 1.(for Example 2)

Correction of the wheel power classes The maximum wheel power class to be considered is the highest class in Table 1 which includes (Prated × 0.9). The time shares of all excluded classes shall be added to the highest remaining class. From each Pc,norm,j the corresponding Pc,j shall be calculated to define the upper and lower bounds in kW per wheel power class for the tested vehicle as shown in Figure 1. An example for this de-normalisation is given below. Parameter Value f0 [N] 79,19 f1 [N/(km/h)] 0,73 f2 [N/(km/h)2] 0,03 TM [kg] 1,470 Prated [kW] 120 (Example 1) Prated [kW] 75 (Example 2) Corresponding results (see Table 2, Table 3): Pdrive 70 kmh 3,6 79,19 0,73 N kmh 70 kmh 0,03 N kmh2 70 kmh2 1470 kg 0,45 ms2 0,001Pdrive 18,25 kW Power class No. Pc,j [kW] Urban Total trip From > to ≤ Time share, tC,j [%] 1 All < – 1,825 – 1,825 21,97 % 18,5611 % 2 – 1,825 1,825 28,79 % 21,8580 % 3 1,825 18,25 44,00 % 43,4583 % 4 18,25 34,675 4,74 % 13,2690 % 5 34,675 51,1 0,45 % 2,3767 % 6 51,1 67,525 0,045 % 0,4232 % 7 67,525 83,95 0,004 % 0,0511 % 8 83,95 100,375 0,0004 % 0,0024 % 9 100,375 All > 100,375 0,00025 % 0,0003 % Power class No. Pc,j [kW] Urban Total trip From > to ≤ Time share, tC,j [%] 1 All < –1,825 – 1,825 21,97 % 18,5611 % 2 – 1,825 1,825 28,79 % 21,8580 % 3 1,825 18,25 44,00 % 43,4583 % 4 18,25 34,675 4,74 % 13,2690 % 5 34,675 51,1 0,45 % 2,3767 % 6 51,1 All > 51,1 0,04965 % 0,4770 % 7 67,525 83,95 — — 8 83,95 100,375 — — 9 100,375 All > 100,375 — —

3.4.2. Figure 1 Schematic picture for converting the normalized standardised power frequency into a vehicle specific power frequency

Time share in standard trip [%] Urban Total trip

3.5. Classification of the moving average values The cold start emissions, defined according to Appendix 4, point 4.4, shall be excluded from the following evaluation. Each moving average value calculated according to point 3.2 shall be sorted into the de-normalized wheel power class into which the actual 3 second moving average wheel power Pw,3s,k fits. The de-normalised wheel power class limits have to be calculated according to point 3.3. The classification shall be done for all three second moving averages of the entire valid trip data including also all urban trip parts. Additionally all moving averages classified to urban according to the velocity limits defined in table 1-1 shall be classified into one set of urban power classes independently of the time when the moving average appeared in the trip. Then the average of all three second moving average values within a wheel power class shall be calculated for each wheel power class per parameter. The equations are described below and shall be applied once for the urban data set and once for the total data set. Classification of the 3-second moving average values into power class j (j = 1 to 9): if PC,j lower bound Pw,3s,k PC,j upper bound then: class index for emissions and velocity = j The number of 3-second moving average values shall be counted for each power class: if PC,j lower bound Pw,3s,k PC,j upper bound then: countsj = n + 1 (countsj is counting the number of 3 second moving average emission values in a power class to check later the minimum coverage demands)

3.6. Table 4 Minimum and maximum shares per power class for a valid test

Check of power class coverage and of normality of power distribution For a valid test the time shares of the single wheel power classes shall be in the ranges listed in Table 4. Power class No. Pc,norm,j [–] Total trip Urban trip parts From > to ≤ lower bound upper bound lower bound upper bound Sum 1+2 0,1 15 % 60 % 5 % 60 % 3 0,1 1 35 % 50 % 28 % 50 % 4 1 1,9 7 % 25 % 0,7 % 25 % 5 1,9 2,8 1,0 % 10 % > 5 counts 5 % 6 2,8 3,7 > 5 counts 2,5 % 0 % 2 % 7 3,7 4,6 0 % 1,0 % 0 % 1 % 8 4,6 5,5 0 % 0,5 % 0 % 0,5 % 9 5,5 0 % 0,25 % 0 % 0,25 % In addition to the requirements in Table 4, a minimum coverage of 5 counts is demanded for the total trip in each wheel power class up to the class containing 90 % of the rated power to provide a sufficient sample size. A minimum coverage of 5 counts is required for the urban part of the trip in each wheel power class up to class No. 5. If the counts in the urban part of the trip in a wheel power class above number 5 are less than 5, the average class emission value shall be set to zero.

3.7. Averaging of the measured values per wheel power class The moving averages sorted in each wheel power class shall be averaged as follows: m gas,j all k in classj mgas,3s,kcountsjv j all k in classj v3s,kcountsj Where j … wheel power class 1 to 9 according to Table 1 mgas,j… average emission value of an exhaust gas component in a wheel power class (separate value for total trip data and for the urban parts of the trip), [g/s] vj… average velocity in a wheel power class (separate value for total trip data and for the urban parts of the trip), [km/h] k … time step for moving average values

3.8. Weighting of the average values per wheel power class The average values of each wheel power class shall be multiplied with the time share, tC,j per class according to Table 1 and summed up to produce the weighted average value for each parameter. This value represents the weighted result for a trip with the standardised power frequencies. The weighted averages shall be computed for the urban part of the test data using the time shares for urban power distribution as well as for the total trip using the time shares for the total. The equations are described below and shall be applied once for the urban data set and once for the total data set. m gas 9 j 1m gas,j tc,jv 9j 1v j tc,j

3.9 Calculation of the weighted distance-specific emission value The time based weighted averages of the emissions in the test shall be converted into distance based emissions once for the urban data set and once for the total data set as follows: For the total trip Mw,gas,d mgas3600v For the urban part of the trip Mw,gas,d,U mgas,U3600vU For particle number the same method as for gaseous pollutants shall be applied but the unit [#/s] shall be used for mPN and [#/km] shall be used for Mw,PN: For the total trip Mw,PN,d mPN3600v For the urban part of the trip Mw,PN,d,U mPN3600vU

4. ASSESSMENT OF THE WHEEL POWER FROM THE INSTANTANEOUS CO2 MASS FLOW The power at the wheels (Pw,i) can be computed from the measured CO2 mass flow in 1 Hz. For this calculation the vehicle specific CO2 line (Veline) shall be used. The Veline shall be calculated from the vehicle type approval test in the WLTC according to the test procedure described in UNECE Global Technical Regulation No. 15 - Worldwide harmonized Light vehicles Test Procedure (ECE/TRANS/180/Add.15). The average wheel power per WLTC phase shall be calculated in 1 Hz from the driven velocity and from the chassis dynamometer settings. For all wheel power values below the drag power shall be set to the drag power value. Pw,i vi3,6 f 0 f 1 vi f 2 vi2 TM ai 0,001 With f0, f1, f2… road load coefficients used in in the WLTP test performed with the vehicle TM… test mass of the vehicle in the WLTP test performed with the vehicle in [kg] Pdrag 0,04 Pratedif Pw,i Pdrag then Pw,i Pdrag The average power per WLTC phase is calculated from the 1 Hz wheel power according to: Pw,p te j tsPw,ite ts With p phase of WLTC (low, medium, high and extra-high) ts Start time of the WLTC phase p, [s] te end time of the WLTC phase p, [s] Then a linear regression shall be made with the CO2 mass flow from the bag values of the WLTC on the y-axis and from the average wheel power Pw,p per phase on the x-axis as illustrated in Figure 2. The resulting Veline equation defines the CO2 mass flow as function of the wheel power: CO 2 i kWLTC X Pw,i DWLTC CO 2 in gh Where kWLTC … slope of the Veline from WLTC, [g/kWh] DWLTC … intercept of the Veline from WLTC, [g/h] The actual wheel power shall be calculated from the measured CO2 mass flow according to: Pw,i CO2i DWLTCkWLTC With CO2 in [g/h] PW,j in [kW] The above equation can be used to provide PWi for the classification of the measured emissions as described in point 3 with following additional conditions in the calculation In time steps where (I) and (II) are valid, condition (II) shall be applied.

4.

Figure 2 Schematic picture of setting up the vehicle specific Veline from the CO2 test results in the 4 phases of the WLTC

(I) if vi < 0,5 and if ai < 0 then P w,i = 0 v in [m/s]

(II) if CO2i < 0,5 X DWLTC then P w,i = Pdrag

Appendix 7 Selection of vehicles for PEMS testing at initial type approval

1. INTRODUCTION Due to their particular characteristics, PEMS tests are not required to be performed for each vehicle type with regard to emissions and vehicle repair and maintenance information as defined in Article 2(1) of this Regulation, which is called in the following vehicle emission type. Several vehicle emission types may be put together by the vehicle manufacturer to form a PEMS test family according to the requirements of point 3, which shall be validated according to the requirements of point 4.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS N Number of vehicle emission types NT Minimum number of vehicle emission types PMRH highest power-to-mass-ratio of all vehicles in the PEMS test family PMRL lowest power-to-mass-ratio of all vehicles in the PEMS test family V_eng_max maximum engine volume of all vehicles within the PEMS test family

3. PEMS TEST FAMILY BUILDING A PEMS test family shall comprise vehicles with similar emission characteristics. Upon the choice of the manufacturer vehicle emission types may be included in a PEMS test family only if they are identical with respect to the characteristics in points 3.1. and 3.2.

3.

3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.

Administrative criteria The approval authority issuing the emission type approval according to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 (authority) A single vehicle manufacturer.

3.2. Technical criteria

3.2.1. Propulsion type (e.g. ICE, HEV, PHEV)

3.2.2. Type(s) of fuel(s) (e.g. petrol, diesel, LPG, NG, …). Bi- or flex-fuelled vehicles may be grouped with other vehicles, with which they have one of the fuels in common.

3.2.3. Combustion process (e.g. two stroke, four stroke)

3.2.4. Number of cylinders

3.2.5. Configuration of the cylinder block (e.g. in-line, V, radial, horizontally opposed)

3.2.

3.2.6. Engine volume The vehicle manufacturer shall specify a value V_eng_max (= maximum engine volume of all vehicles within the PEMS test family). The engine volumes of vehicles in the PEMS test family shall not deviate more than – 22 % from V_eng_max if V_eng_max ≥ 1500 ccm and – 32 % from V_eng_max if V_eng_max < 1500 ccm.

3.2.7. Method of engine fuelling (e.g. indirect or direct or combined injection)

3.2.8. Type of cooling system (e.g. air, water, oil)

3.2.9. Method of aspiration such as naturally aspirated, pressure charged, type of pressure charger (e.g. externally driven, single or multiple turbo, variable geometries …)

3.2.10. Types and sequence of exhaust after-treatment components (e.g. three-way catalyst, oxidation catalyst, lean NOx trap, SCR, lean NOx catalyst, particulate trap).

3.2.11. Exhaust gas recirculation (with or without, internal/external, cooled/non-cooled, low/high pressure)

3.3. Extension of a PEMS test family An existing PEMS test family may be extended by adding new vehicle emission types to it. The extended PEMS test family and its validation must also fulfil the requirements of points 3 and 4. This may in particular require the PEMS testing of additional vehicles to validate the extended PEMS test family according to point 4.

3.4. Alternative PEMS test family As an alternative to the provisions of points 3.1 to 3.2 the vehicle manufacturer may define a PEMS test family, which is identical to a single vehicle emission type. In this the requirement of point 4.1.2 for validating the PEMS test family shall not apply.

4. VALIDATION OF A PEMS TEST FAMILY

4.

4.1.4.1.1.4.1.2.4.1.3.4.1.4.

General requirements for validating a PEMS test family The vehicle manufacturer presents a representative vehicle of the PEMS test family to the authority. The vehicle shall be subject to a PEMS test carried out by a Technical Service to demonstrate compliance of the representative vehicle with the requirements of this Annex. The authority selects additional vehicles according to the requirements of point 4.2 of this Appendix for PEMS testing carried out by a Technical Service to demonstrate compliance of the selected vehicles with the requirements of this Annex. The technical criteria for selection of an additional vehicle according to point 4.2 of this Appendix. shall be recorded with the test results. With agreement of the authority, a PEMS test can also be driven by a different operator witnessed by a Technical Service, provided that at least the tests of the vehicles required by points 4.2.2 and 4.2.6 of this Appendix and in total at least 50 % of the PEMS tests required by this Appendix for validating the PEMS test family are driven by a Technical Service. In such case the Technical Service remains responsible for the proper execution of all PEMS tests pursuant to the requirements of this Annex. A PEMS test results of a specific vehicle may be used for validating different PEMS test families according to the requirements of this Appendix under the following conditions: For each validation the applicable responsibilities are considered to be borne by the manufacturer of the vehicles in the respective family, regardless of whether this manufacturer was involved in the PEMS test of the specific vehicle emission type.

the vehicles included in all PEMS test families to be validated are approved by a single authority according to the requirements of Regulation (EC) 715/2007 and this authority agrees to the use of the specific vehicle's PEMS test results for validating different PEMS test families;

each PEMS test family to be validated includes a vehicle emission type, which comprises the specific vehicle;

4.2. Selection of vehicles for PEMS testing when validating a PEMS test family By selecting vehicles from a PEMS test family it should be ensured that the following technical characteristics relevant for pollutant emissions are covered by a PEMS test. One vehicle selected for testing can be representative for different technical characteristics. For the validation of a PEMS test family vehicles shall be selected for PEMS testing as follows:

4.2.

4.2.1. For each combination of fuels (e.g. petrol-LPG, petrol-NG, petrol only), on which some vehicle of the PEMS test family can operate, at least one vehicle that can operate on this combination of fuels shall be selected for PEMS testing.

4.2.2. The manufacturer shall specify a value PMRH (= highest power-to-mass-ratio of all vehicles in the PEMS test family) and a value PMRL (= lowest power-to-mass-ratio of all vehicles in the PEMS test family). Here the power-to-mass-ratio corresponds to the ratio of the maximum net power of the internal combustion engine as indicated in point 3.2.1.8 of Appendix 3 to Annex I of this Regulation and of the reference mass as defined in Article 3(3) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. At least one vehicle configuration representative for the specified PMRH and one vehicle configuration representative for the specified PMRL of a PEMS test family shall be selected for testing. If the power-to-mass ratio of a vehicle deviates by not more than 5 % from the specified value for PMRH, or PMRL, the vehicle should be considered as representative for this value.

4.2.3. At least one vehicle for each transmission type (e.g., manual, automatic, DCT) installed in vehicles of the PEMS test family shall be selected for testing.

4.2.4. At least one four-wheel drive vehicle (4x4 vehicle) shall be selected for testing if such vehicles are part of the PEMS test family.

4.2.5. For each engine volume occurring on a vehicle in the PEMS family at least one representative vehicle shall be tested.

4.2.6. At least one vehicle for each number of installed exhaust after-treatment components shall be selected for testing.

4.2.7. Notwithstanding the provisions in points 4.2.1 to 4.2.6, at least the following number of vehicle emission types of a given PEMS test family shall be selected for testing: Number N of vehicle emission types in a PEMS test family Minimum number NT of vehicle emission types selected for PEMS testing 1 1 from 2 to 4 2 from 5 to 7 3 from 8 to 10 4 from 11 to 49 NT = 3 + 0,1 × N more than 49 NT = 0,15 × N

5.5.1.5.2.5.3.5.4.

REPORTING The vehicle manufacturer provides a full description of the PEMS test family, which includes in particular the technical criteria described in point 3.2 and submits it to the authority. The manufacturer attributes a unique identification number of the format MS-OEM-X-Y to the PEMS test family and communicates it to the authority. Here MS is the distinguishing number of the Member State issuing the EC type-approval, OEM is the 3 character manufacturer, X is a sequential number identifying the original PEMS test family and Y is a counter for its extensions (starting with 0 for a PEMS test family not extended yet). The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types being part of a given PEMS test family on the basis of emission type approval numbers. For each emission type all corresponding combinations of vehicle type approval numbers, types, variants and versions as defined in sections 0.10 and 0.2 of the vehicle's EC certificate of conformity shall be provided as well. The authority and the vehicle manufacturer shall maintain a list of vehicle emission types selected for PEMS testing in order validate a PEMS test family in accordance with point 4, which also provides the necessary information on how the selection criteria of point 4.2 are covered. This list shall also indicate whether the provisions of point 4.1.3 were applied for a particular PEMS test.

Appendix 7a Verification of overall trip dynamics

1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the calculation procedures to verify the overall trip dynamics, to determine the overall excess or absence of dynamics during urban, rural and motorway driving.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS

2. RPA

Relative Positive Acceleration Δ difference > larger ≥ larger or equal % per cent < smaller ≤ smaller or equal a acceleration [m/s2] ai acceleration in time step i [m/s2] apos positive acceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 [m/s2] apos,i,k positive acceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 in time step i considering the urban, rural and motorway shares [m/s2] ares acceleration resolution [m/s2] di distance covered in time step i [m] di,k distance covered in time step i considering the urban, rural and motorway shares [m] Index (i) discrete time step Index (j) discrete time step of positive acceleration datasets Index (k) refers to the respective category (t=total, u=urban, r=rural, m=motorway) Mk number of samples for urban, rural and motorway shares with positive acceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 Nk total number of samples for the urban, rural and motorway shares and the complete trip RPAk relative positive acceleration for urban, rural and motorway shares [m/s2 or kWs/(kg*km)] tk duration of the urban, rural and motorway shares and the complete trip [s] T4253H compound data smoother ν vehicle speed [km/h] νi actual vehicle speed in time step i [km/h] νi,k actual vehicle speed in time step i considering the urban, rural and motorway shares [km/h] ν ai actual vehicle speed per acceleration in time step i [m2/s3 or W/kg] ν aposj,k actual vehicle speed per positive acceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 in time step j considering the urban, rural and motorway shares [m2/s3 or W/kg]. ν aposk95 95th percentile of the product of vehicle speed per positive acceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 for urban, rural and motorway shares [m2/s3 or W/kg] νk average vehicle speed for urban, rural and motorway shares [km/h]

3. TRIP INDICATORS

3.

3.1. Calculations

3.1.

3.1.1. Data pre-processing Dynamic parameters like acceleration, ν apos or RPA shall be determined with a speed signal of an accuracy of 0,1 % for all speed values above 3 km/h and a sampling frequency of 1 Hz. This accuracy requirement is generally fulfilled by signals obtained from a wheel (rotational) speed sensor. The speed trace shall be checked for faulty or implausible sections. The vehicle speed trace of such sections is characterised by steps, jumps, terraced speed traces or missing values. Short faulty sections shall be corrected, for example by data interpolation or benchmarking against a secondary speed signal. Alternatively, short trips containing faulty sections could be excluded from the subsequent data analysis. In a second step the acceleration values shall be calculated and ranked in ascending order, as to determine the acceleration resolution ares minimum acceleration value 0. If ares 0,01 ms2, the vehicle speed measurement is sufficiently accurate. If 0,01 ms2 ares, data smoothing by using a T4253H Hanning filter shall be performed The T4235 Hanning filter performs the following calculations: The smoother starts with a running median of 4, which is centred by a running median of 2. The filter then re-smoothes these values by applying a running median of 5, a running median of 3, and hanning (running weighted averages). Residuals are computed by subtracting the smoothed series from the original series. This whole process is then repeated on the computed residuals. Finally, the smoothed final speed values are computed by summing up the smoothed values obtained the first time through the process with the computed residuals. The correct speed trace builds the basis for further calculations and binning as described in paragraph 8.1.2.

3.1.2. Calculation of distance, acceleration and ν a The following calculations shall be performed over the whole time based speed trace (1 Hz resolution) from second 1 to second tt (last second). The distance increment per data sample shall be calculated as follows: di vi3,6, i 1 to Nt where: di is the distance covered in time step i [m] νi is the actual vehicle speed in time step i [km/h] Nt is the total number of samples The acceleration shall be calculated as follows: ai vi 1 vi 12 3,6, i 1 to Nt where: ai is the acceleration in time step i [m/s2]. For i = 1: vi-1 0, for i Nt: vi 1 0. The product of vehicle speed per acceleration shall be calculated as follows: v ai vi ai3,6,i 1 to Nt where: ν ai is the product of the actual vehicle speed per acceleration in time step i [m2/s3 or W/kg].

3.1.3. Binning of the results After the calculation of ai and ν ai, the values vi, di, ai and ν ai shall be ranked in ascending order of the vehicle speed. All datasets with vi 60 kmh belong to the urban speed bin, all datasets with 60 kmh vi 90 kmh belong to the rural speed bin and all datasets with vi 90 kmh belong to the motorway speed bin. The number of datasets with acceleration values ai 0,1 ms2 shall be bigger or equal to 150 in each speed bin. For each speed bin the average vehicle speed vk shall be calculated as follows: vk ivi,kNk, i 1 to Nk, k u,r,m where: Nk is the total number of samples of the urban, rural, and motorway shares.

3.1.4. Calculation of v apos95 per speed bin The 95th percentile of the v apos values shall be calculated as follows: The v ai,k values in each speed bin shall be ranked in ascending order for all datasets with ai,k 0,1 ms2 ai,k 0,1 ms2 and the total number of these samples Mk shall be determined. Percentile values are then assigned to the v aposi,k values with ai,k 0,1 ms2 as follows: The lowest v apos value gets the percentile 1/Mk, the second lowest 2/Mk, the third lowest 3/Mk and the highest value MkMk 100 %. v aposk95 is the v aposj,k value, with jMk 95 %. If jMk 95 %. cannot be met, v aposk95 shall be calculated by linear interpolation between consecutive samples j and j+1 with jMk 95 % and j 1Mk 95 %. The relative positive acceleration per speed bin shall be calculated as follows: RPAk jΔt v aposj,kidi,k,j 1 to Mk, i 1 to Nk, k u,r,m where: RPAk is the relative positive acceleration for urban, rural and motorway shares in [m/s2 or kWs/(kg*km)] Δt is a time difference equal to 1 second Mk is the sample number for urban, rural and motorway shares with positive acceleration Nk is the total sample number for urban, rural and motorway shares

4. VERIFICATION OF TRIP VALIDITY

4.

4.1.1. Verification of v apos95 per speed bin (with v in [km/h]) If vk 74,6 kmh and v aposk95 0,136vk 14,44 is fulfilled, the trip is invalid. If vk 74,6 kmh and v aposk95 0,0742vk 18,966 is fulfilled, the trip is invalid.

4.1.2. Verification of RPA per speed bin If vk 94,05 kmh and RPAk 0,0016vk 0,1755 is fulfilled, the trip is invalid. If vk 94,05 kmh and RPAk 0,025 is fulfilled, the trip is invalid.

Appendix 7b Procedure to determine the cumulative positive elevation gain of a PEMS trip

1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the procedure to determine the cumulative elevation gain of a PEMS trip.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS d(0) distance at the start of a trip [m] d cumulative distance travelled at the discrete way point under consideration [m] d0 cumulative distance travelled until the measurement directly before the respective way point d [m] d1 cumulative distance travelled until the measurement directly after the respective way point d [m] da reference way point at d(0) [m] de cumulative distance travelled until the last discrete way point [m] di instantaneous distance [m] dtot total test distance [m] h(0) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at the start of a trip [m above sea level] h(t) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at point t [m above sea level] h(d) vehicle altitude at the way point d [m above sea level] h(t-1) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at point t-1 [m above sea level] hcorr(0) corrected altitude directly before the respective way point d [m above sea level] hcorr(1) corrected altitude directly after the respective way point d [m above sea level] hcorr(t) corrected instantaneous vehicle altitude at data point t [m above sea level] hcorr(t-1) corrected instantaneous vehicle altitude at data point t-1 [m above sea level] hGPS,i instantaneous vehicle altitude measured with GPS [m above sea level] hGPS(t) vehicle altitude measured with GPS at data point t [m above sea level] hint(d) interpolated altitude at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] hint,sm,1(d) smoothed and interpolated altitude, after the first smoothing run at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] hmap(t) vehicle altitude based on topographic map at data point t [m above sea level] Hz hertz km/h kilometer per hour m meter roadgrade,1(d) smoothed road grade at the discrete way point under consideration d after the first smoothing run [m/m] roadgrade,2(d) smoothed road grade at the discrete way point under consideration d after the second smoothing run [m/m] sin trigonometric sine function t time passed since test start [s] t0 time passed at the measurement directly located before the respective way point d [s] vi instantaneous vehicle speed [km/h] v(t) vehicle speed at a data point t [km/h]

3. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The cumulative positive elevation gain of a RDE trip shall be determined based on three parameters: the instantaneous vehicle altitude hGPS,i [m above sea level] as measured with the GPS, the instantaneous vehicle speed vi [km/h] recorded at a frequency of 1 Hz and the corresponding time t [s] that has passed since test start.

4. CALCULATION OF CUMULATIVE POSITIVE ELEVATION GAIN

4.

4.1. General The cumulative positive elevation gain of a RDE trip shall be calculated as a three-step procedure, consisting of (i) the screening and principle verification of data quality, (ii) the correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data, and (iii) the calculation of the cumulative positive elevation gain.

4.2. Screening and principle verification of data quality The instantaneous vehicle speed data shall be checked for completeness. Correcting for missing data is permitted if gaps remain within the requirements specified in Point 7 of Appendix 4; else, the test results shall be voided. The instantaneous altitude data shall be checked for completeness. Data gaps shall be completed by data interpolation. The correctness of interpolated data shall be verified by a topographic map. It is recommended to correct interpolated data if the following condition applies: hGPS t hmap t 40m The altitude correction shall be applied so that: ht hmap t where: h(t) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at data point t [m above sea level] hGPS(t) vehicle altitude measured with GPS at data point t [m above sea level] hmap(t) vehicle altitude based on topographic map at data point t [m above sea level]

4.3. Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data The altitude h(0) at the start of a trip at d(0) shall be obtained by GPS and verified for correctness with information from a topographic map. The deviation shall not be larger than 40 m. Any instantaneous altitude data h(t) shall be corrected if the following condition applies: ht ht 1 vt 3,6 sin45° The altitude correction shall be applied so that: hcorr t hcorr t 1 where: h(t) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at data point t [m above sea level] h(t-1) vehicle altitude after the screening and principle verification of data quality at data point t-1 [m above sea level] v(t) vehicle speed of data point t [km/h] hcorr(t) corrected instantaneous vehicle altitude at data point t [m above sea level] hcorr(t-1) corrected instantaneous vehicle altitude at data point t-1 [m above sea level] Upon the completion of the correction procedure, a valid set of altitude data is established. This data set shall be used for the calculation of the cumulative positive elevation gain as described in Point 13.4.

4.4. Final calculation of the cumulative positive elevation gain

4.4.

4.4.1. Establishment of a uniform spatial resolution The total distance dtot [m] covered by a trip shall be determined as sum of the instantaneous distances di. The instantaneous distance di shall be determined as: di vi3,6 Where: di instantaneous distance [m] vi instantaneous vehicle speed [km/h] The cumulative elevation gain shall be calculated from data of a constant spatial resolution of 1 m starting with the first measurement at the start of a trip d(0). The discrete data points at a resolution of 1 m are referred to as way points, characterized by a specific distance value d (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3 m…) and their corresponding altitude h(d) [m above sea level]. The altitude of each discrete way point d shall be calculated through interpolation of the instantaneous altitude hcorr(t) as: hint d hcorr 0hcorr 1 hcorr 0d 1 d 0 d d 0 Where: hint(d) interpolated altitude at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] hcorr(0) corrected altitude directly before the respective way point d [m above sea level] hcorr(1) corrected altitude directly after the respective way point d [m above sea level] d cumulative distance traveled until the discrete way point under consideration d [m] d0 cumulative distance travelled until the measurement located directly before the respective way point d [m] d1 cumulative distance travelled until the measurement located directly after the respective way point d [m]

4.4.2. Additional data smoothing The altitude data obtained for each discrete way point shall be smoothed by applying a two-step procedure; da and de denote the first and last data point respectively (Figure 1). The first smoothing run shall be applied as follows: roadgrade,1 d hint d 200m hint dad 200m for d 200mroadgrade,1 dhint d 200m hint d 200md 200m d 200m for 200m d de 200mroadgrade,1 d hint de hint d 200mde d 200m for d de 200mhint,sm,1 d hint,sm,1 d 1m roadgrade,1 d, d da 1 to dehint,sm,1 da hint da roadgrade,1 da Where: roadgrade,1(d) smoothed road grade at the discrete way point under consideration after the first smoothing run [m/m] hint(d) interpolated altitude at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] hint,sm,1(d) smoothed interpolated altitude, after the first smoothing run at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] d cumulative distance travelled at the discrete way point under consideration [m] da reference way point at a distance of zero meters [m] de cumulative distance travelled until the last discrete way point [m] The second smoothing run shall be applied as follows: roadgrade,2 d hint,sm,1 d 200m hint,sm,1 dad 200m for d 200mroadgrade,2 dhint,sm,1 d 200m hint,sm,1 d 200md 200m d 200m for 200m d de 200mroadgrade,2 d hint,sm,1 de hint,sm,1 d 200mde d 200m for d de 200m Where: roadgrade,2(d) smoothed road grade at the discrete way point under consideration after the second smoothing run [m/m] hint,sm,1(d) smoothed interpolated altitude, after the first smoothing run at the discrete way point under consideration d [m above sea level] d cumulative distance travelled at the discrete way point under consideration [m] da reference way point at a distance of zero meters [m] de cumulative distance travelled until the last discrete way point [m]

4.4.2. Figure 1 Illustration of the procedure to smooth the interpolated altitude signals

4.4.3. Calculation of the final result The positive cumulative elevation gain of a trip shall be calculated by integrating all positive interpolated and smoothed road grades, i.e. roadgrade,2(d). The result should be normalized by the total test distance dtot and expressed in meters of cumulative elevation gain per one hundred kilometers of distance.

5. NUMERICAL EXAMPLE Tables 1 and 2 show how to calculate the positive elevation gain on the basis of data recorded during an on-road test performed with PEMS. For the sake of brevity an extract of 800m and 160s is presented here.

5.

5.1. Screening and principle verification of data quality The screening and principle verification of data quality consists of two steps. First, the completeness of vehicle speed data is checked. No data gaps related to vehicle speed are detected in the present data sample (see Table 1). Second, the altitude data are checked for completeness; in the data sample, altitude data related to seconds 2 and 3 are missing. The gaps are filled by interpolating the GPS signal. In addition, the GPS altitude is verified by a topographic map; this verification includes the altitude h(0) at the start of the trip. Altitude data related to seconds 112 -114 are corrected on the basis of the topographic map to satisfy the following condition: hGPS t hmap t 40m As result of the applied data verification, the data in the fifth column h(t) are obtained.

5.2. Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data As a next step, the altitude data h(t) of seconds 1 to 4, 111 to 112 and 159 to 160 are corrected assuming the altitude values of seconds 0, 110 and 158 respectively since for the altitude data in these time periods the following condition applies: ht ht 1 vt 3,6 sin45° As result of the applied data correction, the data in the sixth column hcorr(t) are obtained. The effect of the applied verification and correction steps on the altitude data is depicted in Figure 2.

5.3. Calculation of the cumulative positive elevation gain

5.3.

5.3.1. Establishment of a uniform spatial resolution The instantaneous distance di is calculated by dividing the instantaneous vehicle speed measured in km/h by 3.6 (Column 7 in Table 1). Recalculating the altitude data to obtain a uniform spatial resolution of 1 m yields the discrete way points d (Column 1 in Table 2) and their corresponding altitude values hint(d) (Column 7 in Table 2). The altitude of each discrete way point d is calculated through interpolation of the measured instantaneous altitude hcorr as: hint 0 120,3120,3 120,30,1 0,0 0 0 120,3000hint 520 132,5132,6 132,5523,6 519,9 520 519,9 132,5027

5.3.2. Additional data smoothing In Table 2, the first and last discrete way points are: da=0m and de=799m, respectively. The altitude data of each discrete way point is smoothed by applying a two steps procedure. The first smoothing run consists of: roadgrade,1 0 hint 200m hint 0 0 200m120,9682 120,3000200 0,0033 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for d ≤ 200m roadgrade,1 320 hint 520 hint 120 520 120132,5027 121,0400 0,0288 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for 200m < d < (599m) roadgrade,1 720 hint 799 hint 520 799 520121,2000 132,5027279 0,0405 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for d ≥ (599m) The smoothed and interpolated altitude is calculated as: hint,sm,1 0 hint 0 roadgrade,1 0 120,3 0,0033 120,3033mhint,sm,1 799 hint,sm,1 798 roadgrade,1 799 121,2550 0,0220 121,2330m Second smoothing run: roadgrade,2 0 hint,sm,1 200 hint,sm,1 0 200119,9618 120,3033 200 0,0017 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for d ≤ 200m roadgrade,2 320 hint,sm,1 520 hint,sm,1 120 520 120123,6809 120,1843 400 0,0087 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for 200m < d < (599) roadgrade,2 720 hint,sm,1 799 hint,sm,1 520 799 520121,2330 123,6809 279 0,0088 chosen to demonstrate the smoothing for d ≥ (599m)

5.3.3. Table 1 — Table 2 Table 3 Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data Calculation of road grade Calculation of the positive elevation gain

Calculation of the final result The positive cumulative elevation gain of a trip is calculated by integrating all positive interpolated and smoothed road grades, i.e. values in the column roadgrade,2(d) in Table 2. For the entire data set the total covered distance was dtot 139,7 km and all positive interpolated and smoothed road grades were of 516m. Therefore the positive cumulative elevation gain reached 516*100/139,7=370m/100km. denotes data gaps Time t [s] v(t) [km/h] hGPS(t) [m] hmap(t) [m] h(t) [m] hcorr(t) [m] di [m] Cum. d [m] 0 0,00 122,7 129,0 122,7 122,7 0,0 0,0 1 0,00 122,8 129,0 122,8 122,7 0,0 0,0 2 0,00 — 129,1 123,6 122,7 0,0 0,0 3 0,00 — 129,2 124,3 122,7 0,0 0,0 4 0,00 125,1 129,0 125,1 122,7 0,0 0,0 … … … … … … … … 18 0,00 120,2 129,4 120,2 120,2 0,0 0,0 19 0,32 120,2 129,4 120,2 120,2 0,1 0,1 … … … … … … … … 37 24,31 120,9 132,7 120,9 120,9 6,8 117,9 38 28,18 121,2 133,0 121,2 121,2 7,8 125,7 … … … … … … … … 46 13,52 121,4 131,9 121,4 121,4 3,8 193,4 47 38,48 120,7 131,5 120,7 120,7 10,7 204,1 … … … … … … … … 56 42,67 119,8 125,2 119,8 119,8 11,9 308,4 57 41,70 119,7 124,8 119,7 119,7 11,6 320,0 … … … … … … … … 110 10,95 125,2 132,2 125,2 125,2 3,0 509,0 111 11,75 100,8 132,3 100,8 125,2 3,3 512,2 112 13,52 0,0 132,4 132,4 125,2 3,8 516,0 113 14,01 0,0 132,5 132,5 132,5 3,9 519,9 114 13,36 24,30 132,6 132,6 132,6 3,7 523,6 … … … … … … … 149 39,93 123,6 129,6 123,6 123,6 11,1 719,2 150 39,61 123,4 129,5 123,4 123,4 11,0 730,2 … … … … … … … 157 14,81 121,3 126,1 121,3 121,3 4,1 792,1 158 14,19 121,2 126,2 121,2 121,2 3,9 796,1 159 10,00 128,5 126,1 128,5 121,2 2,8 798,8 160 4,10 130,6 126,0 130,6 121,2 1,2 800,0 d [m] t0 [s] d0 [m] d1 [m] h0 [m] h1 [m] hint(d) [m] roadgrade,1(d) [m/m] hint,sm,1(d) [m] roadgrade,2(d) [m/m] 0 18 0,0 0,1 120,3 120,4 120,3 0,0035 120,3 – 0,0015 … … … … … … … … … … 120 37 117,9 125,7 120,9 121,2 121,0 – 0,0019 120,2 0,0035 … … … … … … … … … … 200 46 193,4 204,1 121,4 120,7 121,0 – 0,0040 120,0 0,0051 … … … … … … … … … … 320 56 308,4 320,0 119,8 119,7 119,7 0,0288 121,4 0,0088 … … … … … … … … … … 520 113 519,9 523,6 132,5 132,6 132,5 0,0097 123,7 0,0037 … … … … … … … … … … 720 149 719,2 730,2 123,6 123,4 123,6 – 0,0405 122,9 – 0,0086 … … … … … … … … … … 798 158 796,1 798,8 121,2 121,2 121,2 – 0,0219 121,3 – 0,0151 799 159 798,8 800,0 121,2 121,2 121,2 – 0,0220 121,3 – 0,0152 d [m] t0 [s] d0 [m] d1 [m] h0 [m] h1 [m] hint(d) [m] roadgrade,1(d) [m/m] hint,sm,1(d) [m] roadgrade,2(d) [m/m] 0 18 0,0 0,1 120,3 120,4 120,3 0,0035 120,3 – 0,0015 … … … … … … … … … … 120 37 117,9 125,7 120,9 121,2 121,0 – 0,0019 120,2 0,0035 … … … … … … … … … … 200 46 193,4 204,1 121,4 120,7 121,0 – 0,0040 120,0 0,0051 … … … … … … … … … … 320 56 308,4 320,0 119,8 119,7 119,7 0,0288 121,4 0,0088 … … … … … … … … … … 520 113 519,9 523,6 132,5 132,6 132,5 0,0097 123,7 0,0037 … … … … … … … … … … 720 149 719,2 730,2 123,6 123,4 123,6 – 0,0405 122,9 – 0,0086 … … … … … … … … … … 798 158 796,1 798,8 121,2 121,2 121,2 – 0,0219 121,3 – 0,0151 799 159 798,8 800,0 121,2 121,2 121,2 – 0,0220 121,3 – 0,0152

5.3.3. Table 1 — Table 2 Correction of instantaneous vehicle altitude data Calculation of road grade

Figure 2 The effect of data verification and correction - The altitude profile measured by GPS hGPS(t), the altitude profile provided by the topographic map hmap(t), the altitude profile obtained after the screening and principle verification of data quality h(t) and the correction hcorr(t) of data listed in Table 1

Figure 3 Comparison between the corrected altitude profile hcorr(t) and the smoothed and interpolated altitude hint,sm,1

Appendix 8 Data exchange and reporting requirements

1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the requirements for the data exchange between the measurement systems and the data evaluation software and the reporting and exchange of intermediate and final results after the completion of the data evaluation. The exchange and reporting of mandatory and optional parameters shall follow the requirements of point 3.2 of Appendix 1. The data specified in the exchange and reporting files of point 3 shall be reported to ensure traceability of final results.

2. SYMBOLS, PARAMETERS AND UNITS a1 coefficient of the CO2 characteristic curve b1 coefficient of the CO2 characteristic curve a2 coefficient of the CO2 characteristic curve b2 coefficient of the CO2 characteristic curve k11 coefficient of the weighing function k12 coefficient of the weighing function k21 coefficient of the weighing function k22 coefficient of the weighing function tol1 primary tolerance tol2 secondary tolerance v aposk95 95th percentile of the product of vehicle speed and positiveacceleration greater than 0,1 m/s2 for urban, rural and motorway driving [m2/s3 or W/kg] RPAK relative positive acceleration for urban, rural and motorway driving [m/s2 or kWs/(kg*km)]

3. DATA EXCHANGE AND REPORTING FORMAT

3.

3.1. General Emission values as well as any other relevant parameters shall be reported and exchanged as csv-formatted data file. Parameter values shall be separated by a comma, ASCII-Code #h2C. The decimal marker of numerical values shall be a point, ASCII-Code #h2E. Lines shall be terminated by carriage return, ASCII-Code #h0D. No thousands separators shall be used.

3.2. Data exchange Data shall be exchanged between the measurement systems and the data evaluation software by means of a standardised reporting file that contains a minimum set of mandatory and optional parameters. The data exchange file shall be structured as follows: The first 195 lines shall be reserved for a header that provides specific information about, e.g., the test conditions, the identity and calibration of the PEMS equipment (Table 1). Lines 198-200 shall contain the labels and units of parameters. Lines 201 and all consecutive data lines shall comprise the body of the data exchange file and report parameter values (Table 2). The body of the data exchange file shall contain at least as many data lines as the test duration in seconds multiplied by the recording frequency in hertz.

3.3. Intermediate and final results Summary parameters of intermediate results shall be recorded and structured as indicated in Table 3. The information in Table 3 shall be obtained prior to the application of the data evaluation methods laid down in Appendices 5 and 6. The vehicle manufacturer shall record the results of the two data evaluation methods in separate files. The results of the data evaluation with the method described in Appendix 5 shall be reported according to Tables 4, 5 and 6. The results of the data evaluation with the method described in Appendix 6 shall be reported according to Tables 7, 8 and 9. The header of the data reporting file shall be composed of three parts. The first 95 lines shall be reserved for specific information about the settings of the data evaluation method. Lines 101-195 shall report the results of the data evaluation method. Lines 201-490 shall be reserved for reporting the final emission results. Line 501 and all consecutive data lines comprise the body of the data reporting file and shall contain the detailed results of the data evaluation.

4. TECHNICAL REPORTING TABLES

4.

4.1. Table 1 Table 2 Header of the data exchange file Body of the data exchange file; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data exchange file

Data exchange Line Parameter Description/unit 1 TEST ID [code] 2 Test date [day.month.year] 3 Organisation supervising the test [name of the organization] 4 Test location [city, country] 5 Person supervising the test [name of the principal supervisor] 6 Vehicle driver [name of the driver] 7 Vehicle type [vehicle name] 8 Vehicle manufacturer [name] 9 Vehicle model year [year] 10 Vehicle ID [VIN code] 11 Odometer reading at test start [km] 12 Odometer reading at test end [km] 13 Vehicle category [category] 14 Type approval emissions limit [Euro X] 15 Engine type [e.g., spark ignition, compression ignition] 16 Engine rated power [kW] 17 Peak torque [Nm] 18 Engine displacement [ccm] 19 Transmission [e.g., manual, automatic] 20 Number of forward gears [#] 21 Fuel [e.g., gasoline, diesel] 22 Lubricant [product label] 23 Tire size [width/height/rim diameter] 24 Front and rear axle tire pressure [bar; bar] 25W Road load parameters from WLTP, [F0, F1, F2] 25N Road load parameters from NEDC [F0, F1, F2], 26 Type-approval test cycle [NEDC, WLTC] 27 Type-approval CO2 emissions [g/km] 28 CO2 emissions in WLTC mode Low [g/km] 29 CO2 emissions in WLTC mode Mid [g/km] 30 CO2 emissions in WLTC mode High [g/km] 31 CO2 emissions in WLTC mode Extra High [g/km] 32 Vehicle test mass [kg;%] 33 PEMS manufacturer [name] 34 PEMS type [PEMS name] 35 PEMS serial number [number] 36 PEMS power supply [e.g., battery type] 37 Gas analyser manufacturer [name] 38 Gas analyser type [type] 39 Gas analyser serial number [number] 40-50 … … 51 EFM manufacturer [name] 52 EFM sensor type [functional principle] 53 EFM serial number [number] 54 Source of exhaust mass flow rate [EFM/ECU/sensor] 55 Air pressure sensor [type, manufacturer] 56 Test date [day.month.year] 57 Start time of pre-test procedure [h:min] 58 Start time of trip [h:min] 59 Start time of post-test procedure [h:min] 60 End time of pre-test procedure [h:min] 61 End time of trip [h:min] 62 End time of post-test procedure [h:min] 63-70 … … 71 Time correction: Shift THC [s] 72 Time correction: Shift CH4 [s] 73 Time correction: Shift NMHC [s] 74 Time correction: Shift O2 [s] 75 Time correction: Shift PN [s] 76 Time correction: Shift CO [s] 77 Time correction: Shift CO2 [s] 78 Time correction: Shift NO [s] 79 Time correction: Shift NO2 [s] 80 Time correction: Shift exhaust mass flow rate [s] 81 Span reference value THC [ppm] 82 Span reference value CH4 [ppm] 83 Span reference value NMHC [ppm] 84 Span reference value O2 [%] 85 Span reference value PN [#] 86 Span reference value CO [ppm] 87 Span reference value CO2 [%] 88 Span reference value NO [ppm] 89 Span Reference Value NO2 [ppm] 90-95 … … 96 Pre-test zero response THC [ppm] 97 Pre-test zero response CH4 [ppm] 98 Pre-test zero response NMHC [ppm] 99 Pre-test zero response O2 [%] 100 Pre-test zero response PN [#] 101 Pre-test zero response CO [ppm] 102 Pre-test zero response CO2 [%] 103 Pre-test zero response NO [ppm] 104 Pre-test zero response NO2 [ppm] 105 Pre-test span response THC [ppm] 106 Pre-test span response CH4 [ppm] 107 Pre-test span response NMHC [ppm] 108 Pre-test span response O2 [%] 109 Pre-test span response PN [#] 110 Pre-test span response CO [ppm] 111 Pre-test span response CO2 [%] 112 Pre-test span response NO [ppm] 113 Pre-test span response NO2 [ppm] 114 Post-test zero response THC [ppm] 115 Post-test zero response CH4 [ppm] 116 Post-test zero response NMHC [ppm] 117 Post-test zero response O2 [%] 118 Post-test zero response PN [#] 119 Post-test zero response CO [ppm] 120 Post-test zero response CO2 [%] 121 Post-test zero response NO [ppm] 122 Post-test zero response NO2 [ppm] 123 Post-test span response THC [ppm] 124 Post-test span response CH4 [ppm] 125 Post-test span response NMHC [ppm] 126 Post-test span response O2 [%] 127 Post-test span response PN [#] 128 Post-test span response CO [ppm] 129 Post-test span response CO2 [%] 130 Post-test span response NO [ppm] 131 Post-test span response NO2 [ppm] 132 PEMS validation – results THC [mg/km;%] 133 PEMS validation – results CH4 [mg/km;%] 134 PEMS validation – results NMHC [mg/km;%] 135 PEMS validation – results PN [#/km;%] 136 PEMS validation – results CO [mg/km;%] 137 PEMS validation – results CO2 [g/km;%] 138 PEMS validation – results NOX [mg/km;%] … … … Line 198 199 200 201 Time trip [s] Vehicle speed Sensor [km/h] Vehicle speed GPS [km/h] Vehicle speed ECU [km/h] Latitude GPS [deg:min:s] Longitude GPS [deg:min:s] Altitude GPS [m] Altitude Sensor [m] Ambient pressure Sensor [kPa] Ambient temperature Sensor [K] Ambient humidity Sensor [g/kg; %] THC concentration Analyser [ppm] CH4 concentration Analyser [ppm] NMHC concentration Analyser [ppm] CO concentration Analyser [ppm] CO2 concentration Analyser [ppm] NOX concentration Analyser [ppm] NO concentration Analyser [ppm] NO2 concentration Analyser [ppm] O2 concentration Analyser [ppm] PN concentration Analyser [#/m3] Exhaust mass flow rate EFM [kg/s] Exhaust temperature in the EFM EFM [K] Exhaust mass flow rate Sensor [kg/s] Exhaust mass flow rate ECU [kg/s] THC mass Analyser [g/s] CH4 mass Analyser [g/s] NMHC mass Analyser [g/s] CO mass Analyser [g/s] CO2 mass Analyser [g/s] NOX mass Analyser [g/s] NO mass Analyser [g/s] NO2 mass Analyser [g/s] O2 mass Analyser [g/s] PN Analyser [#/s] Gas measurement active PEMS [active (1); inactive (0); error (>1)] Engine speed ECU [rpm] Engine torque ECU [Nm] Torque at driven axle Sensor [Nm] Wheel rotational speed Sensor [rad/s] Fuel rate ECU [g/s] Engine fuel flow ECU [g/s] Engine intake air flow ECU [g/s] Coolant temperature ECU [K] Oil temperature ECU [K] Regeneration status ECU — Pedal position ECU [%] Vehicle status ECU [error (1); normal (0)] Per cent torque ECU [%] Per cent friction torque ECU [%] State of charge ECU [%] … … … ,

4.2. Intermediate and final results

4.2. 4.2.1. Table 3 Reporting file #1 - Summary parameters of intermediate results

Intermediate results Line Parameter Description/unit 1 Total trip distance [km] 2 Total trip duration [h:min:s] 3 Total stop time [min:s] 4 Trip average speed [km/h] 5 Trip maximum speed [km/h] 6 Altitude at start point of the trip [m above sea level] 7 Altitude at end point of the trip [m above sea level] 8 Cumulative elevation gain during the trip [m/100 km] 6 Average THC concentration [ppm] 7 Average CH4 concentration [ppm] 8 Average NMHC concentration [ppm] 9 Average CO concentration [ppm] 10 Average CO2 concentration [ppm] 11 Average NOX concentration [ppm] 12 Average PN concentration [#/m3] 13 Average exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] 14 Average exhaust temperature [K] 15 Maximum exhaust temperature [K] 16 Cumulated THC mass [g] 17 Cumulated CH4 mass [g] 18 Cumulated NMHC mass [g] 19 Cumulated CO mass [g] 20 Cumulated CO2 mass [g] 21 Cumulated NOX mass [g] 22 Cumulated PN [#] 23 Total trip THC emissions [mg/km] 24 Total trip CH4 emissions [mg/km] 25 Total trip NMHC emissions [mg/km] 26 Total trip CO emissions [mg/km] 27 Total trip CO2 emissions [g/km] 28 Total trip NOX emissions [mg/km] 29 Total trip PN emissions [#/km] 30 Distance urban part [km] 31 Duration urban part [h:min:s] 32 Stop time urban part [min:s] 33 Average speed urban part [km/h] 34 Maximum speed urban part [km/h] 38 v aposk 95, k=urban [m2/s3] 39 RPAk, k=urban [m/s2] 40 Cumulative urban elevation gain [m/100 km] 41 Average urban THC concentration [ppm] 42 Average urban CH4 concentration [ppm] 43 Average urban NMHC concentration [ppm] 44 Average urban CO concentration [ppm] 45 Average urban CO2 concentration [ppm] 46 Average urban NOX concentration [ppm] 47 Average urban PN concentration [#/m3] 48 Average urban exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] 49 Average urban exhaust temperature [K] 50 Maximum urban exhaust temperature [K] 51 Cumulated urban THC mass [g] 52 Cumulated urban CH4 mass [g] 53 Cumulated urban NMHC mass [g] 54 Cumulated urban CO mass [g] 55 Cumulated urban CO2 mass [g] 56 Cumulated urban NOX mass [g] 57 Cumulated urban PN [#] 58 Urban THC emissions [mg/km] 59 Urban CH4 emissions [mg/km] 60 Urban NMHC emissions [mg/km] 61 Urban CO emissions [mg/km] 62 Urban CO2 emissions [g/km] 63 Urban NOX emissions [mg/km] 64 Urban PN emissions [#/km] 65 Distance rural part [km] 66 Duration rural part [h:min:s] 67 Stop time rural part [min:s] 68 Average speed rural part [km/h] 69 Maximum speed rural part [km/h] 70 v aposk 95, k=rural [m2/s3] 71 RPAk, k=rural [m/s2] 72 Average rural THC concentration [ppm] 73 Average rural CH4 concentration [ppm] 74 Average rural NMHC concentration [ppm] 75 Average rural CO concentration [ppm] 76 Average rural CO2 concentration [ppm] 77 Average rural NOX concentration [ppm] 78 Average rural PN concentration [#/m3] 79 Average rural exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] 80 Average rural exhaust temperature [K] 81 Maximum rural exhaust temperature [K] 82 Cumulated rural THC mass [g] 83 Cumulated rural CH4 mass [g] 84 Cumulated rural NMHC mass [g] 85 Cumulated rural CO mass [g] 86 Cumulated rural CO2 mass [g] 87 Cumulated rural NOX mass [g] 88 Cumulated rural PN [#] 89 Rural THC emissions [mg/km] 90 Rural CH4 emissions [mg/km] 91 Rural NMHC emissions [mg/km] 92 Rural CO emissions [mg/km] 93 Rural CO2 emissions [g/km] 94 Rural NOX emissions [mg/km] 95 Rural PN emissions [#/km] 96 Distance motorway part [km] 97 Duration motorway part [h:min:s] 98 Stop time motorway part [min:s] 99 Average speed motorway part [km/h] 100 Maximum speed motorway part [km/h] 101 v aposk 95, k=motorway [m2/s3] 102 RPAk, k=motorway [m/s2] 103 Average motorway THC concentration [ppm] 104 Average motorway CH4 concentration [ppm] 105 Average motorway NMHC concentration [ppm] 106 Average motorway CO concentration [ppm] 107 Average motorway CO2 concentration [ppm] 108 Average motorway NOX concentration [ppm] 109 Average motorway PN concentration [#/m3] 110 Average motorway exhaust mass flow rate [kg/s] 111 Average motorway exhaust temperature [K] 112 Maximum motorway exhaust temperature [K] 113 Cumulated motorway THC mass [g] 114 Cumulated motorway CH4 mass [g] 115 Cumulated motorway NMHC mass [g] 116 Cumulated motorway CO mass [g] 117 Cumulated motorway CO2 mass [g] 118 Cumulated motorway NOX mass [g] 119 Cumulated motorway PN [#] 120 Motorway THC emissions [mg/km] 121 Motorway CH4 emissions [mg/km] 122 Motorway NMHC emissions [mg/km] 123 Motorway CO emissions [mg/km] 124 Motorway CO2 emissions [g/km] 125 Motorway NOX emissions [mg/km] 126 Motorway PN emissions [#/km] … … …

4.2.2. Table 4 Table 5a Table 5b Table 6 Table 7 Table 8a Table 8b Table 9 Header of reporting file #2 - Calculation settings of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5 Header of reporting file #2 – Results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5 Header of reporting file #2 – Final emission results according to Appendix 5 Body of reporting file #2 - Detailed results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 5; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data reporting file Header of reporting file #3 - Calculation settings of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 6 Header of reporting file #3 – Results of data evaluation method according to Appendix 6 Header of reporting file #3 – Final emissions results according to Appendix 6 Body of reporting file #3 - Detailed results of the data evaluation method according to Appendix 6; the rows and columns of this table shall be transposed in the body of the data reporting file

Results of the data evaluation Line Parameter Unit 1 Reference CO2 mass [g] 2 Coefficient a1 of the CO2 characteristic curve 3 Coefficient b1 of the CO2 characteristic curve 4 Coefficient a2 of the CO2 characteristic curve 5 Coefficient b2 of the CO2 characteristic curve 6 Coefficient k11 of the weighing function 7 Coefficient k21 of the weighing function 8 Coefficient k22=k12 of the weighing function 9 Primary tolerance tol1 [%] 10 Secondary tolerance tol2 [%] 11 Calculation software and version (e.g. EMROAD 5.8) … … … Line Parameter Unit 101 Number of windows 102 Number of urban windows 103 Number of rural windows 104 Number of motorway windows 105 Share of urban windows [%] 106 Share of rural windows [%] 107 Share of motorway windows [%] 108 Share of urban windows in the total number of windows higher than 15 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 109 Share of rural windows in the total number of windows higher than 15 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 110 Share of motorway windows in the total number of windows higher than 15 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 111 Number of windows within ± tol1 112 Number of urban windows within ± tol1 113 Number of rural windows within ± tol1 114 Number of motorway windows within ± tol1 115 Number of windows within ± tol2 116 Number of urban windows within ± tol2 117 Number of rural windows within ± tol2 118 Number of motorway windows within ± tol2 119 Share of urban windows within ± tol1 [%] 120 Share of rural windows within ± tol1 [%] 121 Share of motorway windows within ± tol1 [%] 122 Share of urban windows within ± tol1 greater than 50 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 123 Share of rural windows within ± tol1 greater than 50 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 124 Share of motorway windows within ± tol1 greater than 50 % (1=Yes, 0=No) 125 Average severity index of all windows [%] 126 Average severity index of urban windows [%] 127 Average severity index of rural windows [%] 128 Average severity index of motorway windows [%] 129 Weighted THC emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 130 Weighted THC emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 131 Weighted THC emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 132 Weighted CH4 emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 133 Weighted CH4 emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 134 Weighted CH4 emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 135 Weighted NMHC emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 136 Weighted NMHC emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 137 Weighted NMHC emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 138 Weighted CO emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 139 Weighted CO emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 140 Weighted CO emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 141 Weighted NOx emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 142 Weighted NOx emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 143 Weighted NOx emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 144 Weighted NO emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 145 Weighted NO emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 146 Weighted NO emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 147 Weighted NO2 emissions of urban windows [mg/km] 148 Weighted NO2 emissions of rural windows [mg/km] 149 Weighted NO2 emissions of motorway windows [mg/km] 150 Weighted PN emissions of urban windows [#/km] 151 Weighted PN emissions of rural windows [#/km] 152 Weighted PN emissions of motorway windows [#/km] … … … Line Parameter Unit 201 Total trip - THC Emissions [mg/km] 202 Total trip - CH4 Emissions [mg/km] 203 Total trip - NMHC Emissions [mg/km] 204 Total trip - CO Emissions [mg/km] 205 Total trip - NOx Emissions [mg/km] 206 Total trip - PN Emissions [#/km] … … … Line 498 499 500 501 Window Start Time [s] Window End Time [s] Window Duration [s] Window Distance Source (1=GPS, 2=ECU, 3=Sensor) [km] Window THC emissions [g] Window CH4 emissions [g] Window NMHC emissions [g] Window CO emissions [g] Window CO2 emissions [g] Window NOX emissions [g] Window NO emissions [g] Window NO2 emissions [g] Window O2 emissions [g] Window PN emissions [#] Window THC emissions [mg/km] Window CH4 emissions [mg/km] Window NMHC emissions [mg/km] Window CO emissions [mg/km] Window CO2 emissions [g/km] Window NOX emissions [mg/km] Window NO emissions [mg/km] Window NO2 emissions [mg/km] Window O2 emissions [mg/km] Window PN emissions [#/km] Window distance to CO2 characteristic curve hj [%] Window weighing factor wj [—] Window Average Vehicle Speed Source (1=GPS, 2=ECU, 3=Sensor) [km/h] … … … , Line Parameter Unit 1 Torque source for the power at the wheels Sensor/ECU/Veline 2 Slope of the Veline [g/kWh] 3 Intercept of the Veline [g/h] 4 Moving average duration [s] 5 Reference speed for de-normalisation of goal pattern [km/h] 6 Reference acceleration [m/s2] 7 Power demand at the wheel hub for a vehicle at reference speed and acceleration [kW] 8 Number of power classes including the 90 % of Prated — 9 Goal pattern layout (stretched/shrank) 10 Calculation software and version (e.g. CLEAR 1.8) … … … Line Parameter Unit 101 Power class coverage (counts > 5) (1=Yes, 0=No) 102 Power class normality (1=Yes, 0=No) 103 Total trip - Weighted average THC emissions [g/s] 104 Total trip - Weighted average CH4 emissions [g/s] 105 Total trip - Weighted average NMHC emissions [g/s] 106 Total trip - Weighted average CO emissions [g/s] 107 Total trip - Weighted average CO2 emissions [g/s] 108 Total trip - Weighted average NOX emissions [g/s] 109 Total trip - Weighted s average NO emissions [g/s] 110 Total trip - Weighted average NO2 emissions [g/s] 111 Total trip - Weighted average O2 emissions [g/s] 112 Total trip - Weighted average PN emissions [#/s] 113 Total trip - Weighted average Vehicle Speed [km/h] 114 Urban - Weighted average THC emissions [g/s] 115 Urban - Weighted average CH4 emissions [g/s] 116 Urban - Weighted average NMHC emissions [g/s] 117 Urban - Weighted average CO emissions [g/s] 118 Urban - Weighted average CO2 emissions [g/s] 119 Urban - Weighted average NOX emissions [g/s] 120 Urban - Weighted s average NO emissions g/s] 121 Urban - Weighted average NO2 emissions [g/s] 122 Urban - Weighted average O2 emissions [g/s] 123 Urban - Weighted average PN emissions [#/s] 124 Urban - Weighted average Vehicle Speed [km/h] … … … Line Parameter Unit 201 Total trip - THC Emissions [mg/km] 202 Total trip - CH4 Emissions [mg/km] 203 Total trip - NMHC Emissions [mg/km] 204 Total trip - CO Emissions [mg/km] 205 Total trip - NOx Emissions [mg/km] 206 Total trip - PN Emissions [#/km] … … … Line 498 499 500 501 Total trip - Power class number — Total trip - Lower power class limit [kW] Total trip - Upper power class limit [kW] Total trip - Goal pattern used (distribution) [%] Total trip - Power class occurrence — Total trip - Power class coverage > 5 counts — (1=Yes, 0=No) Total trip - Power class normality — (1=Yes, 0=No) Total trip - Power class average THC emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average CH4 emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average NMHC emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average CO emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average CO2 emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average NOX emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average NO emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average NO2 emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average O2 emissions [g/s] Total trip - Power class average PN emissions [#/s] Total trip - Power class average Vehicle Speed Source (1=GPS, 2=ECU, 3=Sensor) [km/h] Urban trip - Power class number — Urban trip - Lower power class limit [kW] Urban trip - Upper power class limit [kW] Urban trip - Goal pattern used (distribution) [%] Urban trip - Power class occurrence — Urban trip - Power class coverage > 5 counts — (1=Yes, 0=No) Urban trip - Power class normality — (1=Yes, 0=No) Urban trip - Power class average THC emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average CH4 emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average NMHC emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average CO emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average CO2 emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average NOX emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average NO emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average NO2 emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average O2 emissions [g/s] Urban trip - Power class average PN emissions [#/s] Urban trip - Power class average Vehicle Speed Source (1=GPS, 2=ECU, 3=Sensor) [km/h] … … … ,

4.3. Vehicle and engine description The manufacturer shall provide the vehicle and engine description in accordance with Appendix 4 of Annex I.

Appendix 9 Manufacturer's certificate of compliance

Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the Real Driving Emissions requirements (Manufacturer): … (Address of the Manufacturer): … Certifies that The vehicle types listed in the attachment to this Certificate comply with the requirements laid down in point 2.1 of Annex IIIA to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 relating to real driving emissions for all possible RDE tests, which are in accordance to the requirements of this Annex. Done at [… (Place)] On [… (Date)] (Stamp and signature of the manufacturer’s representative) Annex: – List of vehicle types to which this certificate applies.

ANNEX IV EMISSIONS DATA REQUIRED AT TYPE-APPROVAL FOR ROADWORTHINESS PURPOSES

Appendix 1 MEASURING CARBON MONOXIDE EMISSION AT ENGINE IDLING SPEEDS (TYPE 2 TEST)

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the procedure for the type 2 test, measuring carbon monoxide emissions at engine idling speeds (normal and high).

2.2.1.2.2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The general requirements shall be those specified in section 5.3.2 and paragraphs 5.3.7.1 to 5.3.7.6 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exception set out in section 2.2. The table referred to in paragraph 5.3.7.5. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as the table for the Type 2 test in section 2.1 the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation.

3.3.1.3.2.3.3.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS The technical requirements shall be those set out in Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out in sections 3.2. and 3.3. The reference fuel specifications referred to in paragraph 2.1 of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the appropriate reference fuel specifications in Annex IX to this Regulation. Reference to the Type I test in paragraph 2.2.1. of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation.

Appendix 2 MEASUREMENT OF SMOKE OPACITY

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the requirements for measuring the opacity of exhaust emissions.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.

SYMBOL OF THE CORRECTED ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT A symbol of the corrected absorption coefficient shall be affixed to every vehicle conforming to a vehicle type to which this test applies. The symbol shall be a rectangle surrounding a figure expressing in m–1 the corrected absorption coefficient obtained, at the time of approval, from the test under free acceleration. The test method is described in section 4. The symbol shall be clearly legible and indelible. It shall be fixed in a conspicuous and readily accessible place, the location of which shall be specified in the Addendum to the type-approval certificate shown in Appendix 4 to Annex I. Figure IV.2.1 gives an example of the symbol.

Figure IV.2.1

The above symbol shows that the corrected absorption coefficient is 1,30 m–1.

3.3.1.3.2. SPECIFICATIONS AND TESTS The specifications and tests shall be those set out in Part III, section 24, of UN/ECE Regulation No 24, with the exception to these procedures set out in section 3.2. The reference to Annex 2 in paragraph 24.1 of UN/ECE Regulation No 24 shall be understood as a reference to Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation.

4. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1. The technical requirements shall be those set out in Annexes 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 and 10 to UN/ECE Regulation No 24, with the exceptions set out in sections 4.2., 4.3 and 4.4.

4.

4.2.4.2.1.4.2.2.

Test at steady engine speeds over the full load curve The references to Annex 1 in paragraph 3.1. of Annex 4 of UN/ECE Regulation No 24 shall be understood as references to Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation. The reference fuel specified in paragraph 3.2 of Annex 4 of UN/ECE Regulation No 24 shall be understood as reference to the reference fuel in Annex IX to this Regulation appropriate to the emission limits against which the vehicle is being type approved.

4.3.4.3.1.4.3.2.

Test under free acceleration The references to Table 2, Annex 2 in paragraph 2.2 of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 24 shall be understood as references to the table under point 2.4.2.1 of Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation. The references to paragraph 7.3 of Annex 1 in paragraph 2.3 of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 24 shall be understood as references to Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation.

4.4.4.4.1. ECE method of measuring the net power of C.I. engines The references in paragraph 7 of Annex 10 to UN/ECE Regulation No 24 to the Appendix to this Annex and in paragraphs 7 and 8 of Annex 10 to UN/ECE Regulation No 24 to Annex 1 shall be understood as references to Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation.

ANNEX V VERIFYING EMISSIONS OF CRANKCASE GASES (TYPE 3 TEST)

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the procedure for the type 3 test verifying emissions of crankcase gases as described in section 5.3.3. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The general requirements for conducting the type 3 test shall be those set out in sections 1 and 2 of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out in points 2.2 and 2.3 below. Reference to the Type I test in paragraph 2.1. of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used.

3.3.1.3.2. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS The technical requirements shall be those set out in section 3 to 6 of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exception set out in point 3.2 below. References to the Type I test in paragraph 3.2. of Annex 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation.

ANNEX VI DETERMINATION OF EVAPORATIVE EMISSIONS (TYPE 4 TEST)

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the procedure for the Type 4 test, which determines the emission of hydrocarbons by evaporation from the fuel systems of vehicles with positive ignition engines.

2. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

2.

2.1. Introduction The procedure includes the evaporative emissions test and two additional tests, one for the aging of the carbon canister, as described in point 5.1, and one for the permeability of the fuel storage system, as described in point 5.2. The evaporative emissions test (Figure VI.1) is designed to determine hydrocarbon evaporative emissions as a consequence of diurnal temperatures fluctuation, hot soaks during parking, and urban driving.

2.2 The evaporative emissions test consists of: The mass emissions of hydrocarbons from the hot soak and the diurnal loss phases are added up together with the permeability factor to provide an overall result for the test.

grp_2

(a) Test drive including an urban (Part One) and an extra-urban (Part Two) driving cycle, followed by two urban (Part One) driving cycles,

(b) Hot soak loss determination,

3. VEHICLE AND FUEL

3.

3.1.3.1.1. Vehicle The vehicle shall be in good mechanical condition and have been run in and driven at least 3000 km before the test. For the purpose of the determination of evaporative emissions, the mileage and the age of the vehicle used for certification shall be recorded. The evaporative emission control system shall be connected and have been functioning correctly over the run in period and the carbon canister(s) shall have been subject to normal use, neither undergoing abnormal purging nor abnormal loading. The carbon canister(s) aged according to the procedure set out in paragraph 5.1 shall be connected as described in Figure VI.1.

3.2.3.2.1. Fuel The Type 1 E10 reference fuel specified in Annex IX of this Regulation shall be used. For the purposes of this Regulation, E10 reference shall mean the Type 1 reference fuel, except for the canister aging, as set out in point 5.1.

4. TEST EQUIPMENT FOR EVAPORATIVE TEST

4.

4.1. Chassis dynamometer The chassis dynamometer shall meet the requirements of Appendix 1 of Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.2. Evaporative emission measurement enclosure The evaporative emission measurement enclosure shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.2. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.2. Figure VI.1 Notes: 1.2. Determination of evaporative emissions

3000 km run-in period (no excessive purge/load) Use of aged of canister(s) Steam-clean of vehicle (if necessary) Reducing or removing non-fuel background emission sources (if agreed) Canister Bench Aging Duration 2 months approx. Fuel system Aging Duration 5 months approx. Permeability Factor: PF Max 1 h Max 1 h Max 7 min 6h to 36h Start Soak between 20°C and 30°C between 12 to 36 H Fuel drain and refill Pre-conditioning drive: Max 5 min Soak between 20°C and 30°C between 12 to 36 H Aged canister load to breakthrough Test drive NEDC Hot start in < 2 min, then two part 1 and max 2 min before engine shut off Hot soak test: MHS Soak at 293 K for the last 6 h 1rst day diurnal: MD1 2nd day diurnal: MD2 MHS + MD1 + MD2 + 2PF < 2.0 g/test End Fuel temperature 291K±8K (18°C±8°C) 40% ± 2% of nominal tank capacity Ambient temperature: 293K to 303K (20°-30°C) Type 1: one Part 1 + two Part 2 Tstart = 293 K to 303 (20°-30°C) Type 1: one Part 1 + one Part 2 Tstart = 293 K to 303 (20°-30°C) And then two Part 1 Tmin = 296K (23 °C) Tmax = 304 K (31 °C) 60 min ±0,5 min 293K±2K (20°C±2°C) Tstart = 293K (20 °C) Tmin = 308 K; ΔT=15K 24hours, No of diurnals = 2 Evaporative emission control families – as in paragraph 3.2 of Annex I Exhaust emissions may be measured during Type 1 test drive but these are not used for legislative purposes. Exhaust emission legislative test remains separate.

4.3. Analytical systems The analytical systems shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.3. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.4. Temperature recording The temperature recording shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.5. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.5. Pressure recording The pressure recording shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.6. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.6. Fans The fans shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.7. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.7. Gases The gases shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

4.8. Additional Equipment The additional equipment shall meet the requirements of paragraph 4.9. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

5. TEST PROCEDURE

5.

5.1. Canister(s) bench aging Before performing the hot soak and diurnal losses sequences, the canister(s) must be aged according the following procedure described in Figure VI.2.

5.1. Figure VI.2 Canister bench aging procedure

Test Start Select new canister sample 1. Temperature conditioning test: Canister brought from -15°C to 60°C 210 min; temp gradient 1°C/min 2. Canister vibration conditioning test: Canister is shaken along the vertical axis for 12 H. Overall Grms > 1.5 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz 3. Fuel Aging for 300 cycles (BWC) Test Start Select new canister sample 1. Temperature conditioning test: Canister brought from -15°C to 60°C 210 min; temp gradient 1°C/min 2. Canister vibration conditioning test: Canister is shaken along the vertical axis for 12 H. Overall Grms > 1.5 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz 3. Fuel Aging for 300 cycles (BWC)

5.1.1. Temperature conditioning test In a dedicated temperature chamber, the canister(s) is (are) cycled between temperatures from – 15 °C to 60 °C, with 30 min of stabilisation at – 15 °C and 60 °C. Each cycle shall last 210 min as in Figure 3. The temperature gradient shall be as close as possible to 1 °C/min. No forced air flow should pass through the canister(s). The cycle is repeated 50 times consecutively. In total, this operation will last 175 hours.

5.1.1. Figure VI.3 Temperature conditioning cycle

5.1.2. Canister vibration conditioning test After the temperature aging procedure, the canister(s) is (are) shaken along the vertical axis with the canister(s) mounted as per its orientation in the vehicle with overall Grms > 1.5m/sec2 with frequency of 30 ± 10 Hz. The test shall last 12 hours.

5.1.3. Canister Fuel aging test

5.1.3. 5.1.3.1.5.1.3.1.1.5.1.3.1.1.15.1.3.1.2.5.1.3.1.3.5.1.3.1.4.

Fuel Aging for 300 cycles After the temperature conditioning test and vibration test, the canister(s) is aged with a mixture of Type 1 E10 market fuel as specified in point 5.1.3.1.1.1 below and nitrogen or air with a 50 ± 15 percent fuel vapour volume. The fuel vapour fill rate must be kept between 60 ± 20 g/h. The canister(s) is (are) loaded to the corresponding breakthrough. Breakthrough shall be considered as the point at which the cumulative quantity of hydrocarbons emitted is equal to 2 grams. As an alternative, the loading is deemed completed when the equivalent concentration level at the vent hole reaches 3000 ppm. The E10 market fuel used for this test shall fulfil the same requirements as an E10 reference fuel for the following points: Density at 15 °C The canister(s) shall be purged according the procedure of paragraph 5.1.3.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The canister must be purged between 5 minutes to 1 hour maximum after loading. The steps of the procedure set out in points 5.1.3.1.1. and 5.1.3.1.2. shall be repeated 50 times, followed by a measurement of the Butane Working Capacity (BWC), meant as the ability of an activated carbon canister to absorb and desorb butane from dry air under specified conditions, in 5 butane cycles, as described in point 5.1.3.1.4 below. The fuel vapour ageing will continue until 300 cycles are reached. A measurement of the BWC in 5 butane cycles, as set out in point 5.1.3.1.4, will be made after the 300 cycles. After 50 and 300 Fuel aging cycles, a measurement of BWC is performed. This measurement consists of loading the canister according to paragraph 5.1.6.3., of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 until breakthrough. The BWC is recorded. Then, the canister(s) shall be purged according the procedure of paragraph 5.1.3.8. of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The canister must be purged between 5 minutes to 1 hour maximum after loading. The operation of butane loading is repeated 5 times. The BWC is recorded after each butane loading step. The BWC50 is calculated as the average of the 5 BWC and recorded. In total, the canister(s) will be aged with 300 fuel aging cycles + 10 butane cycles and considered to be stabilized.

Vapour Pressure (DVPE)

Distillation (evaporates only)

Hydrocarbon analysis (olefins, aromatics, benzene only)

Oxygen content

Ethanol content

5.1.3.2. If the canister(s) is (are) provided by the Suppliers, the Manufacturers shall inform in advance the Type Approval Authorities to allow them to witness any part of the aging in the Supplier’s facilities.

5.1.3.3. The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report including at least the following elements:

Type of activated carbon,

Loading rate,

Fuel specifications,

BWC measurements

5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.5.2.75.2.85.2.8.1

Determination of the Permeability Factor of the Fuel System (Figure VI.4) The fuel storage system representative of a family is selected and fixed to a rig, then soaked with E10 reference fuel for 20 weeks at 40 °C +/– 2 °C. The orientation of the fuel storage system on the rig has to be similar to the original orientation on the vehicle. The tank is filled with fresh E10 reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C. The tank is filled at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Then, the rig with the fuel system is placed in a specific and secure room with a controlled temperature of 40 °C +/– 2 °C for 3 weeks. At the end of the 3rd week, the tank is drained and refilled with fresh E10 reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Within 6 to 36 hours, the last 6h at 20 °C ± 2 °C the rig with the fuel system is placed in a VT-SHED a diurnal procedure is performed over a period of 24 hours, according to the procedure described according to paragraph 5.7. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The fuel system is vented to the outside of the VT-SHED to eliminate the possibility of the tank venting emissions being counted as permeation. The HC emissions are measured and the value is recorded as HC3W. The rig with the fuel system is placed again in a specific and secure room with a controlled temperature of 40 °C +/– 2 °C for the remaining 17 weeks. At the end of the remaining 17th week, the tank is drained and refilled with fresh reference fuel at a temperature of 18 °C ± 8 °C at 40 +/– 2 % of the nominal tank capacity. Within 6 to 36 hours, the last 6h at 20 oC ± 2 °C, the rig with the fuel system is placed in a VT-SHED a diurnal procedure is performed over a period of 24 hours, according to the procedure described according to paragraph 5.7. Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The fuel system is vented to the outside of the VT-SHED to eliminate the possibility of the tank venting emissions being counted as permeation. The HC emissions are measured and the value is recorded as HC20W. The Permeability Factor is the difference between HC20W and HC3W in g/24h with 3 digits. If the Permeability Factor is determined by the Suppliers, the Manufacturers shall inform in advance the Type Approval Authorities to allow witness check in Supplier’s facilities. The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report containing at least the following elements: As an exception to points 5.2.1 to 5.2.7 above, the Manufacturers using multilayer tanks may choose to use the following assigned permeability factor (APF) instead of the complete measurement procedure mentioned above: APF multilayer tank = 120 mg/24h Where the manufacturer chooses to use Assigned Permeability Factors, the manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authority, a declaration in which the type of tank is clearly specified, as well as a declaration of the type of materials used.

5.2. Figure VI.4 Determination of the Permeability Factor

Test Start Fill the tank with fresh reference fuel at 40 % Soak for 3 weeks at 40°C +/- 2°C Drain and fill the tank with reference fuel at 40 % Measurement of HC in the same conditions as in Diurnal Emission test: HC3w Soak for the remaining 17 weeks at 40°C +/- 2°C Drain and fill the tank with reference fuel at 40 % Measurement of HC in the same conditions as in Diurnal Emission test: HC20w Permeability Factor = HC20w - HC3w

5.2.5.2.1.5.2.2.5.2.3.5.2.4.5.2.5.5.2.6.5.2.7

(a) A full description of the fuel storage system tested, including information on the type of tank tested, whether the tank is monolayer or multilayer and which types of materials are used for the tank and other parts of the fuel storage system,

(b) the weekly mean temperatures at which the ageing was performed,

(d) the HC measured at week 20 (HC20W)

(e) the resulting Permeability Factor (PF)

5.3. Sequence of measurement of hot soak and diurnal losses The vehicle is prepared in accordance to paragraph 5.1.1. and 5.1.2. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. At the request of the manufacturer and with the approval of the approval authority, non-fuel background emission sources may be removed or reduced before testing (e.g. baking tire or vehicle, removing washer fluid).

5.3.

5.3.1. Soak The vehicle is parked for a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 36 hours in the soak area. The engine oil and coolant temperatures shall have reached the temperature of the area or within ±3 C of it at the end of the period.

5.3.2. Fuel drain and refill The fuel drain and refill is performed in accordance to the procedure of paragraph 5.1.7. of Annex 7 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

5.3.3. Preconditioning drive Within one hour from the completing of fuel drain and refill, the vehicle is placed on the chassis dynamometer and driven through one Part One and two Part Two driving cycles of Type I according to Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Exhaust emissions are not sampled during this operation.

5.3.4. Soak Within five minutes of completing the preconditioning operation the vehicle is parked for a minimum of 12 hours and a maximum of 36 hours in the soak area. The engine oil and coolant temperatures shall have reached the temperature of the area or within ±3 C of it at the end of the period.

5.3.5. Canister breakthrough The canister(s) aged according to the sequence described in paragraph 5.1 is loaded to breakthrough according to the procedure paragraph 5.1.4 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

5.3.6.5.3.6.1.5.3.6.2.

Dynamometer test Within one hour from completing of canister loading, the vehicle is placed on the chassis dynamometer and driven through one Part One and one Part Two driving cycles of Type I according to Annex 4a to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Then the engine is shut off. Exhaust emissions may be sampled during this operation but the results shall not be used for the purpose of exhaust emission type approval. Within two minutes of completing the Type I Test drive specified in point 5.3.6.1 the vehicle is driven a further conditioning drive consisting of two Part One test cycles (hot start) of Type I. Then the engine is shut off again. Exhaust emissions need not be sampled during this operation.

5.3.7. Hot Soak After the Dynamometer test, hot soak evaporative emissions test is performed in accordance to paragraph 5.5 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The hot soak losses result is calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and recorded as MHS.

5.3.8. Soak After hot soak evaporative emissions test, a soak is performed according to paragraph 5.6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

5.3.9.5.3.9.1.5.3.9.2.

Diurnal test After the soak, a first measurement of Diurnal Losses over 24 hours is performed according to paragraph 5.7 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Emissions are calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The obtained value is recorded as MD1. After the first 24 hours diurnal test, a second measurement of Diurnal Losses over 24 hours is performed according to paragraph 5.7 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Emissions are calculated according to paragraph 6 of Annex 7 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The obtained value is recorded as MD2.

5.3.10. Calculation The result of MHS+MD1+MD2+2PF shall be below the limit defined in Table 3 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

5.3.11 The manufacturer shall provide to the Type Approval Authorities a test report containing at least the following elements:

grp_11

(a) description of the soak periods, including time and mean temperatures

(b) description to aged canister used and reference to exact ageing report

(d) measurement during hot soak test, HSL

(e) measurement of first diurnal, DL1st day

(f) measurement of second diurnal, DL2nd day

(g) final evaporative test result, calculated as "MHS+MD1+MD2+2PF"

ANNEX VII VERIFYING THE DURABILITY OF POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES (TYPE 5 TEST)

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the tests for verifying the durability of pollution control devices.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The general requirements for conducting the type 5 test shall be those set out in Section 5.3.6. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with exceptions provided in sections 2.2. and 2.3 below. The table in paragraph 5.3.6.2. and the text in paragraph 5.3.6.4. of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood to be as follows: Engine Category Assigned deterioration factors CO THC NMHC NOx HC + NOx PM P Positive-ignition 1,5 1,3 1,3 1,6 — 1,0 1,0 Compression-ignition As there are no assigned deterioration factors for compression ignition vehicles, manufacturers shall use the whole vehicle or bench ageing durability test procedures to establish deterioration factors. The reference to the requirements of paragraphs 5.3.1 and 8.2 in paragraph 5.3.6.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the requirements of Annex XXI and Section 4.2 of Annex I to this Regulation during the useful life of the vehicle. Before emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 are used for assessing compliance with the requirements referred to in paragraph 5.3.6.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 the deterioration factors shall be calculated and applied, as described in Table A7/1 of Sub-Annex 7 and Table A8/5 of Sub-Annex 8 to Annex XXI.

3.3.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.3.5.3.6.3.7.3.8.3.9.3.10.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS The technical requirements and specifications shall be those set out in sections 1 to 7 and Appendices 1, 2 and 3 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the exceptions set out in sections 3.2. to 3.10. Reference to Annex 2 in paragraph 1.5. of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to Appendix 4 to Annex I to this Regulation. Reference to the emissions limits set out in Table 1 in paragraph 1.6. of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as referring to the emissions limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 2.3.1.7 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 2.3.2.6 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. The references to the Type I test in paragraph 3.1 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the Type 1 test in Annex XXI to this Regulation. The reference to paragraph 5.3.1.4. in the first section of paragraph 7 of Annex 9 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Table 2 of Annex I of the Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. The reference in paragraph 6.3.1.2 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the methods in Appendix 7 to Annex 4a shall be understood as being a reference to Sub-Annex 4 to Annex XXI to this Regulation. The reference in paragraph 6.3.1.4 of Annex 9 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to Annex 4a shall be understood as being a reference to Sub-Annex 4 to Annex XXI to this Regulation. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used.

ANNEX VIII VERIFYING THE AVERAGE EMISSIONS AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES (TYPE 6 TEST)

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the equipment required and the procedure for the Type 6 test in order to verify the emissions at cold temperatures.

2.2.1.2.2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The general requirements for the Type 6 test are those set out in section 5.3.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exception specified in section 2.2 below. The limit values referred to in paragraph 5.3.5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 relate to the limit values set out in Annex 1, Table 4, to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

3.3.1.3.2.3.3.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS The technical requirements and specifications are those set out in section 2 to 6 of Annex 8 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exception specified in section 3.2 below. The reference to paragraph 2 of Annex 10 in paragraph 3.4.1 of Annex 8 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Section B of Annex IX to this Regulation. The road load coefficients to be used shall be those for VL. If VL low does not exist the VH road load shall be used.

ANNEX IX SPECIFICATIONS OF REFERENCE FUELS

A.

REFERENCE FUELS

1. Type: Petrol (E10): ————————(2) Type: Ethanol (E85) Type: LPG Type: NG/Biomethane Type: Hydrogen for internal combustion engines

Technical data on fuels for testing vehicles with positive-ignition engines Parameter Unit Limits Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON 95,0 98,0 EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON 85,0 89,0 EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m3 743,0 756,0 EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure (DVPE) kPa 56,0 60,0 EN 13016-1 Water content % v/v 0,05 EN 12937 Appearance at – 7 C Clear and bright Distillation: evaporated at 70 C % v/v 34,0 46,0 EN ISO 3405 evaporated at 100 C % v/v 54,0 62,0 EN ISO 3405 evaporated at 150 C % v/v 86,0 94,0 EN ISO 3405 final boiling point °C 170 195 EN ISO 3405 Residue % v/v — 2,0 EN ISO 3405 Hydrocarbon analysis: olefins % v/v 6,0 13,0 EN 22854 aromatics % v/v 25,0 32,0 EN 22854 benzene % v/v — 1,00 EN 22854 EN 238 saturates % v/v report EN 22854 Carbon/hydrogen ratio report Carbon/oxygen ratio report Induction Period minutes 480 — EN ISO 7536 Oxygen content % m/m 3,3 3,7 EN 22854 Solvent washed gum (Existent gum content) mg/100 ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Sulphur content mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C — class 1 EN ISO 2160 Lead content mg/l — 5 EN 237 Phosphorus content mg/l — 1,3 ASTM D 3231 Ethanol % v/v 9,0 10,0 EN 22854 Equivalent EN/ISO methods will be adopted when issued for properties listed above. Parameter Unit Limits Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON 95 — EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON 85 — EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m3 Report ISO 3675 Vapour pressure kPa 40 60 EN ISO 13016-1 (DVPE) Sulphur content mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Oxidation stability minutes 360 EN ISO 7536 Existent gum content (solvent washed) mg/100ml — 5 EN-ISO 6246 Appearance This shall be determined at ambient temperature or 15 C whichever is higher. Clear and bright, visibly free of suspended or precipitated contaminants Visual inspection Ethanol and higher alcohols % (V/V) 83 85 EN 1601 EN 13132 EN 14517 Higher alcohols (C3-C8) % (V/V) — 2 Methanol % (V/V) 0,5 Petrol % (V/V) Balance EN 228 Phosphorus mg/l 0,3 ASTM D 3231 Water content % (V/V) 0,3 ASTM E 1064 Inorganic chloride content mg/l 1 ISO 6227 pHe 6,5 9 ASTM D 6423 Copper strip corrosion (3h at 50 C) Rating Class 1 EN ISO 2160 Acidity, (as acetic acid CH3COOH) % (m/m) — 0,005 ASTM D 1613 (mg/l) — 40 Carbon/hydrogen ratio report Carbon/oxygen ration report Parameter Unit Fuel A Fuel B Test method Composition: ISO 7941 C3-content % vol 30 ± 2 85 ± 2 C4-content % vol Balance Balance < C3, > C4 % vol Maximum 2 Maximum 2 Olefins % vol Maximum 12 Maximum 15 Evaporation residue mg/kg Maximum 50 Maximum 50 prEN 15470 Water at 0 C Free Free prEN 15469 Total sulphur content mg/kg Maximum 10 Maximum 10 ASTM 6667 Hydrogen sulphide None None ISO 8819 Copper strip corrosion Rating Class 1 Class 1 ISO 6251 Odour Characteristic Characteristic Motor octane number Minimum 89 Minimum 89 EN 589 Annex B Characteristics Units Basis Limits Test method minimum maximum Reference fuel G20 Composition: Methane % mole 100 99 100 ISO 6974 Balance % mole — — 1 ISO 6974 N2 % mole ISO 6974 Sulphur content mg/m3 — — 10 ISO 6326-5 Wobbe Index (net) MJ/m3 48,2 47,2 49,2 Reference fuel G25 Composition: Methane % mole 86 84 88 ISO 6974 Balance % mole — — 1 ISO 6974 N2 % mole 14 12 16 ISO 6974 Sulphur content mg/m3 — — 10 ISO 6326-5 Wobbe Index (net) MJ/m3 39,4 38,2 40,6 Characteristics Units Limits Test method minimum maximum Hydrogen purity % mole 98 100 ISO 14687-1 Total hydrocarbon μmol/mol 0 100 ISO 14687-1 Water μmol/mol 0 ISO 14687-1 Oxygen μmol/mol 0 ISO 14687-1 Argon μmol/mol 0 ISO 14687-1 Nitrogen μmol/mol 0 ISO 14687-1 CO μmol/mol 0 1 ISO 14687-1 Sulphur μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-1 Permanent particulates ISO 14687-1

2. Type: Diesel (B7): ———

Technical data on fuels for testing vehicles with compression ignition engines Parameter Unit Limits Test method Minimum Maximum Cetane Index 46,0 EN ISO 4264 Cetane number 52,0 56,0 EN ISO 5165 Density at 15 C kg/m3 833,0 837,0 EN ISO 12185 Distillation: 50 % point °C 245,0 — EN ISO 3405 95 % point °C 345,0 360,0 EN ISO 3405 final boiling point °C — 370,0 EN ISO 3405 Flash point °C 55 — EN ISO 2719 Cloud point °C — – 10 EN 23015 Viscosity at 40 C mm2/s 2,30 3,30 EN ISO 3104 Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons % m/m 2,0 4,0 EN 12916 Sulphur content mg/kg — 10,0 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C — Class 1 EN ISO 2160 Conradson carbon residue (10 % DR) % m/m — 0,20 EN ISO 10370 Ash content % m/m — 0,010 EN ISO 6245 Total contamination mg/kg — 24 EN 12662 Water content mg/kg — 200 EN ISO 12937 Acid number mg KOH/g — 0,10 EN ISO 6618 Lubricity (HFRR wear scan diameter at 60 C) μm — 400 EN ISO 12156 Oxidation stability at 110 C h 20,0 EN 15751 FAME % v/v 6,0 7,0 EN 14078

3. Type: Hydrogen for fuel cell vehicles

Technical data on fuels for testing fuel cell vehicles Characteristics Units Limits Test method minimum maximum Hydrogen fuel % mole 99,99 100 ISO 14687-2 Total gases μmol/mol 0 100 Total hydrocarbon μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-2 Water μmol/mol 0 5 ISO 14687-2 Oxygen μmol/mol 0 5 ISO 14687-2 Helium (He), Nitrogen (N2), Argon (Ar) μmol/mol 0 100 ISO 14687-2 CO2 μmol/mol 0 2 ISO 14687-2 CO μmol/mol 0 0,2 ISO 14687-2 Total sulphur compounds μmol/mol 0 0,004 ISO 14687-2 Formaldehyde (HCHO) μmol/mol 0 0,01 ISO 14687-2 Formic acid (HCOOH) μmol/mol 0 0,2 ISO 14687-2 Ammonia (NH3) μmol/mol 0 0,1 ISO 14687-2 Total halogenated compounds μmol/mol 0 0,05 ISO 14687-2 Particulates size μm 0 10 ISO 14687-2 Particulates concentration μg/l 0 1 ISO 14687-2

B. Type: Petrol (E10): ————————(2) Type: Ethanol (E75)

REFERENCE FUELS FOR TESTING EMISSIONS AT LOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURES — TYPE 6 TEST Parameter Unit Limits Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON 95,0 98,0 EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON 85,0 89,0 EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m3 743,0 756,0 EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure (DVPE) kPa 56,0 95,0 EN 13016-1 Water content max 0,05 % v/v Appearance at – 7 C: clear and bright EN 12937 Distillation: evaporated at 70 C % v/v 34,0 46,0 EN ISO 3405 evaporated at 100 C % v/v 54,0 62,0 EN ISO 3405 evaporated at 150 C % v/v 86,0 94,0 EN ISO 3405 final boiling point °C 170 195 EN ISO 3405 Residue % v/v — 2,0 EN ISO 3405 Hydrocarbon analysis: olefins % v/v 6,0 13,0 EN 22854 aromatics % v/v 25,0 32,0 EN 22854 benzene % v/v — 1,00 EN 22854 EN 238 saturates % v/v report EN 22854 Carbon/hydrogen ratio report Carbon/oxygen ratio report Induction Period minutes 480 — EN ISO 7536 Oxygen content % m/m 3,3 3,7 EN 22854 Solvent washed gum (Existent gum content) mg/100 ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Sulphur content mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Copper corrosion 3 hrs, 50 C — class 1 EN ISO 2160 Lead content mg/l — 5 EN 237 Phosphorus content mg/l — 1,3 ASTM D 3231 Ethanol % v/v 9,0 10,0 EN 22854 Equivalent EN/ISO methods will be adopted when issued for properties listed above. Parameter Unit Limits Test method Minimum Maximum Research octane number, RON 95 — EN ISO 5164 Motor octane number, MON 85 — EN ISO 5163 Density at 15 C kg/m3 report EN ISO 12185 Vapour pressure kPa 50 60 EN ISO 13016-1 (DVPE) Sulphur content mg/kg — 10 EN ISO 20846 EN ISO 20884 Oxidation stability minutes 360 — EN ISO 7536 Existent gum content (solvent washed) mg/100ml — 4 EN ISO 6246 Appearance shall be determined at ambient temperature or 15 C whichever is higher Clear and bright, visibly free of suspended or precipitated contaminants Visual inspection Ethanol and higher alcohols % (V/V) 70 80 EN 1601 EN 13132 EN 14517 Higher alcohols (C3 – C8) % (V/V) — 2 Methanol — 0,5 Petrol % (V/V) Balance EN 228 Phosphorus mg/l 0,30 EN 15487 ASTM D 3231 Water content % (V/V) — 0,3 ASTM E 1064 EN 15489 Inorganic chloride content mg/l — 1 ISO 6227 — EN 15492 pHe 6,50 9 ASTM D 6423 EN 15490 Copper strip corrosion (3h at 50 C) Rating Class 1 EN ISO 2160 Acidity (as acetic acid CH3COOH) % (m/m) 0,005 ASTM D1613 EN 15491 mg/l 40 Carbon/hydrogen ration report Carbon/oxygen ration report

ANNEX X

Reserved

ANNEX XI ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS (OBD) FOR MOTOR VEHICLES

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out the functional aspects of on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems for the control of emissions from motor vehicles.

2.2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.3.2.3.2.1.4.2.1.5.2.1.6.2.1.7.2.1.8.3.3.5.1.3.3.5.2.2.1.9.2.1.10.2.1.11.3.10.3.10.1.3.10.1.1.2.2.2.3.2.3.1.2.3.2.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.

DEFINITIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND TESTS The definitions, requirements and tests for OBD systems are those specified in Sections 2 and 3 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The exceptions to these requirements are described in the following sections. The introductory text to paragraph 2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: For the purposes of this Annex only: Paragraph 2.10. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: A driving cycle consists of engine key on, a driving mode where a malfunction would be detected if present, and engine key-off. A new paragraph 3.2.3. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: Identification of deterioration or malfunctions may be also be done outside a driving cycle (e.g. after engine shutdown). Reference to THC and NOx in paragraph 3.3.3.1. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to NMHC and NOx. Reference to limits in paragraphs 3.3.3.1. and 3.3.4.4. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to OBD threshold limits. Reference to emission limits in paragraph 3.3.5. of Annex 11to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to OBD threshold limits. Paragraphs 3.3.4.9. and 3.3.4.10. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be deleted. New paragraphs 3.3.5.1. and 3.3.5.2. of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: The following devices should however be monitored for total failure or removal (if removal would cause the applicable emission limits in paragraph 5.3.1.4. of this Regulation to be exceeded): The devices referred to in paragraph 3.3.5.1. shall also be monitored for any failure that would result in exceeding the applicable OBD threshold limits. Paragraph 3.8.1. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: The OBD system may erase a fault code and the distance travelled and freeze-frame information if the same fault is not re-registered in at least 40 engine warm-up cycles or 40 driving cycles with vehicle operation in which the criteria specified in sections 7.5.1.(a)–(c) of Annex 11, Appendix 1 are met. The reference to ISO DIS 15031 5 in paragraph 3.9.3.1. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following text: … the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of Annex 11, Appendix 1 of this Regulation. A new paragraph 3.10 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be added as follows: Additional provisions for vehicles employing engine shut - off strategies Driving cycle Autonomous engine restarts commanded by the engine control system following an engine stall may be considered a new driving cycle or a continuation of the existing driving cycle. The Type V durability distance and Type V durability test mentioned in section 3.1 and 3.3.1 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 respectively shall be understood as reference to the requirements of Annex VII to this Regulation. The OBD threshold limits specified in section 3.3.2 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 shall be understood as reference to the requirements specified in points 2.3.1 and 2.3.2 below: The OBD thresholds limits for vehicles that are type approved according to the Euro 6 emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 from three years after the dates given in Article 10(4) and 10(5) of that Regulation are given in the following table: Key: PI = Positive Ignition, CI = Compression Ignition. Final Euro 6 OBD threshold limits Reference mass (RM) (kg) Mass of carbon monoxide Mass of non-methane hydrocarbons Mass of oxides of nitrogen Mass of particulate matter Number of particles Category Class (CO) (mg/km) (NMHC) (mg/km) (NOx) (mg/km) (PM) (mg/km) (PN) (#/km) PI CI PI CI PI CI CI PI CI PI M — All 1900 1750 170 290 90 140 12 12 N1 I RM ≤ 1305 1900 1750 170 290 90 140 12 12 II 1305 < RM ≤ 1760 3400 2200 225 320 110 180 12 12 III 1760 < RM 4300 2500 270 350 120 220 12 12 N2 — All 4300 2500 270 350 120 220 12 12 Until three years after the dates specified in Article 10(4) and (5) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 for new type approvals and new vehicles respectively, the following OBD threshold limits shall be applied to vehicles that are type approved according to the Euro 6 emission limits set out in Table 2 of Annex I to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, upon the choice of the manufacturer: Key: PI = Positive Ignition, CI = Compression Ignition Preliminary Euro 6 OBD threshold limits Reference mass (RM) (kg) Mass of carbon monoxide Mass of non-methane hydrocarbons Mass of oxides of nitrogen Mass of particulate matter Category Class (CO) (mg/km) (NMHC) (mg/km) (NOx) (mg/km) (PM) (mg/km) PI CI PI CI PI CI CI PI M — All 1900 1750 170 290 150 180 25 25 N1 I RM ≤ 1305 1900 1750 170 290 150 180 25 25 II 1305 < RM ≤ 1760 3400 2200 225 320 190 220 25 25 III 1760 < RM 4300 2500 270 350 210 280 30 30 N2 — All 4300 2500 270 350 210 280 30 30 The reference to the threshold limits in Section 3.3.3.1 of Annex 11 to UNECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the threshold limits in Section 2.3 of this Annex. The Type I test cycle referred to in paragraph 3.3.3.2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being the same as the Type 1 cycle that was used for at least two consecutive cycles after introduction of the misfire faults according to paragraph 6.3.1.2. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83. The reference to the particulate threshold limits provided for by paragraph 3.3.2. in section 3.3.3.7 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to the particulate threshold limits provided in Section 2.3 of this Annex. The reference to the Type I test cycle in section 2.1.3 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as a reference to the type 1 test according to Regulation (EC) 692/2008 or Annex XXI of this Regulation, upon the choice of the manufacturer for each individual malfunction to be demonstrated.

2.2.1.2.1.1.2.1.2.2.1.3.3.2.3.2.1.4.2.1.5.2.1.6.2.1.7.2.1.8.3.3.5.1.

(a) A particulate trap fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device;

(b) A NOx after-treatment system fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device;

(c) A diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) fitted to compression ignition engines as a separate unit or integrated into a combined emission control device.

3.3.1.3.2.3.3.

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DEFICIENCIES OF OBD SYSTEMS The administrative provisions for deficiencies of OBD systems as set out in Article 6(2) shall be those specified in Section 4 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the following exceptions. Reference to OBD threshold limits in paragraph 4.2.2. of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being reference to the OBD threshold limits in Section 2.3 of this Annex. Paragraph 4.6 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows: The approval authority shall notify its decision in granting a deficiency request in accordance with Article 6(2).

4.4.1.4.2.4.3.4.4.4.5.4.6.

ACCESS TO OBD INFORMATION Requirements for access to OBD information are specified in section 5 of Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation 83. The exceptions to these requirements are described in the following sections. References to Appendix 1 of Annex 2 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as references to Appendix 5 to Annex I to this Regulation. References to section 3.2.12.2.7.6. of Annex 1 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as references to 3.2.12.2.7.6 of Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation. References to contracting parties shall be understood as references to member states. References to approval granted under Regulation 83 shall be understood as references to type-approval granted under this Regulation and Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. UN/ECE type-approval shall be understood as EC type-approval.

Appendix 1 FUNCTIONAL ASPECTS OF ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEMS

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Appendix describes the procedure of the test according to section 2 of this Annex.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.6.5.3.2.6.5.3.3.6.5.3.4.6.5.3.5.6.5.3.6.6.5.3.7.2.6.6.1.1.2.7.2.8.6.2.3.2.9.2.10.2.11.

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS The technical requirements and specifications shall be those set out in Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exceptions and additional requirements as described in the following sections. The references in Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 to the OBD threshold limits set out in paragraph 3.3.2 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as references to the OBD threshold limits set out in section 2.3 of this Annex. The reference fuels specified in paragraph 3.2 of Appendix 1 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to the appropriate reference fuel specifications in Annex IX to this Regulation. The reference to Annex 11 in paragraph 6.5.1.4 of Appendix 1 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Annex XI to this Regulation. The following text shall be added as a new final sentence to the second paragraph of Section 1 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. For electrical failures (short/open circuit), the emissions may exceed the limits of paragraph 3.3.2. by more than twenty per cent. Paragraph 6.5.3. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The emission control diagnostic system shall provide for standardised and unrestricted access and conform with the following ISO standards and/or SAE specification. Later versions may be used at the manufacturers' discretion. The following standard shall be used as the on board to off-board communications link: Standards used for the transmission of OBD relevant information: The standards (e) and (f) may be used as an option instead of (a) not earlier than 1 January 2019. Test equipment and diagnostic tools needed to communicate with OBD systems shall meet or exceed the functional specification given in the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(b) of this Appendix. Basic diagnostic data, (as specified in paragraph 6.5.1.) and bi-directional control information shall be provided using the format and units described in the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of this appendix, and must be available using a diagnostic tool meeting the requirements of the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(b) of this appendix. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide to a national standardisation body the details of any emission-related diagnostic data, e.g. PID’s, OBD monitor Id’s, Test Id’s not specified in the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of this Regulation but related to this Regulation. When a fault is registered, the manufacturer shall identify the fault using an appropriate ISO/SAE controlled fault code specified in one of the standards listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(d) of this appendix, relating to emission related system diagnostic trouble codes. If such identification is not possible, the manufacturer may use manufacturer controlled diagnostic trouble codes according to the same standard. The fault codes shall be fully accessible by standardised diagnostic equipment complying with the provisions of paragraph 6.5.3.2. of this Appendix. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide to a national standardisation body the details of any emission-related diagnostic data, e.g. PID’s, OBD monitor Id’s, Test Id’s not specified in the standards listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of this Appendix but related to this Regulation. The connection interface between the vehicle and the diagnostic tester shall be standardised and shall meet all the requirements of the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(c) of this appendix. The installation position shall be subject to agreement of the administrative department such that it is readily accessible by service personnel but protected from tampering by non-qualified personnel. The manufacturer shall also make accessible, where appropriate on payment, the technical information required for the repair or maintenance of motor vehicles unless that information is covered by an intellectual property right or constitutes essential, secret know-how which is identified in an appropriate form; in such case, the necessary technical information shall not be withheld improperly. Entitled to such information is any person engaged in commercially servicing or repairing, road-side rescuing, inspecting or testing of vehicles or in the manufacturing or selling replacement or retro-fit components, diagnostic tools and test equipment. A new paragraph 6.1.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be inserted as follows: The Type I Test need not be performed for the demonstration of electrical failures (short/open circuit). The manufacturer may demonstrate these failure modes using driving conditions in which the component is used and the monitoring conditions are encountered. These conditions shall be documented in the type approval documentation. Paragraph 6.2.2. of Appendix 1 of Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be amended to read as follows: At the request of the manufacturer, alternative and/or additional preconditioning methods may be used. A new paragraph 6.2.3. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be inserted as follows: The use of additional preconditioning cycles or alternative preconditioning methods shall be documented in the type approval documentation. Paragraph 6.3.1.5. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: Electrical disconnection of the electronic evaporative purge control device (if equipped and if active on the selected fuel type). Paragraph 6.4.1.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The MI shall be activated at the latest before the end of this test under any of the conditions given in paragraphs 6.4.1.2. to 6.4.1.5. The MI may also be activated during preconditioning. The Technical Service may substitute those conditions with others in accordance with paragraph 6.4.1.6. Paragraph 6.4.2.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The MI shall be activated at the latest before the end of this test under any of the conditions given in paragraphs 6.4.2.2. to 6.4.2.5. The MI may also be activated during preconditioning. The Technical Service may substitute those conditions by others in accordance with paragraph 6.4.2.5.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.

(a) ISO 15765-4:2011 Road vehicles – Diagnostics on Controller Area Network (CAN) – Part 4: Requirements for emissions-related systems, dated 1 February 2011;

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.6.5.3.6.5.3.1.6.5.3.2.

(a) ISO 15031-5 Road vehicles - communication between vehicles and external test equipment for emissions-related diagnostics – Part 5: Emissions-related diagnostic services, dated 1 April 2011 or SAE J1979 dated 23 February 2012;

(b) ISO 15031-4 Road vehicles – Communication between vehicle and external test equipment for emissions related diagnostics – Part 4: External test equipment, dated 1 June 2005 or SAE J1978 dated 30 April 2002;

(c) ISO 15031-3 Road vehicles – Communication between vehicle and external test equipment for emissions related diagnostics Part 3: Diagnostic connector and related electrical circuits: specification and use, dated 1 July 2004 or SAE J 1962 dated 26 July 2012;

(d) ISO 15031-6 Road vehicles – Communication between vehicle and external test equipment for emissions related diagnostics – Part 6: Diagnostic trouble code definitions, dated 13 August 2010 or SAE J2012 dated 07 March 2013;

(e) ISO 27145 Road vehicles – Implementation of World-Wide Harmonized On-Board Diagnostics (WWH-OBD) dated 2012-08-15 with the restriction, that only 6.5.3.1.(a) may be used as a data link;

(f) ISO 14229:2013 Road vehicles – Unified diagnostic services (UDS) with the restriction, that only 6.5.3.1.(a) may be used as a data link.

3. IN-USE PERFORMANCE

3.

3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.7.6.1.7.6.2.7.6.2.1.

General Requirements The technical requirements and specifications shall be those set out in Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 with the exceptions and additional requirements as described in the following sections. The requirements of paragraph 7.1.5 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows. For new type approvals and new vehicles the monitor required by point 2.9 of this Annex shall have an IUPR greater or equal to 0,1 until three years after the dates specified in Article 10(4) and (5) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 respectively. The requirements of paragraph 7.1.7 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as being as follows. The manufacturer shall demonstrate to the approval authority and, upon request, to the Commission that these statistical conditions are satisfied for all monitors required to be reported by the OBD system according to paragraph 7.6. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to Regulation No 83 not later than 18 months after the entry onto the market of the first vehicle type with IUPR in an OBD family and every 18 months thereafter. For this purpose, for OBD families consisting of more than 1000 registrations in the Union, that are subject to sampling within the sampling period, the process described in Annex II shall be used without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 7.1.9. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to Regulation No 83. In addition to the requirements set out in Annex II and regardless of the result of the audit described in Section 2 of Annex II, the authority granting the approval shall apply the in-service conformity check for IUPR described in Appendix 1 to Annex II in an appropriate number of randomly determined cases. In an appropriate number of randomly determined cases means, that this measure has a dissuasive effect on non-compliance with the requirements of Section 3 of this Annex or the provision of manipulated, false or non-representative data for the audit. If no special circumstances apply and can be demonstrated by the type-approval authorities, random application of the in-service conformity check to 5 % of the type approved OBD families shall be considered as sufficient for compliance with this requirement. For this purpose, type-approval authorities may find arrangements with the manufacturer for the reduction of double testing of a given OBD family as long as these arrangements do not harm the dissuasive effect of the type-approval authority’s own in-service conformity check on non-compliance with the requirements of Section 3 of this Annex. Data collected by Member States during surveillance testing programmes may be used for in-service conformity checks. Upon request, type-approval authorities shall provide data on the audits and random in-service conformity checks performed, including the methodology used for identifying those cases, which are made subject to the random in-service conformity check, to the Commission and other type-approval authorities. Non-compliance with the requirements of paragraph 7.1.6. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to Regulation No 83 established by tests described in point 3.1.2 of this Appendix or paragraph 7.1.9 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to Regulation No 83 shall be considered as an infringement subject to the penalties set out in Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. This reference does not limit the application of such penalties to other infringements of other provisions of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 or this Regulation, which do not explicitly refer to Article 13 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. Paragraph 7.6.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: The OBD system shall report, in accordance with the standard listed in paragraph 6.5.3.2.(a) of this Appendix, the ignition cycle counter and general denominator as well as separate numerators and denominators for the following monitors, if their presence on the vehicle is required by this annex: Paragraph 7.6.2. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be replaced with the following: For specific components or systems that have multiple monitors, which are required to be reported by this point (e.g. oxygen sensor bank 1 may have multiple monitors for sensor response or other sensor characteristics), the OBD system shall separately track numerators and denominators for each of the specific monitors and report only the corresponding numerator and denominator for the specific monitor that has the lowest numerical ratio. If two or more specific monitors have identical ratios, the corresponding numerator and denominator for the specific monitor that has the highest denominator shall be reported for the specific component. A new paragraph 7.6.2.1. of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be inserted as follows: Numerators and denominators for specific monitors of components or systems, that are monitoring continuously for short circuit or open circuit failures are exempted from reporting. Continuously, if used in this context means monitoring is always enabled and sampling of the signal used for monitoring occurs at a rate no less than two samples per second and the presence or the absence of the failure relevant to that monitor has to be concluded within 15 seconds. If for control purposes, a computer input component is sampled less frequently, the signal of the component may instead be evaluated each time sampling occurs. It is not required to activate an output component/system for the sole purpose of monitoring that output component/system.

3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.7.6.1.

(a) Catalysts (each bank to be reported separately);

(b) Oxygen/exhaust gas sensors, including secondary oxygen sensors (each sensor to be reported separately);

(d) EGR system;

(e) VVT system;

(f) Secondary air system;

(g) Particulate filter;

(h) NOx after-treatment system (e.g. NOx absorber, NOx reagent/catalyst system);

(i) Boost pressure control system.

Appendix 2 ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE FAMILY

The essential characteristics of the vehicle family shall be those specified in Appendix 2 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83.

ANNEX XII DETERMINATION OF CO2 EMISSIONS, FUEL CONSUMPTION, ELECTRIC ENERGY CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRIC RANGE

1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.4.

TYPE-APPROVAL OF VEHICLES FITTED WITH ECO-INNOVATIONS According to Article 11(1) of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles and Article 11(1) of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles, a manufacturer wishing to benefit from a reduction of its average specific CO2 emissions, as result of the savings achieved by one or more eco-innovations fitted in a vehicle, shall apply to an approval authority for an EC type-approval certificate of the vehicle fitted with the eco-innovation. The CO2 emissions savings from the vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation shall, for the purpose of type approval, be determined using the procedure and testing methodology specified in the Commission Decision approving the eco-innovation, in accordance with Article 10 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles, or Article 10 of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles. The performance of the necessary tests for the determination of the CO2 emissions savings achieved by the eco-innovations shall be considered without prejudice to the demonstration of compliance of the eco-innovations with the technical prescriptions laid down in Directive 2007/46/EC, if applicable. If the innovative technology does not meet the threshold of 1g CO2/km as specified in Article 9 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011, the type approval certificate shall be issued without reference to the eco-innovation code or the CO2 reductions achieved by the innovative technology.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.

DETERMINATION OF CO2 EMISSIONS AND FUEL CONSUMPTION FROM N1 VEHICLES SUBMITTED TO MULTI-STAGE TYPE-APPROVAL For the purpose of determining the CO2 emissions and fuel consumption of a vehicle submitted to multi-stage type-approval, as defined in Article 3(7) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the procedures of Annex XXI apply. Specific provisions for multi-stage type approval are set in points 2.2 to 2.7 of this annex. The road load shall be determined with the road load matrix family by using the parameters of a representative multi-stage vehicle which are set in paragraph 4.2.1.4 in Sub-Annex 4 of Annex XXI. The calculation of road load and running resistance are based on a representative vehicle of a road load matrix family as set in paragraph 5.1 of Sub-Annex 4 of Annex XXI. The manufacturer of the base vehicle shall test a representative multi-stage vehicle for CO2 emission and fuel consumption and make available a calculation tool to establish, on the basis of the parameters of completed vehicles, their fuel consumption and CO2 values as set in Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. The final fuel consumption and CO2 values shall be calculated by the final-stage manufacturer on the basis of the parameters of the completed vehicle as set in paragraph 3.2.4 of Sub-Annex 7 of Annex XXI. The manufacturer of the completed vehicle shall include, in the certificate of conformity, the information of the completed vehicles and add the information of the base vehicles in accordance with Annex IX to Directive 2007/46/EC. In the case of vehicles submitted to individual vehicle approval, the individual approval certificate shall include the following information:

(a) the CO2 emissions measured according to the methodology set out in points 2.1 to 2.6 above;

(b) the mass of the completed vehicle in running order;

(d) the type-approval number of the base vehicle, including the extension number;

(e) the name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle;

(f) the mass of the base vehicle in running order.

ANNEX XIII EC TYPE-APPROVAL OF REPLACEMENT POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICES AS SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex contains additional requirement for the type-approval as separate technical units of pollution control devices.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.

2.1. Marking Original replacement pollution control devices shall bear at least the following identifications:

2.1.

(a) the vehicle manufacturer’s name or trade mark;

(b) the make and identifying part number of the original replacement pollution control device as recorded in the information mentioned in point 2.3.

2.2. Documentation Original replacement pollution control devices shall be accompanied by the following information: This information shall be available in the product catalogue distributed to points of sale by the vehicle manufacturer.

2.2.

(a) the vehicle manufacturer’s name or trade mark;

(b) the make and identifying part number of the original replacement pollution control device as recorded in the information mentioned in point 2.3;

(c) the vehicles for which the original replacement pollution control device is of a type covered by point 2.3 of the Addendum to Appendix 4 to Annex I, including, where applicable, a marking to identify if the original replacement pollution control device is suitable for fitting to a vehicle that is equipped with an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system;

(d) installation instructions, where necessary.

2.3. The vehicle manufacturer shall provide to the technical service and/or approval authority the necessary information in electronic format which makes the link between the relevant part numbers and the type-approval documentation. This information shall contain the following:

grp_3

(a) make(s) and type(s) of vehicle,

(b) make(s) and type(s) of original replacement pollution control device,

(d) type-approval number of the relevant vehicle type(s).

3.3.1.3.2.3.3.3.4.

EC SEPARATE TECHNICAL UNIT TYPE-APPROVAL MARK Every replacement pollution control device conforming to the type approved under this Regulation as a separate technical unit shall bear an EC type-approval mark. This mark shall consist of a rectangle surrounding the lower-case letter e followed by the distinguishing number of the Member State which has granted the EC type-approval in accordance with the numbering system set out in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC. The EC type- approval mark shall also include in the vicinity of the rectangle the base approval number contained in section 4 of the type-approval number referred to in Annex VII to Directive 2007/46/EC, preceded by the two figures indicating the sequence number assigned to the latest major technical amendment to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 or this Regulation on the date EC type-approval for a separate technical unit was granted. For this Regulation, the sequence number is 00. The EC type-approval mark shall be affixed to the replacement pollution control device in such a way as to be clearly legible and indelible. It shall, wherever possible, be visible when the replacement pollution control device is installed on the vehicle. Appendix 3 to this Annex gives example of the EC type- approval mark.

4. TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

4.1. The requirements for the type-approval of replacement pollution control devices shall be those of Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 with the exceptions set out in sections 4.1.1 to 4.1.5.

4.1.1. Reference to the test cycle in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle.

4.1.2. The terms catalytic converter and converter used in section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood to mean pollution control device

4.1.3. The regulated pollutants referred to throughout section 5.2.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be replaced by all the pollutants specified in Annex 1, Table 2 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 for replacement pollution control devices intended to be fitted to vehicles type approved to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007.

4.1.4. For replacement pollution control devices standards intended to be fitted to vehicles type approved to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, the durability requirements and associated deterioration factors specified in section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103, shall refer to those specified in Annex VII of this Regulation.

4.1.5. Reference to Appendix 1 of the type-approval communication in section 5.5.3 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as reference to the addendum to the EC type-approval certificate on vehicle OBD information (Appendix 5 to Annex I).

4.2. For vehicles with positive-ignition engines, if the NMHC emissions measured during the demonstration test of a new original equipment catalytic converter, under paragraph 5.2.1 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103, are higher than the values measured during the type-approval of the vehicle, the difference shall be added to the OBD threshold limits. The OBD threshold limits are specified in point 2.3 of Annex XI of this Regulation.

4.3. The revised OBD threshold limits will apply during the tests of OBD compatibility set out in paragraphs 5.5 to 5.5.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103. In particular, when the exceedance allowed in paragraph 1 of Appendix 1 to Annex 11 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 is applied.

4.

4.4. Requirements for replacement periodically regenerating systems

4.4. 4.4.1.4.4.1.1.4.4.1.2.

Requirements regarding emissions The vehicle(s) indicated in Article 11(3), equipped with a replacement periodically regenerating system of the type for which approval is requested, shall be subject to the tests described in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83, in order to compare its performance with the same vehicle equipped with the original periodically regenerating system. Reference to the Type I test and Type I test cycle in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the test cycle in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle.

4.4.2.4.4.2.1.4.4.2.1.1.4.4.2.2.

Determination of the basis for comparison The vehicle shall be fitted with a new original periodically regenerating system. The emissions performance of this system shall be determined following the test procedure set out in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Reference to the Type I test and Type I test cycle in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the test cycle in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. Upon request of the applicant for the approval of the replacement component, the approval authority shall make available on a non-discriminatory basis, the information referred to in points 3.2.12.2.1.11.1 and 3.2.12.2.6.4.1 of the information document contained in Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation for each vehicle tested.

4.4.3.4.4.3.1.4.4.3.1.1.4.4.3.2.

Exhaust gas test with a replacement periodically regeneration system The original equipment periodically regenerating system of the test vehicle(s) shall be replaced by the replacement periodically regenerating system. The emissions performance of this system shall be determined following the test procedure set out in paragraph 3 Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83. Reference to the Type I test and Type I test cycle in paragraph 3. of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 and the test cycle in Section 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall be understood as being the same Type I / Type 1 test and Type I / Type 1 test cycle as used for the original type approval of the vehicle. To determine the D-factor of the replacement periodically regenerating system, any of the engine test bench methods referred to in paragraph 3 of Annex 13 of UN/ECE Regulation No 83 may be used.

4.4.4. Other requirements The requirements of paragraphs 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 shall apply to replacement periodically regenerating systems. In these paragraphs the words catalytic converter shall be understood to mean periodically regenerating system. In addition the exceptions made to these paragraphs in section 4.1 of this annex shall also apply to periodically regenerating systems.

5.5.1. DOCUMENTATION Each replacement pollution control device shall be clearly and indelibly marked with the manufacturer’s name or trade mark and accompanied by the following information: The information shall be available in the product catalogue distributed to points of sale by the manufacturer of replacement pollution control devices.

5.5.1.

(a) the vehicles (including year of manufacture) for which the replacement pollution control device is approved, including, where applicable, a marking to identify if the replacement pollution control device is suitable for fitting to a vehicle that is equipped with an on-board diagnostic (OBD) system;

(b) installation instructions, where necessary.

6. CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION

6.1. Measures to ensure the conformity of production shall be taken in accordance with the provisions laid down in Article 12 of Directive 2007/46/EC.

6.

6.2.6.2.1.6.2.2.

Special provisions The checks referred to in point 2.2 of Annex X to Directive 2007/46/EC shall include compliance with the characteristics as defined under point 8 of Article 2 of this Regulation. For the application of Article 12(2) of Directive 2007/46/EC, the tests described in section 4.4.1 of this Annex and section 5.2 of UN/ECE Regulation No 103 (requirements regarding emissions) may be carried out. In this case, the holder of the approval may request, as an alternative, to use as a basis for comparison not the original equipment pollution control device, but the replacement pollution control device which was used during the type-approval tests (or another sample that has been proven to conform to the approved type). Emissions values measured with the sample under verification shall then on average not exceed by more than 15 % the mean values measured with the sample used for reference.

Appendix 1 MODEL

Information document No … relating to the EC type-approval of replacement pollution control devices

The following information, if applicable, must be supplied in triplicate and include a list of contents. Any drawings must be supplied in appropriate scale and sufficient detail on size A4 or on a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, must show sufficient detail. If the systems, components or separate technical units have electronic controls, information concerning their performance must be supplied.

0.0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.5.0.7.0.8.

GENERAL Make (trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Commercial name(s), if available: … Name and address of manufacturer: … Name and address of authorised representative, if any: … In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of affixing of the EC approval mark: … Address(es) of assembly plant(s): …

1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.3.1.1.3.2.1.4.

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEVICE Make and type of the replacement pollution control device: … Drawings of the replacement pollution control device, identifying in particular all the characteristics referred to under point 8 of Article 2 of this Regulation: … Description of the vehicle type or types for which the replacement pollution control device is intended: … Number(s) and/or symbol(s) characterising the engine and vehicle type(s): … Is the replacement pollution control device intended to be compatible with OBD requirements (Yes/No) Description and drawings showing the position of the replacement pollution control device relative to the engine exhaust manifold(s): …

Appendix 2 MODEL EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE (Maximum format: A4 (210 mm × 297 mm))

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Stamp of administration

Communication concerning the: of a type of component/separate technical unit with regard to Regulation (EC) No 715/2007, as implemented by Regulation (EU) 2017/1151. Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 or Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 as last amended by … EC type-approval number: … Reason for extension: …

EC type-approval, …,

extension of EC type-approval, …,

refusal of EC type-approval, …,

withdrawal of EC type-approval, …,

SECTION I 0.1.0.2.0.3.0.3.1.0.5.0.7.0.8.0.9.

Make (trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Means of identification of type if marked on the component/separate technical unit: … Location of that marking: … Name and address of manufacturer: … In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of affixing of the EC approval mark: … Name and address(es) of assembly plant(s): … Name and address of manufacturer’s representative (if any): …

SECTION II 1.1.1.1.2.1.3.1.3.1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.

Additional information Make and type of the replacement pollution control device: … Vehicle type(s) for which the pollution control device type qualifies as replacement part: … Type(s) of vehicles) on which the replacement pollution control device has been tested: … Has the replacement pollution control device demonstrated compatibility with OBD requirements (yes/no): … Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests: … Date of test report: … Number of test report: … Remarks: … Place: … Date: … Signature: … Attachments: Information package.

Appendix 3 Example of the EC type-approval marks (see point 3.2 of this Annex)

The above approval mark affixed to a component of a replacement pollution control device shows that the type concerned has been approved in France (e 2), pursuant to this Regulation. The first two digits of the approval number (00) indicate that this part was approved according to this Regulation. The following four digits (1234) are those allocated by the approval authority to the replacement pollution control device as the base approval number.

ANNEX XIV Access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information

1.1.1. INTRODUCTION This Annex lays down technical requirements for the accessibility of vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.2.4.2.5.2.6.2.7.2.8.

REQUIREMENTS Vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information available through websites shall follow the technical specifications of OASIS Document SC2-D5, Format of Automotive Repair Information, version 1.0, 28 May 2003 and of Sections 3.2, 3.5, (excluding 3.5.2), 3.6, 3.7 and 3.8 of OASIS Document SC1-D2, Autorepair Requirements Specification, version 6.1, dated 10.1.2003, using only open text and graphic formats or formats which can be viewed and printed using only standard software plug-ins that are freely available, easy to install, and which run under computer operating systems commonly in use. Where possible, keywords in the meta data shall conform to ISO 15031-2. Such information shall be always available, except as required for web-site maintenance purposes. Those requiring the right to duplicate or re-publish the information should negotiate directly with the manufacturer concerned. Information for training material shall also be available, but may be presented through other media than web-sites. Information on all parts of the vehicle, with which the vehicle, as identified by the vehicle identification number (VIN) and any additional criteria such as wheelbase, engine output, trim level or options, is equipped by the vehicle manufacturer and which can be replaced by spare parts offered by the vehicle manufacturer to its authorised repairers or dealers or third parties by means of reference to original equipment (OE) parts number, shall be made available in a database easily accessible to independent operators. This database shall comprise the VIN, OE parts numbers, OE naming of the parts, validity attributes (valid-from and valid-to dates), fitting attributes and where applicable structuring characteristics. The information on the database shall be regularly updated. The updates shall include in particular all modifications to individual vehicles after their production if this information is available to authorised dealers. Access to vehicle security features used by authorised dealers and repair shops shall be made available to independent operators under protection of security technology according to the following requirements: The Forum on Access to Vehicle Information provided for by paragraph 9 of Article 13 will specify the parameters for fulfilling these requirements according to the state-of-the-art. The independent operator shall be approved and authorised for this purpose on the basis of documents demonstrating that they pursue a legitimate business activity and have not been convicted of relevant criminal activity. Reprogramming of control units shall be conducted in accordance with either ISO 22900 or SAE J2534, regardless of the date of type approval. For the validation of the compatibility of the manufacturer-specific application and the vehicle communication interfaces (VCI) complying to ISO 22900 or SAE J2534, the manufacturer shall offer either a validation of independently developed VCIs or the information, and loan of any special hardware, required for a VCI manufacturer to conduct such validation himself. The conditions of Article 7(1) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 apply to fees for such validation or information and hardware. All emission-related fault codes shall be consistent with Appendix 1 to Annex XI. For access to any vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information other than that relating to secure areas of the vehicle, registration requirements for use of the manufacturer’s web site by an independent operator shall require only such information as is necessary to confirm how payment for the information is to be made. For information concerning access to secure areas of the vehicle, the independent operator shall present a certificate in accordance with ISO 20828 to identify himself and the organisation to which he belongs and the manufacturer shall respond with his own certificate in accordance with ISO 20828 to confirm to the independent operator that he is accessing a legitimate site of the intended manufacturer. Both parties shall keep a log of any such transactions indicating the vehicles and changes made to them under this provision. In the event that vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information available on a manufacturer’s website does not contain specific relevant information to permit the proper design and manufacture of alternative fuels retrofit systems, then any interested alternative fuels retrofit system manufacturer shall be able to access the information required in paragraphs 0, 2, and 3 of Appendix 3 to Annex Iby contacting the manufacturer directly with such a request. Contact details for that purpose shall be clearly indicated on the manufacturer’s website and the information shall be provided within 30 days. Such information need only be provided for alternative fuels retrofit systems that are subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115 or for alternative fuels retrofit components that form part of systems subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115, and need only be provided in response to a request that clearly specifies the exact specification of the vehicle model for which the information is required and that specifically confirms that the information is required for the development of alternative fuels retrofit systems or components subject to UN/ECE Regulation No 115. Manufacturers shall indicate in their repair information websites the type-approval number by model. Manufacturers shall establish fees for hourly, daily, monthly, annual and per-transaction access to their repair and maintenance information websites, which are reasonable and proportionate.

2.2.1.2.2.

(i) data shall be exchanged ensuring confidentiality, integrity and protection against replay;

(ii) the standard https//ssl-tls (RFC4346) shall be used;

(iii) security certificates in accordance with ISO 20828 shall be used for mutual authentication of independent operators and manufacturers;

(iv) the independent operator’s private key shall be protected by secure hardware.

Appendix 1

Manufacturer’s Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information (Manufacturer) : … (Address of the manufacturer) : … Certifies that it provides access to vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and maintenance information in compliance with the provisions of: – Article 6 of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007; – Articles 4(6) and 13 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151; – Annex I, section 2.3.1 and 2.3.5 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151; – Annex I, Appendix 3, section 16 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151; – Annex I, Appendix 5 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151; – Annex XI, section 4 of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151; and – Annex XIV of Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 with respect to the vehicle types listed in attachment to this Certificate. The principal website address through which the relevant information may be accessed and which are hereby certified to be in compliance with the above provisions are listed in an attachment to this Certificate along with the contact details of the responsible manufacturer's representative whose signature is below. Where applicable: The manufacturer hereby also certifies that it has complied with the obligation in Article 13(5) of this Regulation to provide the relevant information for previous approvals of these vehicle types no later than 6 months after the date of type-approval. Done at [… Place] On [… Date] [Signature of the Manufacturer’s Representative] Annexes: Website Addresses Contact Details Annex I to Manufacturer’s Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information Website addresses referred to by this Certificate: Annex II to Manufacturer’s Certificate on Access to Vehicle OBD and Vehicle Repair and Maintenance Information Contact details of the manufacturer’s representative referred to by this Certificate:

ANNEX XV Reserved

ANNEX XVI REQUIREMENTS FOR VEHICLES THAT USE A REAGENT FOR THE EXHAUST AFTER-TREATMENT SYSTEM

1. INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out the requirements for vehicles that rely on the use of a reagent for the after-treatment system in order to reduce emissions. The requirements shall be those specified in Appendix 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83, with the following exception. The reference to Annex 1 in paragraph 4.1. of Appendix 6 to UN/ECE Regulation No 83 shall be understood as reference to Appendix 3 to Annex I to this Regulation.

ANNEX XVII AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EC) No 692/2008 1.2.

Appendix 3 to Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 is hereby amended as follows: In table 1 of Appendix 6 to Annex I of Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 the rows ZD to ZL and ZX, ZY are amended as follows: ZD Euro 6c Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 31.8.2018 ZE Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZF Euro 6c Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZG Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 31.8.2018 ZH Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZI Euro 6d-TEMP Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZJ Euro 6d Euro 6-2 M, N1 class I PI, CI 31.8.2018 ZK Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class II PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZL Euro 6d Euro 6-2 N1 class III, N2 PI, CI 31.8.2019 ZX n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019 ZY n.a. n.a. All vehicles Battery full electric 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019 ZZ n.a. n.a. All vehicles using certificates according to point 2.1.1 of Annex I PI, CI 1.9.2009 1.1.2011 31.8.2019

AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EC) No 692/2008 1.

(a) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read:

(a)

3.3.1.3.1.1. PROPULSION ENERGY CONVERTER (k) Manufacturer of the propulsion energy converter(s): … Manufacturer's code (as marked on the propulsion energy converter or other means of identification): …

(b)3.2.1.8. Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value)

(c)3.2.2.1.1.

Point 3.2.2.2. shall be renumbered 3.2.2.1.1. and shall read as follows: RON, unleaded: …

(d)3.2.4.2.1.

Point 3.2.4.2.1. shall be amended to read: System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): …

(e)3.2.4.2.3.

Point 3.2.4.2.3. shall be amended to read: Injection/Delivery pump

(f)3.2.4.2.4.

Point 3.2.4.2.4. shall be amended to read: Engine speed limitation control

(g)3.2.4.2.9.3.

Point 3.2.4.2.9.3. shall be amended to read: Description of the system

(h)3.2.4.2.9.3.6.3.2.4.2.9.3.7.3.2.4.2.9.3.8.

Points 3.2.4.2.9.3.6. to 3.2.4.2.9.3.8. shall be amended to read: Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …

(i)3.2.4.3.4.3.

Point 3.2.4.3.4.3. shall be amended to read: Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: …

(j)3.2.4.3.4.9.3.2.4.3.4.10.3.2.4.3.4.11.

Points 3.2.4.3.4.9. to 3.2.4.3.4.11. shall be amended to read: Make and type or working principle of water temperature sensor: … Make and type or working principle of air temperature sensor: … Make and type or working principle of air pressure sensor: …

(k)3.2.4.3.5.

Point 3.2.4.3.5. shall be amended to read: Injectors

(l)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.

Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) Catalytic converter

(m) Points 3.2.12.2.1.11. to 3.2.12.2.1.11.10 shall be deleted

(n)3.2.12.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.3.2.12.2.2.1.4.3.2.12.2.2.1.5.

Points 3.2.12.2.2. to 3.2.12.2.2.5. shall be deleted and replaced with the following: Sensors Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1) Make: … Location: … Control range: … Type or working principle: … Identifying part number: …

(o)3.2.12.2.4.1.3.2.12.2.4.2.

Points 3.2.12.2.4.1. to 3.2.12.2.4.2. shall be amended to read: Characteristics (make, type, flow, high pressure / low pressure / combined pressure, etc.): … Water-cooled system (to be specified for each EGR system e.g. low pressure / high pressure / combined pressure: yes/no (1)

(p)3.2.12.2.5.3.2.12.2.5.1.3.2.12.2.5.2.3.2.12.2.5.3.3.2.12.2.5.4.3.2.12.2.5.5.3.2.12.2.5.6.

Points 3.2.12.2.5. to 3.2.12.2.5.6. shall be amended to read: Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no (1) Detailed description of the devices: … Drawing of the evaporative emissions control system: … Drawing of the carbon canister: … Mass of dry charcoal: … g Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material (petrol and ethanol engines only): … Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: …

(q) Points 3.2.12.2.6.4. to 3.2.12.2.6.4.4. shall be deleted

(r)3.2.12.2.6.4.3.2.12.2.6.5.

Points 3.2.12.2.6.5. and 3.2.12.2.6.6. shall be renumbered to read: Make of particulate trap: … Identifying part number: …

(s)3.2.12.2.8.

Points 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: Other system: …

(t)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.3.2.12.2.10.2.3.2.12.2.10.2.1.3.2.12.2.10.3.3.2.12.2.10.4.3.2.12.2.10.5.3.2.12.2.11.3.2.12.2.11.1.3.2.12.2.11.2.3.2.12.2.11.3.3.2.12.2.11.4.3.2.12.2.11.5.3.2.12.2.11.6.3.2.12.2.11.6.1.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.3.2.12.2.11.7.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.2.3.2.12.2.11.8.

New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.11.8. shall be added as follows: Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: … The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles, between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance D in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 or figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 (as applicable)): … Applicable Type 1 cycle: (indicate the applicable procedure: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur: … Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): … Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83: … Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the information below for each separate unit) yes/no (1) Type and concentration of reagent needed: … Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … International standard: … Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate): Reagent indicator: (description and location) Reagent tank Capacity: … Heating system: yes/no (1) Description or drawing Reagent control unit: yes/no (1) Make: … Type: … Reagent injector (make, type and location): …

(u)3.2.15.1. Point 3.2.15.1. shall be amended to read: Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1)

(v)3.2.16.1. Point 3.2.16.1. shall be amended to read: Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1)

(w)3.3. Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: Electric machine

(x)3.3.2. Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: REESS

(y)3.4. Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: Combinations of propulsion energy converters

(z)3.4.4. Point 3.4.4. shall be amended to read: Description of the energy storage device: (REESS, capacitor, flywheel/generator)

(aa)3.4.4.5. Point 3.4.4.5. shall be amended to read: Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …)

(bb)3.4.5. Point 3.4.5. shall be amended to read: Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately)

(cc)3.5. Point 3.5. shall be amended to read: Manufacturer’s declared values for determination of CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-innovations (where applicable)(o)

(dd)4.4. Point 4.4. shall be amended to read: Clutch(es)

(ee)4.6. Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT

(ff)6.6.6.6.1.6.6.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.2.1.6.6.2.6.6.2.1.6.6.2.2.6.6.3.

Point 6.6. to 6.6.3. shall be replaced as follows: Tyres and wheels Tyre/wheel combination(s) Axles Axle 1: … Tyre size designation Axle 2: … Tyre size designation etc. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii Axle 1: … Axle 2: … etc. Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa

(gg)9.1. Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …

ANNEX XVIII SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ANNEXES I, II, III, VIII AND IX TO DIRECTIVE 2007/46/EC

Amendments to Annex I of Directive 2007/46/EC (1)

Annex I of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows:

(a)2.6.1. Point 2.6.1. shall be amended to read: Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer, a rigid drawbar trailer or a centre-axle trailer, the mass on the coupling:

(a)2.6.1.

(a) minimum and maximum for each variant: …

(b) mass of each version (a matrix must be provided): …

(b) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read:

(b)

(c)3.2.1.8. Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value)

(d)3.2.2.1.1.

A new point 3.2.2.1.1. shall be added as follows: RON, unleaded: …

(e)3.2.4.2.1.

Point 3.2.4.2.1. shall be amended to read: System description (common rail/unit injectors/distribution pump etc.): …

(f)3.2.4.2.3.

Point 3.2.4.2.3. shall be amended to read: Injection/Delivery pump

(g)3.2.4.2.4.

Point 3.2.4.2.4. shall be amended to read: Engine speed limitation control

(h)3.2.4.2.9.3.

Point 3.2.4.2.9.3. shall be amended to read: Description of the system

(i)3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1.

A new point 3.2.4.2.9.3.1.1. shall be added as follows: Software version of the ECU: …

(j)3.2.4.2.9.3.6.3.2.4.2.9.3.7.3.2.4.2.9.3.8.

(k)3.2.4.3.4.1.1.

A new point 3.2.4.3.4.1.1. shall be added as follows: Software version of the ECU: …

(l)3.2.4.3.4.3.

Point 3.2.4.3.4.3. shall be amended to read: Make and type or working principle of air-flow sensor: …

(m)3.2.4.3.4.9.3.2.4.3.4.10.3.2.4.3.4.11.

(n)3.2.4.3.5.

Point 3.2.4.3.5. shall be amended to read: Injectors

(o)3.2.4.4.2.3.2.4.4.3.

New points 3.2.4.4.2. and 3.2.4.4.3. shall be added as follows: Make(s): …. Type(s): …

(p)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.

Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) Catalytic converter

(q)3.2.12.2.1.11.

Points 3.2.12.2.1.11. to 3.2.12.2.1.11.10 shall be deleted and replaced with the following new point: Normal operating temperature range: … °C

(r)3.2.12.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.1.3.2.12.2.2.1.2.3.2.12.2.2.1.3.3.2.12.2.2.1.4.3.2.12.2.2.1.5.3.2.12.2.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.2.1.3.2.12.2.2.2.2.3.2.12.2.2.2.3.3.2.12.2.2.3.3.2.12.2.2.3.1.3.2.12.2.2.3.2.3.2.12.2.2.3.3.

Points 3.2.12.2.2. to 3.2.12.2.2.5. shall be deleted and replaced with the following: Sensors Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1) Make: … Location: … Control range: …. Type or working principle: … Identifying part number: … NOx sensor: yes/no (1) Make: … Type: … Location: … Particulate sensor: yes/no (1) Make: … Type: … Location: …

(s)3.2.12.2.4.1.3.2.12.2.4.2.

(t)3.2.12.2.5.3.2.12.2.5.1.3.2.12.2.5.2.3.2.12.2.5.3.3.2.12.2.5.4.3.2.12.2.5.5.3.2.12.2.5.6.

Points 3.2.12.2.5. to 3.2.12.2.5.6. shall be amended to read: Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no (1) Detailed description of the devices: …. Drawing of the evaporative control system: … Drawing of the carbon canister: … Mass of dry charcoal: … g Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material (petrol and ethanol engines only): … Description and schematic of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: …

(u) Points 3.2.12.2.6.4. to 3.2.12.2.6.4.4. shall be deleted

(v)3.2.12.2.6.4.3.2.12.2.6.5.

Points 3.2.12.2.6.5. and 3.2.12.2.6.6. shall be renumbered to read: Make of particulate trap: … Identifying part number: …

(w)3.2.12.2.7.3.2.12.2.7.0.1.3.2.12.2.7.0.2.3.2.12.2.7.0.3.3.2.12.2.7.0.4.3.2.12.2.7.0.5.3.2.12.2.7.0.6.

Points 3.2.12.2.7. to 3.2.12.2.7.0.6. shall be amended to read: On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1): … (Euro VI only) Number of OBD engine families within the engine family (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable) (Euro VI only) Number of the OBD engine family the parent engine / the engine member belongs to: … (Euro VI only) Manufacturer references of the OBD-Documentation required by Article 5(4)(c) and Article 9(4) of Regulation (EU) No 582/2011 and specified in Annex X to that Regulation for the purpose of approving the OBD system (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the Documentation for installing in a vehicle an OBD equipped engine system (Euro VI only) When appropriate, manufacturer reference of the documentation package related to the installation on the vehicle of the OBD system of an approved engine

(x) In point 3.2.12.2.7.6.4.1. the heading Low-duty vehicles shall be replaced with Light-duty vehicles

(y)3.2.12.2.8.

Points 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: Other system: …

(z)3.2.12.2.8.2.3.3.2.12.2.8.2.4.3.2.12.2.8.2.5.

New points 3.2.12.2.8.2.3. to 3.2.12.2.8.2.5. are added as follows: Type of inducement system: no engine restart after countdown/no start after refuelling/fuel-lockout/performance restriction Description of the inducement system Equivalent to the average driving range of the vehicle with a complete tank of fuel: … km

(aa)3.2.12.2.8.4.

A new point 3.2.12.2.8.4. shall be added as follows: (Euro VI only) List of the OBD engine families (when applicable): …

(bb)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.3.2.12.2.10.2.3.2.12.2.10.2.1.3.2.12.2.10.3.3.2.12.2.10.4.3.2.12.2.10.5.3.2.12.2.11.3.2.12.2.11.1.3.2.12.2.11.2.3.2.12.2.11.3.3.2.12.2.11.4.3.2.12.2.11.5.3.2.12.2.11.6.3.2.12.2.11.6.1.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.3.2.12.2.11.6.2.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.3.2.12.2.11.7.1.3.2.12.2.11.7.2.3.2.12.2.11.8.

New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.11.8. shall be added as follows: Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: …. The number of Type 1 operating cycles, or equivalent engine test bench cycles, between two cycles where regenerative phases occur under the conditions equivalent to Type 1 test (Distance D in Figure A6.App1/1 in Appendix 1 to Sub-Annex 6 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 or figure A13/1 in Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83 (as applicable)): … Applicable Type 1 cycle (indicate the applicable procedure: Annex XXI, Sub-Annex 4 or UN/ECE Regulation 83): … Description of method employed to determine the number of cycles between two cycles where regenerative phases occur: … Parameters to determine the level of loading required before regeneration occurs (i.e. temperature, pressure etc.): … Description of method used to load system in the test procedure described in paragraph 3.1., Annex 13 to UN/ECE Regulation 83: …. Catalytic converter systems using consumable reagents (provide the information below for each separate unit) yes/no (1) Type and concentration of reagent needed: … Normal operational temperature range of reagent: … International standard: … Frequency of reagent refill: continuous/maintenance (where appropriate): Reagent indicator (description and location): … Reagent tank Capacity: … Heating system: yes/no Description or drawing: … Reagent control unit: yes/no (1) Make: … Type: … Reagent injector (make type and location): …

(cc)3.2.15.1.

Point 3.2.15.1. shall be amended to read: Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1): …

(dd)3.2.16.1.

Point 3.2.16.1. shall be amended to read: Type-approval number according to Regulation (EC) No 661/2009 (OJ L 200, 31.7.2009, p. 1): …

(ee)3.2.20.3.2.20.1.3.2.20.1.1.3.2.20.2.3.2.20.2.1.3.2.20.2.2.3.2.20.2.3.3.2.20.2.4.

New points 3.2.20. to 3.2.20.2.4. shall be added as follows: Heat storage information Active heat storage device: yes/no Enthalpy: … (J) Insulation materials Insulation material: … Insulation volume: … Insulation weight: … Insulation location: …

(ff)3.3. Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: Electric machine

(gg)3.3.2. Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: REESS

(hh)3.4. Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: Combinations of propulsion energy converters

(ii)3.4.4. Point 3.4.4. shall be amended to read: Description of the energy storage device: (REESS, capacitor, flywheel/generator)

(jj)3.4.4.5. Point 3.4.4.5. shall be amended to read: Energy: … (for REESS: voltage and capacity Ah in 2 h, for capacitor: J, …)

(kk)3.4.5. Point 3.4.5. shall be amended to read: Electric machine (describe each type of electric machine separately)

(ll)3.5. Point 3.5. shall be amended to read: Manufacturer's declared values for determination of CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric consumption/electric range and details of eco-innovations (where applicable)(°)

(mm)3.5.7.3.5.7.1.3.5.7.1.13.5.7.1.1.1.3.5.7.1.1.2.3.5.7.1.1.2.1.3.5.7.1.1.2.2.3.5.7.1.1.2.3.3.5.7.1.2.3.5.7.1.2.1.3.5.7.1.2.2.3.5.7.1.2.2.1.3.5.7.1.2.2.2.3.5.7.1.2.2.3.3.5.7.1.3.3.5.7.1.3.1.3.5.7.1.3.2.3.5.7.1.3.2.1.3.5.7.1.3.2.2.3.5.7.1.3.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.5.7.2.1.3.5.7.2.1.1.3.5.7.2.1.2.3.5.7.2.2.3.5.7.2.2.1.3.5.7.2.2.2.3.5.7.2.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.3.5.7.2.3.1.3.5.7.2.3.2.3.5.7.2.3.3.3.5.7.3.3.5.7.3.1.3.5.7.3.1.1.3.5.7.3.1.2.3.5.7.3.2.3.5.7.3.2.1.3.5.7.3.2.2.3.5.7.3.2.3.3.5.7.4.3.5.7.4.1.3.5.7.4.2.3.5.7.4.3.3.5.7.5.3.5.7.5.1.3.5.7.5.1.1.3.5.7.5.1.2.3.5.7.5.2.3.5.7.5.2.1.3.5.7.5.2.2.3.5.7.5.2.3.3.5.8.3.5.8.1.3.5.8.2.3.5.8.3.1.2.3.4.5.

New points 3.5.7. to 3.5.8.3. are added as follows: Manufacturer's declared values Test vehicle parameters Vehicle high Cycle Energy Demand: … J Road load coefficients f0: … N f1: …N/(km/h) f2: …N/(km/h)2 Vehicle Low (if applicable) Cycle Energy Demand: … J Road load coefficients f0: … N f1: …N/(km/h) f2: …N/(km/h)2 Vehicle M (if applicable) Cycle Energy Demand: … J Road load coefficients f0: … N f1: … N/(km/h) f2: … N/(km/h)2 Combined CO2 mass emissions CO2 mass emission for ICE Vehicle High: … g/km Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km Charge Sustaining CO2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs and NOVC-HEVs Vehicle high: … g/km Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km Charge Depleting CO2 mass emission for OVC-HEVs Vehicle high: … g/km Vehicle low (if applicable): … g/km Vehicle M (if applicable): … g/km Electric range for electrified vehicles Pure Electric Range (PER) for PEVs Vehicle high: … km Vehicle low (if applicable): … km All Electric Range AER for OVC-HEVs Vehicle high: … km Vehicle low (if applicable): … km Vehicle M (if applicable): … km Charge Sustaining fuel consumption (FCCS) for FCHVs Vehicle high: … kg/100 km Vehicle low (if applicable): … kg/100 km Vehicle M (if applicable): … kg/100 km Electric energy consumption for electrified vehicles Combined electric energy consumption (ECWLTC) for Pure electric vehicles Vehicle high: … Wh/km Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km Utility factor weighted charge-depleting electric consumption ECAC,CD (combined) Vehicle high: … Wh/km Vehicle low (if applicable): … Wh/km Vehicle M (if applicable): … Wh/km Vehicle fitted with an eco-innovation within the meaning of Article 12 of Regulation (EC) No 443/2009 for M1 vehicles or Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 for N1 vehicles: yes/no (1) Type/Variant/Version of the baseline vehicle as referred to in Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 725/2011 for M1 vehicles or Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 427/2014 for N1 vehicles (if applicable): … Existence of interactions between different eco-innovations: yes/no (1) Emissions data related to the use of eco-innovations (repeat the table for each reference fuel tested) (w1) Decision approving the eco-innovation (w2) Code of the eco-innovation (w3) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under type 1 test-cycle (w4) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under type 1 test-cycle Usage factor (UF), i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4))*5 xxxx/201x Total CO2 emissions saving (g/km)(w5)

(nn)4.4. Point 4.4. shall be amended to read: Clutch(es): …

(oo)4.5.1.1.4.5.1.2.4.5.1.3.4.5.1.4.4.5.1.5.

New points 4.5.1.1. to 4.5.1.5. shall be added as follows: Predominant mode: yes/no (1) Best mode (if no predominant mode): … Worst mode (if no predominant mode): … Torque rating: … Number of clutches: …

(pp)4.6. Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT Reverse

(qq)6.6.6.6.1.6.6.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.1.6.6.1.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.1.3.6.6.1.1.1.4.6.6.1.1.1.5.6.6.1.1.2.6.6.1.1.2.1.6.6.1.1.2.2.6.6.1.1.2.3.6.6.1.1.2.4.6.6.1.1.2.5.6.6.1.2.6.6.2.6.6.2.1.6.6.2.2.6.6.2.3.6.6.2.4.6.6.3.6.6.4.6.6.5.

Point 6.6. to 6.6.5. shall be replaced as follows: Tyres and wheels Tyre/wheel combination(s) Axles Axle 1: … Tyre size designation: … Load-capacity index: … Speed category symbol (r) Wheel rim size(s): … Wheel off-set(s): … Axle 2: … Tyre size designation: … Load-capacity index: … Speed category symbol: … Wheel rim size(s): … Wheel off-set(s): … etc. Spare wheel, if any: … Upper and lower limits of rolling radii Axle 1: … mm Axle 2: … mm Axle 3: …mm Axle 4: …mm etc. Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: … kPa Chain/tyre/wheel combination on the front and/or rear axle that is suitable for the type of vehicle, as recommended by the manufacturer: … Brief description of temporary use spare unit (if any): …

(rr)9.1. Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …

(ss)9.9.2.1. Point 9.9.2.1. shall be amended to read: Type and description of the device: …

Amendments to Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC (2)

Annex II is hereby amended as follows:

(a) At the end of the two points 1.3.1 and 3.3.1 of part B of Annex II defining the criteria for vehicle versions for M1 and N1 vehicles each, the following text should be added: As an alternative to the criteria (h), (i) and (j), the vehicles grouped into a version shall have all tests performed for the calculation of their CO2 emissions, electric energy consumption and fuel consumptions according to the provisions of sub-Annex 6 to Annex XXI of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 in common.

(b)(k) The following text shall be added at the end of point 3.3.1 of part B of Annex II the existence of a unique set of innovative technologies, as specified in Article 12 of Regulation (EU) No 510/2011.

Amendments to Annex III of Directive 2007/46/EC (3)

Annex III of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Points 3. to 3.1.1. shall be amended to read:

(a)

(b)3.2.1.8. Point 3.2.1.8. shall be amended to read: Rated engine power (n): … kW at … min–1 (manufacturer's declared value)

(c)3.2.12.2.3.2.12.2.1.

Points 3.2.12.2. to 3.2.12.2.1. shall be amended to read: Pollution control devices (if not covered by another heading) Catalytic converter

(d) Point 3.2.12.2.1.11. shall be deleted

(e) Points 3.2.12.2.1.11.6. and 3.2.12.2.1.11.7. shall be deleted

(f)3.2.12.2.2.1.

Point 3.2.12.2.2. shall be deleted and replaced with the following new point: Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1)

(g)3.2.12.2.5.

Point 3.2.12.2.5. shall be amended to read: Evaporative emissions control system (petrol and ethanol engines only): yes/no (1)

(h)3.2.12.2.8.

Point 3.2.12.2.8. shall be amended to read: Other system

(i)3.2.12.2.10.3.2.12.2.10.1.

New points 3.2.12.2.10. to 3.2.12.2.10.1. shall be added as follows: Periodically regenerating system: (provide the information below for each separate unit) Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing: ….

(j)3.2.12.2.11.1.

A new point 3.2.12.2.11.1. shall be added as follows: Type and concentration of reagent needed: …

(k)3.3. Point 3.3. shall be amended to read: Electric machine

(l)3.3.2. Point 3.3.2. shall be amended to read: REESS

(m)3.4. Point 3.4. shall be amended to read: Combinations of propulsion energy converters

(n) Points 3.5.4 to 3.5.5.6. shall be deleted.

(o)4.6. Point 4.6. shall be amended to read: Gear ratios Gear Internal gearbox ratios (ratios of engine to gearbox output shaft revolutions) Final drive ratio(s) (ratio of gearbox output shaft to driven wheel revolutions) Total gear ratios Maximum for CVT 1 2 3 … Minimum for CVT Reverse

(p)6.6.1. Point 6.6.1.shall be amended to read: Tyre/wheel combination(s)

(q)9.1. Point 9.1. shall be amended to read: Type of bodywork using the codes defined in Part C of Annex II of Directive 2007/46/EC: …

Amendments to Annex VIII of Directive 2007/46/EC (4)

Annex VIII of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby amended as follows:

Amendments to Annex IX of Directive 2007/46/EC (5)

Annex IX of Directive 2007/46/EC is hereby replaced by the following text:

ANNEX VIII TEST RESULTS

(To be completed by the type-approval authority and attached to the vehicle EC type-approval certificate) In each case, the information must make clear to which variant and version it is applicable. One version may not have more than one result. However, a combination of several results per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In the latter case, a note shall state that for items marked (*) only worst case results are given.

1. Results of the sound level tests Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case of a regulatory act with two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: …. Variant/Version: … … … Moving (dB(A)/E): … … … Stationary (dB(A)/E): … … … at (min– 1): … … …

2. Results of the exhaust emission tests

2.

2.1. Emissions from motor vehicles tested under the test procedure for light-duty vehicles Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: … Fuel(s) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, Bi-fuel: petrol/NG, LPG, NG/biomethane, Flex-fuel: petrol/ethanol…)

2.1. 2.1.1. NEDC average values, WLTP highest values Ambient Temperature Correction Test (ATCT) Family correction factors

Type 1 test, (vehicle emissions in the test cycle after a cold start) Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/km) … … … THC (mg/km) … … … NMHC (mg/km) … … … NOx (mg/km) … … … THC + NOx (mg/km) … … … Mass of particulate matter (PM) (mg/km) … … … Number of particles (PN) (#/km) (1) … … … ATCT Family Interpolation family Road Load Matrix family … … … … … … ATCT Family FCF … … … …

2.1.2. Type 2 test, (emissions data required at type-approval for roadworthiness purposes) Type 2, low idle test: Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Engine speed (min–1) … … … Engine oil temperature (°C) … … … Type 2, high idle test: Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Lambda Value … … … Engine speed (min–1) … … … Engine oil temperature (°C) … … …

2.1.3. Type 3 test (emissions of crankcase gases): …

2.1.4. Type 4 test (evaporative emissions): … g/test

2.1.5. Type 5 test (durability of anti-pollution control devices):

Ageing distance covered (km)(e.g. 160000 km): …

Deterioration factor DF: calculated/fixed

Values: Variant/Version: … … … CO … … … THC … … … NMHC … … … NOx … … … THC + NOx … … … Mass of particulate matter (PM) … … … Number of particles (PN) (1) … … …

2.1.6. Type 6 test (average emissions at low ambient temperatures): Variant/Version: … … … CO (g/km) … … … THC (g/km) … … …

2.1.7. OBD: yes/no

2.2. Emissions from engines tested under the test procedure for heavy-duty vehicles. Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: … Fuel(s) … (diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, ethanol …)

2.2.

2.2.1. Results of the ESC test,, Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/kWh) … … … THC (mg/kWh) … … … NOx (mg/kWh) … … … NH3 (ppm) (1) … … … PM mass (mg/kWh) … … … PM number (#/kWh) (1) … … …

2.2.2. Result of the ELR test Variant/Version: … … … Smoke value: … m–1 … … …

2.2.3. Result of the ETC test, Variant/Version: … … … CO (mg/kWh) … … … THC (mg/kWh) … … … NMHC (mg/kWh) (1) … … … CH4 (mg/kWh) (1) … … … NOx (mg/kWh) … … … NH3 (ppm) (1) … … … PM mass (mg/kWh) … … … PM number (#/kWh) (1) … … …

2.2.4. Idle test Variant/Version: … … … CO (% vol.) … … … Lambda Value (1) … … … Engine speed (min–1) … … … Engine oil temperature (K) … … …

2.3. Diesel smoke Indicate the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval. In case the regulatory act has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: …

2.3.

2.3.1. Results of the test under free acceleration Variant/Version: … … … Corrected value of the absorption coefficient (m–1) … … … Normal engine idling speed … … … Maximum engine speed … … … Oil temperature (min./max.) … … …

3. Results of the CO2 emission, fuel/electric energy consumption, and electric range tests Number of the base regulatory act and the latest amending regulatory act applicable to the approval: …

3.

3.1. Internal combustion engines, including not externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (NOVC) Variant/Version: … … … CO2 mass emission (urban conditions) (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission (extra-urban conditions) (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) … … … Fuel consumption (urban conditions) (l/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption (extra-urban conditions) (l/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) … … … Interpolation family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Road Load Matrix family identifier VH VM (if applicable) VL (if applicable) V representative CO2 mass emission LOW phase (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission MID phase (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission HIGH phase (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH phase (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) … … … Fuel consumption LOW phase (l/100 km m3/100 km kg/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption MID phase (l/100 km m3/100 km kg/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption HIGH phase (l/100 km m3/100 km kg/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH phase (l/100 km m3/100 km kg/100 km) … … … Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km m3/100 km kg/100 km) … … … f0 … … … f1 … … … f2 … … … RR … … … Delta Cd*A (for VL if applicable compared to VH) … … … Test Mass … … … Repeat for each interpolation or road load matrix family.

3.2. Externally chargeable hybrid electric vehicles (OVC) Variant/Version: … … … CO2 mass emission (Condition A, combined) (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission (Condition B, combined) (g/km) … … … CO2 mass emission (weighted, combined) (g/km) … … … Fuel consumption (Condition A, combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … Fuel consumption (Condition B, combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) (l/100 km) (g) … … … Electric energy consumption (Condition A, combined) (Wh/km) … … … Electric energy consumption (Condition B, combined) (Wh/km) … … … Electric energy consumption (weighted and combined) (Wh/km) … … … Pure electric range (km) … … … Interpolation family number Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Road Load Matrix family identifier VH VM (if applicable) VL (if applicable) V representative CS CO2 mass emission LOW phase (g/km) … … CS CO2 mass emission MID phase (g/km) … … CS CO2 mass emission HIGH phase (g/km) … … CS CO2 mass emission EXTRA-HIGH phase (g/km) … … CS CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) … … CD CO2 mass emission (combined) (g/km) CO2 mass emission (weighted, combined) (g/km) CS Fuel consumption LOW phase (l/100 km) … … CS Fuel consumption MID phase (l/100 km) … … CS Fuel consumption HIGH phase (l/100 km) … … CS Fuel consumption EXTRA-HIGH phase (l/100 km) … … CS Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) … … CD Fuel consumption (combined) (l/100 km) … … Fuel consumption (weighted, combined) (l/100 km) … … ECAC,weighted … … EAER (combined) … … EAERcity … … f0 … … f1 … … f2 … … RR … … Delta Cd*A (for VL or VM compared to VH) … … Test Mass … … Frontal area of the representative vehicle (m2) Repeat for each interpolation family.

3.3. Pure electric vehicles Variant/Version: … … … Electric energy consumption (Wh/km) … … … Range (km) … … … Interpolation family number Variant/versions … … … … … … Road Load Matrix family identifier Variant/versions … … … … … … Results: Interpolation family identifier Matrix family identifier VH VL V representative Electric Consumption (Combined) (Wh/km) … … Pure Electric Range (Combined) (km) … … Pure Electric Range (City) (km) … … f0 … … f1 … … f2 … … RR … … Delta Cd*A (for VL compared to VH) … … Test Mass … … Frontal area of the representative vehicle (m2)

3.4. Hydrogen fuel cell vehicles Variant/Version: … … … Fuel consumption (kg/100 km) … … … Variant/Version: Variant/Version: Fuel Consumption (Combined) (kg/100 km) … … f0 … … f1 … … f2 … … RR … … Test Mass …

3.5. Output report(s) from the correlation tool in accordance with Implementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1152 Repeat for each interpolation or road load matrix family: Interpolation family identifier or road load matrix family [Footnote: Type Approval Number + Interpolation Family Sequence number]: … VH report: … VL report (if applicable): … V representative: …

4.1.2.3.4.5.1.2.3.4.5.

Results of the tests for vehicles fitted with eco-innovation(s) According to Regulation 83 (if applicable) Variant/Version … Decision approving the eco-innovation Code of the eco-innovation Type 1/I cycle (NEDC/WLTP) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle (= 3.5.1.3 of Annex I) Usage factor (UF) i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4)) * 5 xxx/201x … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … Total CO2 emissions savings on NEDC(g/km) … According to Annex XXI of Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) Variant/Version … Decision approving the eco-innovation Code of the eco-innovation Type 1/I cycle (NEDC/WLTP) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle (g/km) CO2 emissions of the baseline vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle CO2 emissions of the eco-innovation vehicle under Type 1 test-cycle Usage factor (UF) i.e. temporal share of technology usage in normal operation conditions CO2 emissions savings ((1 – 2) – (3 – 4)) * 5 xxx/201x … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … Total CO2 emissions savings on WLTP(g/km)

4.1. General code of the eco-innovation(s): …

4.1. Explanatory notes (h)

Eco-innovations.

ANNEX IX EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

0. OBJECTIVES The certificate of conformity is a statement delivered by the vehicle manufacturer to the buyer in order to assure him that the vehicle he has acquired complies with the legislation in force in the European Union at the time it was produced. The certificate of conformity also serves the purpose to enable the competent authorities of the Member States to register vehicles without having to require the applicant to supply additional technical documentation. For these purposes, the certificate of conformity has to include:

0.

(a) the Vehicle Identification Number;

(b) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (i.e. it is not permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries).

1.1.1.1.2.1.3.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION The certificate of conformity shall consist of two parts. The certificate of conformity shall be established in a maximum format A4 (210 × 297 mm) or a folder of maximum format A4. Without prejudice to the provisions in Section O(b), the values and units indicated in the second part shall be those given in the type-approval documentation of the relevant regulatory acts. In case of conformity of production checks the values shall be verified according to the methods laid down in the relevant regulatory acts. The tolerances allowed in those regulatory acts shall be taken into account.

1.1.1.

(a) SIDE 1, which consists of a statement of compliance by the manufacturer. The same template is common to all vehicle categories.

(b) SIDE 2, which is a technical description of the main characteristics of the vehicle. The template of side 2 is adapted to each specific vehicle category.

2.2.1.2.2.2.3.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS Model A of the certificate of conformity (complete vehicle) shall cover vehicles which can be used on the road without requiring any further stage for their approval. Model B of the certificate of conformity (completed vehicles) shall cover vehicles which have undergone a further stage for their approval. This is the normal result of the multi-stage approval process (e.g. a bus built by a second stage manufacturer on a chassis built by a vehicle manufacturer). The additional features added during the multi-stage process shall be described briefly. Model C of the certificate of conformity (incomplete vehicles) shall cover vehicles which need a further stage for their approval (e.g. truck chassis). Except for tractors for semi-trailers, certificates of conformity covering chassis-cab vehicles belonging to category N shall be of Model C.

PART I COMPLETE AND COMPLETED VEHICLES

MODEL A1 SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.

The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle: Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Commercial name: … Vehicle category: … Company name and address of manufacturer: … Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left hand traffic and using metric/imperial units for the speedometer and metric/imperial units for the odometer (if applicable). (Place) (Date): … (Signature): …

Variant: …

Version: …

MODEL A2 SIDE 1 COMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES

[Year] [Sequential number]

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Side 1 0.1.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.

The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle: Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … Commercial name: … Vehicle category: … Company name and address of manufacturer: … Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left (b) hand traffic and using metric/imperial units for the speedometer and metric/imperial units for the odometer (if applicable). (Place) (Date): … (Signature): …

0.1.

0.2. Type: …

Variant: …

Version: …

MODEL B SIDE 1 COMPLETED VEHICLES

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.2.2.0.4.0.5.0.5.1.0.6.0.9.0.10.

The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle: Make (Trade name of the manufacturer): … Type: … Commercial name: … For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage): Type-approval number, extension number … Vehicle category: … Company name and address of manufacturer: … For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle… Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … Vehicle identification number: … (Place) (Date): … (Signature): … Attachments: Certificate of conformity delivered at each previous stage.

Variant: …

Version: …

Type: …

Variant: …

Version: …

(a) has been completed and altered as follows: … and

(b) conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and

(c) can be permanently registered in Member States having right/left hand traffic and using metric/imperial units for the speedometer and metric/imperial units for the odometer (if applicable).

SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (complete and completed vehicles)

Side 2 General construction characteristics 1.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.19.

Mass in running order: … kg Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg Technically permissible maximum masses Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg Technically permissible mass on each axle: Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: … kg

Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg etc.

Masses 13.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.

Manufacturer of the engine: … Engine code as marked on the engine: … Working principle: … Pure electric: yes/no Class of Hybrid [electric] vehicle: OVC-HEV/NOVC-HEV/OVC-FCHV/ NOVC-FCHV Number and arrangement of cylinders: … Engine capacity: … cm3 Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/CNG-Biomethane/LNG/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel/Dual-fuel (Dual-fuel only) Type 1A/Type 1B/Type 2A/Type 2B/Type 3B Maximum power Maximum net power: … kW at … min–1 (internal combustion engine) Maximum hourly output: … kW (electric motor) Maximum net power: … kW (electric motor) Maximum 30 minutes power: … kW (electric motor)

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.35.

Axle(s) track: Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable): …

Axles and suspension 30.

1. … mm

2. … mm

3. … mm

Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic

Bodywork 38.40.41.42.42.1.42.3.

Code for bodywork: … Colour of vehicle: … Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): … Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … Number of wheelchair user accessible position: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.49.

Sound level Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type I or ESC CO: …. HC: ….. NO x: …. HC + NO x: …. Particulates: ….. Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): …Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1) CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption:

Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min-1

Drive-by: … dB(A)

1. all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra-urban conditions (1): … g/km l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Combined (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted (1), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable) Verification factor (if applicable) 1 or 0

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km Electric range … km

3.3.1.3.2. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no General code of the eco-innovation(s): … Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s) (repeat for each reference fuel tested):

3.3.1.3.2.

3.2.1. NEDC savings: …g/km (if applicable)

3.2.2. WLTP savings: …g/km (if applicable)

4. all power trains, except pure electric vehicle, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable) WLTP values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption Low (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Medium (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) High (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra High (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted, combined (1) … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1)

5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)

5.

5.1. Pure electric vehicles Electric energy consumption … Wh/km Electric range … km Electric range city … km

5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted) … Wh/km Electric range (EAER) … km Electric range city (EAER city) … km

Miscellaneous 51.52.

For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … Remarks: … Additional tyre/wheel combinations: technical parameters (no reference to RR)

VEHICLE CATEGORY M2 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.9.12.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm Rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.33.35.

Axle(s) track: Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable): …

Axles and suspension 30.

1. … mm

2. … mm

3. … mm etc.

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Bodywork 38.39.41.42.42.1.42.3.43.

Code for bodywork: … Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): … Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … Number of wheelchair user accessible position: … Number of standing places: …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.49.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type I or ESC CO: …. HC: ….. NO x: …. HC + NO x: …. Particulates: ….. Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1) CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption:

1. all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing under NEDC according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra-urban conditions (1): … g/km l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) Combined (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted (1), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable) Verification factor (if applicable) 1 or 0

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km Electric range … km

3.3.1.3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.

Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no General code of the eco-innovation(s): … Total CO2 emissions savings due to the eco-innovation(s) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): NEDC savings: …g/km (if applicable) WLTP savings: …g/km (if applicable)

5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)

5.

5.1. Pure electric vehicles Electric energy consumption … Wh/km Electric range … km Electric range city … km

5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted) … Wh/km Electric range (EAER) … km Electric range city (EAER city) … km

Miscellaneous 51.52.

For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY M3 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.9.12.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm Rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.3.18.4.19.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.1.30.2.32.33.35.

Track of each steered axle: … mm Track of all other axles: … mm Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Bodywork 38.39.41.42.42.1.42.2.42.3.43.

Code for bodywork: … Class of vehicle: class I/Class II/Class III/Class A/Class B Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): … Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: … Number of passenger seating positions: … (lower deck) … (upper deck) (including the driver) Number of wheelchair user accessible position: … Number of standing places: …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 51.52.

For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY N1 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.8.9.11.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm. Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm Length of the loading area: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.14.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.

Mass in running order: … kg Distribution of this mass amongst the axles: Actual mass of the vehicle: … kg Mass of the base vehicle in running order: … kg Technically permissible maximum masses Technically permissible maximum laden mass: … kg Technically permissible mass on each axle: Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: … kg Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: Drawbar trailer: … kg Semi-trailer: … kg Centre-axle trailer: … kg Unbraked trailer: … kg Technically permissible maximum static mass at the coupling point: … kg

Masses 13.13.1.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.14.16.16.1.16.2.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg etc.

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.35.

Axle(s) track: Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable): …

Axles and suspension 30.

1. … mm

2. … mm

3. … mm

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Bodywork 38.40.41.42.

Code for bodywork: … Colour of vehicle: … Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.49.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type 1 or ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1) CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption:

1. all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra-urban conditions (1): … g/km l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Combined (1): … g/km … l l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted (1), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km Electric range … km

3.3.1.3.2. Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no General code of the eco-innovation(s): … Total CO2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s) (repeat for each reference fuel tested):

3.3.1.3.2.

3.2.1. NEDC savings:…g/km (if applicable)

3.2.2. WLTP savings:…g/km (if applicable)

4. all power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 WLTP values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption Low (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Medium (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) High (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra High (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted, combined (1) … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1)

5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)

5.

5.1. Pure electric vehicles or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption … Wh/km Electric range … km Electric range city … km

5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted) … Wh/km Electric range (EAER) … km Electric range city (EAER city) … km

Miscellaneous 50.51.52.

Type-approved according to the design requirements for transporting dangerous goods: yes/class(es): …/no: For special purpose vehicles: designation in accordance with Annex II Section 5: … Remarks: … List of tyres: technical parameters (no reference to RR)

VEHICLE CATEGORY N2 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.8.9.11.12.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device: … mm Length of the loading area: … mm Rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.16.4.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.17.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.

Axles and suspension 31.32.33.35.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination/Rolling Resistance Class (if applicable): …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Bodywork 38.41.42.

Code for bodywork: … Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.49.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type 1 or ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1) CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption:

1. all power trains, except pure electric vehicles (if applicable) NEDC values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption in case of emission testing according to Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 Urban conditions (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Extra-urban conditions (1): … g/km l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Combined (1): … g/km … l l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km (1) Weighted (1), combined … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km Deviation factor (if applicable)

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km Electric range … km

3.3.1.3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.

Vehicle fitted with eco-innovation(s): yes/no General code of the eco-innovation(s): … Total CO2 emissions saving due to the eco-innovation(s) (repeat for each reference fuel tested): NEDC savings:…g/km (if applicable) WLTP savings:…g/km (if applicable)

4. all power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 WLTP values CO2 emissions Fuel consumption Low (1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) Medium(1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) High(1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) Extra High(1): … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1) Weighted, combined(1) … g/km … l/100 km or m3/100 km or kg/100 km(1)

5. Pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles, under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 (if applicable)

5.

5.1. Pure electric vehicles or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption … Wh/km Electric range … km Electric range city … km

5.2 OVC hybrid electric vehicles or (if applicable) Electric energy consumption (ECAC,weighted) … Wh/km Electric range (EAER) … km Electric range city (EAER city) … km

Miscellaneous 50.51.52.

VEHICLE CATEGORY N3 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.8.9.11.12.

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 31.32.33.35.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Bodywork 38.41.42.

Code for bodywork: … Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 50.51.52.

VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2 (complete and completed vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.10.11.12.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Length: … mm Width: … mm Height: … mm Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: … mm Length of the loading area: … mm Rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.19.

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.6.7.10.11.12.

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 13.13.1.13.2.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.17.17.1.17.2.17.3.19.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic

Bodywork 38. Code for bodywork: …

Coupling device 44.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …å

Miscellaneous 50.51.52.

PART II INCOMPLETE VEHICLES

MODEL C1 SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.2.2.0.4.0.5.0.5.1.0.6.0.9.0.10.

The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle: Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Variant: … Version: … Commercial name: … For multi-stage approved vehicles, type-approval information of the base/previous stages vehicle (list the information for each stage): Type: … Variant: … Version: … Type-approval number, extension number … Vehicle category: … Company name and address of manufacturer: … For multi-stage approved vehicles, company name and address of the manufacturer of the base/previous stage(s) vehicle … Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and cannot be permanently registered without further approvals. (Place) (Date): … (Signature): …

MODEL C2 SIDE 1 INCOMPLETE VEHICLES TYPE-APPROVED IN SMALL SERIES

[Year] [Sequential number]

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Side 1 0.1.0.2.0.2.1.0.4.0.5.0.6.0.9.0.10.

The undersigned [… (Full name and position)] hereby certifies that the vehicle: Make (Trade name of manufacturer): … Type: … Variant: … Version: … Commercial name: … Vehicle category: … Company name and address of manufacturer: … Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: … Location of the vehicle identification number: … Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): … Vehicle identification number: … conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (… type-approval number including extension number) issued on (… date of issue) and cannot be permanently registered without further approvals. (Place) (Date): … (Signature): …

SIDE 2 VEHICLE CATEGORY M1 (incomplete vehicles)

Side 2 General construction characteristics 1.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: … mm Maximum permissible width: … mm Maximum permissible height: … mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.19.

Masses 14.14.1.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg etc.

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.35.

Axle(s) track: Tyre/wheel combination: …

Axles and suspension 30.

1. … mm

2. … mm

3. … mm

Brakes 36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic

Bodywork 41.42.

Number and configuration of doors: … Number of seating positions (including the driver): …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.49.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type 1 or ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1) CO2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption:

1. All power trains except pure electric vehicles under Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 CO2 emissions Fuel consumption Urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) Extra-urban conditions: … g/km … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) Combined: … g/km … l/100 km/m3/100 km (1) Weighted, combined … g/km … l/100 km

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1)) … Wh/km Electric range … km

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY M2 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: … mm Maximum permissible width: … mm Maximum permissible height: … mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.33.35.

Axle(s) track: Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Axles and suspension 30.

1. … mm

2. … mm

3. … mm

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Type or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type 1 or ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values)or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY M3 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: … mm Maximum permissible width: … mm Maximum permissible height: … mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.1.30.2.32.33.35.

Track of each steered axle: … mm Track of all other axles: … mm Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: … test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY N1 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.8.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: … mm Maximum permissible width: … mm Maximum permissible height: … mm Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): … mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.4.18.18.1.18.2.18.3.18.4.19.

Masses 14.14.1.

18.1. Drawbar trailer: … kg

18.2. Semi-trailer: … kg

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: … kg

18.4. Unbraked trailer: … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 31.32.33.35.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: Type 1 or ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: Type 1 (NEDC average values, WLTP highest values) or WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORY N3 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.3.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axles (number, position): … Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): … …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.8.12.1.

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Power plant 20.21.22.23.23.1.24.25.26.26.1.26.2.27.27.1.27.2.27.3.27.4.28.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 31.32.33.35.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Brakes 36.37.

Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: … bar

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Environmental performances 46.47.47.1.47.1.1.47.1.2.47.1.3.47.1.3.0.47.1.3.1.47.1.3.2.48.1.1.1.2.2.1.2.2.48.1.

Sound level Stationary: … dB(A) at engine speed: … min–1 Drive-by: … dB(A) Exhaust emission level: Euro … Parameters for emission testing Test mass, kg: … Frontal area, m2: … Road load coefficients f0, N: f1, N/(km/h): f2, N/(km/h)2 Exhaust emissions: Number of the base regulatory act and latest amending regulatory act applicable: … test procedure: ESC CO: … HC: … NOx: … HC + NOx: … Particulates: … Smoke opacity (ELR): … (m–1) test procedure: WHSC (EURO VI) CO: … THC: … NMHC: … NOx: … THC + NOx: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … test procedure: ETC (if applicable) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … Particulates: test procedure: WHTC (EURO VI) CO: … NOx: … NMHC: … THC: … CH4: … NH3: … Particulates (mass): … Particles (number): … Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: … (m–1)

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORIES O1 AND O2 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.10.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: … mm Maximum permissible width: … mm Maximum permissible height: … mm Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: … mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: … mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

3-4: … mm

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.19.1.

Masses 14.14.1.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg etc.

Masses 14.14.1.15.15.1.16.16.1.16.2.16.3.

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg etc.

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 30.1.30.2.31.32.34.35.

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

VEHICLE CATEGORIES O3 AND O4 (incomplete vehicles)

General construction characteristics 1.1.1.2.

Number of axles: … and wheels: … Number and position of axles with twin wheels: … Steered axle (number, position): …

Main dimensions 4.4.1.5.1.6.1.7.1.10.12.1.

Wheelbase: … mm Axle spacing: Maximum permissible length: …mm Maximum permissible width: …mm Maximum permissible height: …mm Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle: …mm Maximum permissible rear overhang: …mm

Main dimensions 4.4.1.

1-2: … mm

2-3: … mm

1. … kg

2. … kg

3. … kg

Maximum speed 29.

Maximum speed: … km/h

Axles and suspension 31.32.34.35.

Position of lift axle(s): … Position of loadable axle(s): … Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no Tyre/wheel combination: …

Coupling device 44.45.45.1.

Approval number or approval mark of coupling device (if fitted): … Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted: … Characteristics values: D: …/ V: …/ S: …/ U: …

Miscellaneous 52.

Remarks: …

Explanatory notes relating to Annex IX —(p)

— Eco-innovations.

ANNEX XIX AMENDMENTS TO REGULATION (EU) No 1230/2012

Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 is amended as follows:

1. Article 2(5) is replaced by the following: Mass of the optional equipment means maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications;

ANNEX XX MEASUREMENT OF NET POWER AND THE MAXIMUM 30 MINUTES POWER OF ELECTRIC DRIVE TRAINS

1. INTRODUCTION This Annex sets out requirements for measuring net engine power, net power and the maximum 30 minutes power of electric drive trains.

2. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1. The general specifications for conducting the tests and interpreting the results are those set out in paragraph 5 of UN/ECE Regulation No 85, with the exceptions specified in this Annex.

2.

2.2. Test fuel Paragraphs 5.2.3.1., 5.2.3.2.1., 5.2.3.3.1., and 5.2.3.4. of UN/ECE Regulation No 85 shall be understood as follows: The fuel used shall be the one available on the market. In any case of dispute, the fuel shall be the appropriate reference fuel specified in Annex IX to this Regulation.

2.3. Power correction factors By way of derogation from paragraph 5.1 of Annex 5 to UN/ECE Regulation No 85, when a turbo-charged engine is fitted with a system which allows compensating the ambient conditions temperature and altitude, at the request of the manufacturer, the correction factors αa or αd shall be set to the value of 1.

ANNEX XXI

TYPE 1 EMISSIONS TEST PROCEDURES

1. INTRODUCTION This Annex describes the procedure for determining the levels of emissions of gaseous compounds, particulate matter, particle number, CO2 emissions, fuel consumption, electric energy consumption and electric range from light-duty vehicles..

2. RESERVED

3. DEFINITIONS

3. 3.1.3.1.1.3.1.2.3.1.3.3.1.4.3.1.5.3.1.6.3.1.7.3.1.8.3.1.9.3.1.10.3.1.11.3.1.12.3.1.13.3.1.14.3.1.15.

Test equipment Accuracy means the difference between a measured value and a reference value, traceable to a national standard and describes the correctness of a result. See Figure 1. Calibration means the process of setting a measurement system's response so that its output agrees with a range of reference signals. Calibration gas means a gas mixture used to calibrate gas analysers. Double dilution method means the process of separating a part of the diluted exhaust flow and mixing it with an appropriate amount of dilution air prior to the particulate sampling filter. Full flow exhaust dilution system means the continuous dilution of the total vehicle exhaust with ambient air in a controlled manner using a constant volume sampler (CVS). Linearisation means the application of a range of concentrations or materials to establish a mathematical relationship between concentration and system response. Major maintenance means the adjustment, repair or replacement of a component or module that could affect the accuracy of a measurement. Non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC) are the total hydrocarbons (THC) minus the methane (CH4) contribution. Precision means the degree to which repeated measurements under unchanged conditions show the same results (Figure 1) and, in this Annex, always refers to one standard deviation. Reference value means a value traceable to a national standard. See Figure 1. Set point means the target value a control system aims to reach. Span means to adjust an instrument so that it gives a proper response to a calibration standard that represents between 75 per cent and 100 per cent of the maximum value in the instrument range or expected range of use. Total hydrocarbons (THC) means all volatile compounds measurable by a flame ionization detector (FID). Verification means to evaluate whether or not a measurement system's outputs agrees with applied reference signals within one or more predetermined thresholds for acceptance. Zero gas means a gas containing no analyte, which is used to set a zero response on an analyser.

Figure 1 Definition of accuracy, precision and reference value

3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.3.2.3.3.2.4.3.2.5.3.2.6.3.2.7.3.2.8.3.2.9.3.2.10.3.2.11.3.2.12.3.2.13.3.2.14.3.2.15.3.2.16.3.2.17.3.2.18.3.2.19.3.2.20.3.2.21.3.2.22.3.2.23.3.2.24.3.2.25.3.2.26.3.2.27.

Road load and dynamometer setting Aerodynamic drag means the force opposing a vehicle’s forward motion through air. Aerodynamic stagnation point means the point on the surface of a vehicle where wind velocity is equal to zero. Anemometer blockage means the effect on the anemometer measurement due to the presence of the vehicle where the apparent air speed is different than the vehicle speed combined with wind speed relative to the ground. Constrained analysis means the vehicle’s frontal area and aerodynamic drag coefficient have been independently determined and those values shall be used in the equation of motion. Mass in running order means the mass of the vehicle, with its fuel tank(s) filled to at least 90 per cent of its or their capacity/capacities, including the mass of the driver, fuel and liquids, fitted with the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and, when they are fitted, the mass of the bodywork, the cabin, the coupling and the spare wheel(s) as well as the tools. Mass of the driver means a mass rated at 75 kg located at the driver’s seating reference point. Maximum vehicle load means the technically permissible maximum laden mass minus the mass in running order, 25 kg and the mass of the optional equipment as defined in paragraph 3.2.8. Mass of the optional equipment means maximum mass of the combinations of optional equipment which may be fitted to the vehicle in addition to the standard equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Optional equipment means all the features not included in the standard equipment which are fitted to a vehicle under the responsibility of the manufacturer, and that can be ordered by the customer. Reference atmospheric conditions (regarding road load measurements) means the atmospheric conditions to which these measurement results are corrected: Reference speed means the vehicle speed at which road load is determined or chassis dynamometer load is verified. Road load means the force resisting the forward motion of a vehicle as measured with the coastdown method or methods that are equivalent regarding the inclusion of frictional losses of the drivetrain. Rolling resistance means the forces of the tyres opposing the motion of a vehicle. Running resistance means the torque resisting the forward motion of a vehicle measured by torque meters installed at the driven wheels of a vehicle. Simulated road load means the road load experienced by the vehicle on the chassis dynamometer which is intended to reproduce the road load measured on the road, and consists of the force applied by the chassis dynamometer and the forces resisting the vehicle while driving on the chassis dynamometer and is approximated by the three coefficients of a second order polynomial. Simulated running resistance means the running resistance experienced by the vehicle on the chassis dynamometer which is intended to reproduce the running resistance measured on the road, and consists of the torque applied by the chassis dynamometer and the torque resisting the vehicle while driving on the chassis dynamometer and is approximated by the three coefficients of a second order polynomial. Stationary anemometry means measurement of wind speed and direction with an anemometer at a location and height above road level alongside the test road where the most representative wind conditions will be experienced. Standard equipment means the basic configuration of a vehicle which is equipped with all the features that are required under the regulatory acts referred to in Annex IV and Annex XI of Directive 2007/46/EC including all features that are fitted without giving rise to any further specifications on configuration or equipment level. Target road load means the road load to be reproduced. Target running resistance means the running resistance to be reproduced on the chassis dynamometer. Reserved Wind correction means correction of the effect of wind on road load based on input of the stationary or on-board anemometry. Technically permissible maximum laden mass means the maximum mass allocated to a vehicle on the basis of its construction features and its design performances. Actual mass of the vehicle means the mass in running order plus the mass of the fitted optional equipment to an individual vehicle. Test mass of the vehicle means the sum of the actual mass of the vehicle, 25 kg and the mass representative of the vehicle load. Mass representative of the vehicle load means x per cent of the maximum vehicle load where x is 15 per cent for category M vehicles and 28 per cent for category N vehicles. Technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination (MC) means the maximum mass allocated to the combination of a motor vehicle and one or more trailers on the basis of its construction features and its design performances or the maximum mass allocated to the combination of a tractor unit and a semi-trailer.

3.2.3.2.1.3.2.2.3.2.3.3.2.4.3.2.5.3.2.6.3.2.7.3.2.8.3.2.9.3.2.10.

(a) Atmospheric pressure: p0 = 100 kPa;

(b) Atmospheric temperature: T0 = 20 °C;

(d) Wind speed: 0 m/s.

3.3.3.3.1.3.3.2.3.3.3.3.3.4.3.3.5.3.3.6.3.3.7.3.3.8.3.3.9.3.3.9.1.3.3.9.2.3.3.10.3.3.10.1.3.3.10.2.3.3.10.3.3.3.10.4.3.3.11.3.3.12.3.3.13.3.3.14.3.3.15.3.3.16.3.3.17.3.3.18.3.3.19.3.3.20.

Pure electric, hybrid electric and fuel cell vehicles All-electric range (AER) means the total distance travelled by an OVC-HEV from the beginning of the charge-depleting test to the point in time during the test when the combustion engine starts to consume fuel. Pure Electric range (PER) means the total distance travelled by a PEV from the beginning of the charge-depleting test until the break-off criterion is reached. Charge-depleting actual range (RCDA) means the distance travelled in a series of WLTCs in charge-depleting operating condition until the rechargeable electric energy storage system (REESS) is depleted. Charge-depleting cycle range (RCDC) means the distance from the beginning of the charge-depleting test to the end of the last cycle prior to the cycle or cycles satisfying the break-off criterion, including the transition cycle where the vehicle may have operated in both depleting and sustaining conditions. Charge-depleting operating condition means an operating condition in which the energy stored in the REESS may fluctuate but decreases on average while the vehicle is driven until transition to charge-sustaining operation. Charge-sustaining operating condition means an operating condition in which the energy stored in the REESS may fluctuate but, on average, is maintained at a neutral charging balance level while the vehicle is driven. Utility Factors are ratios based on driving statistics depending on the range achieved in charge-depleting condition and are used to weigh the charge-depleting and charge-sustaining exhaust emission compounds, CO2 emissions and fuel consumption for OVC-HEVs. Electric machine (EM) means an energy converter transforming between electrical and mechanical energy. Energy converter means a system where the form of energy output is different from the form of energy input. Propulsion energy converter means an energy converter of the powertrain which is not a peripheral device whose output energy is used directly or indirectly for the purpose of vehicle propulsion Category of propulsion energy converter means (i) an internal combustion engine, or (ii) an electric machine, or (iii) a fuel cell. Energy storage system means a system which stores energy and releases it in the same form as was input. Propulsion energy storage system means an energy storage system of the powertrain which is not a peripheral device and whose output energy is used directly or indirectly for the purpose of vehicle propulsion. Category of propulsion energy storage system means (i) a fuel storage system, or (ii) a rechargeable electric energy storage system, or (iii) a rechargeable mechanical energy storage system. Form of energy means (i) electrical energy, or (ii) mechanical energy, or (iii) chemical energy (including fuels). Fuel storage system means a propulsion energy storage system that stores chemical energy as liquid or gaseous fuel. Equivalent all-electric range (EAER) means that portion of the total charge-depleting actual range (RCDA) attributable to the use of electricity from the REESS over the charge-depleting range test. Hybrid electric vehicle (HEV) means a hybrid vehicle where one of the propulsion energy converters is an electric machine. Hybrid vehicle (HV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing at least two different categories of propulsion energy converters and at least two different categories of propulsion energy storage systems. Net energy change means the ratio of the REESS energy change divided by the cycle energy demand of the test vehicle. Not off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle (NOVC-HEV) means a hybrid electric vehicle that cannot be charged from an external source Off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle (OVC-HEV) means a hybrid electric vehicle that can be charged from an external source. Pure electric vehicle (PEV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively electric machines as propulsion energy converters and exclusively rechargeable electric energy storage systems as propulsion energy storage systems. Fuel cell means an energy converter transforming chemical energy (input) into electrical energy (output) or vice versa. Fuel cell vehicle (FCV) means a vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing exclusively fuel cell(s) and electric machine(s) as propulsion energy converter(s). Fuel cell hybrid vehicle (FCHV) means a fuel cell vehicle equipped with a powertrain containing at least one fuel storage system and at least one rechargeable electric energy storage system as propulsion energy storage systems.

3.4.3.4.1.3.4.2.3.4.3.3.4.4.3.4.5.

Powertrain Powertrain means the total combination in a vehicle, of propulsion energy storage system(s), propulsion energy converter(s) and the drivetrain(s) providing the mechanical energy at the wheels for the purpose of vehicle propulsion, plus peripheral devices. Auxiliary devices means energy consuming, converting, storing or supplying non-peripheral devices or systems which are installed in the vehicle for purposes other than the propulsion of the vehicle and are therefore not considered to be part of the powertrain. Peripheral devices means energy consuming, converting, storing or supplying devices, where the energy is not primarily used for the purpose of vehicle propulsion, or other parts, systems and control units, which are essential to the operation of the powertrain. Drivetrain means the connected elements of the powertrain for transmission of the mechanical energy between the propulsion energy converter(s) and the wheels. Manual transmission means a transmission where gears can only be shifted by action of the driver.

3.5.3.5.1.3.5.2.3.5.3.3.5.4.3.5.5.3.5.6.3.5.7.3.5.8.3.5.9.3.5.10.3.5.11.

General Criteria emissions means those emission compounds for which limits are set in this Regulation. Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Cycle energy demand means the calculated positive energy required by the vehicle to drive the prescribed cycle. Reserved Driver-selectable mode means a distinct driver-selectable condition which could affect emissions, or fuel and/or energy consumption. Predominant mode for the purposes of this Annex means a single mode that is always selected when the vehicle is switched on regardless of the operating mode selected when the vehicle was previously shut down. Reference conditions (with regards to calculating mass emissions) means the conditions upon which gas densities are based, namely 101,325 kPa and 273,15 K (0 °C). Exhaust emissions means the emission of gaseous, solid and liquid compounds.

3.6.3.6.1.3.6.2.

PM/PN The term particle is conventionally used for the matter being characterised (measured) in the airborne phase (suspended matter), and the term particulate for the deposited matter. Particle number emissions (PN) means the total number of solid particles emitted from the vehicle exhaust quantified according to the dilution, sampling and measurement methods as specified in this Annex. Particulate matter emissions (PM) means the mass of any particulate material from the vehicle exhaust quantified according to the dilution, sampling and measurement methods as specified in this Annex.

3.7.3.7.1.3.7.2.

WLTC Rated engine power (Prated) means maximum engine power in kW as per the requirements of Annex XX to this Regulation. Maximum speed (vmax) means the maximum speed of a vehicle as declared by the manufacturer.

3.8.3.8.1. Procedure Periodically regenerating system means an exhaust emissions control device (e.g. catalytic converter, particulate trap) that requires a periodical regeneration process in less than 4000 km of normal vehicle operation.

3.9.3.9.1.3.9.2.

Ambient Temperature Correction Test (Sub-Annex 6a) Active heat storage device means a technology that stores heat within any device of a vehicle and releases the heat to a power train component over a defined time period at engine start. It is characterised by the stored enthalpy in the system and the time for heat release to the power train components. Insulation materials means any material in the engine compartment attached to the engine and/or the chassis with a thermal insulation effect and characterised by a maximum heat conductivity of 0,1 W/(mK).

4. ABBREVIATIONS

4.

4.1. General abbreviations AC Alternating current CFV Critical flow venturi CFO Critical flow orifice CLD Chemiluminescent detector CLA Chemiluminescent analyser CVS Constant volume sampler DC Direct current ET Evaporation tube Extra High2 WLTC extra high speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Extra High3 WLTC extra high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles FCHV Fuel cell hybrid vehicle FID Flame ionisation detector FSD Full scale deflection GC Gas chromatograph HEPA High efficiency particulate air (filter) HFID Heated flame ionisation detector High2 WLTC high speed phase for Class 2 vehicles High3-1 WLTC high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles vmax < 120 with km/h High3-2 WLTC high speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with vmax ≥ 120 km/h ICE Internal combustion engine LoD Limit of detection LoQ Limit of quantification Low1 WLTC low speed phase for Class 1 vehicles Low2 WLTC low speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Low3 WLTC low speed phase for Class 3 vehicles Medium1 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 1 vehicles Medium2 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 2 vehicles Medium3-1 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with vmax < 120 km/h Medium3-2 WLTC medium speed phase for Class 3 vehicles with vmax ≥ 120 km/h LC Liquid chromatography LPG Liquefied petroleum gas NDIR Non-dispersive infrared (analyser) NDUV Non-dispersive ultraviolet NG/biomethane Natural gas/biomethane NMC Non-methane cutter NOVC-FCHV Not off-vehicle charging fuel cell hybrid vehicle NOVC Not off-vehicle charging NOVC-HEV Not off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle OVC-HEV Off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicle Pa Particulate mass collected on the background filter Pe Particulate mass collected on the sample filter PAO Poly-alpha-olefin PCF Particle pre-classifier PCRF Particle concentration reduction factor PDP Positive displacement pump PER Pure electric range Per cent FS Per cent of full scale PM Particulate matter emissions PN Particle number emissions PNC Particle number counter PND1 First particle number dilution device PND2 Second particle number dilution device PTS Particle transfer system PTT Particle transfer tube QCL-IR Infrared quantum cascade laser RCDA Charge-depleting actual range RCB REESS charge balance REESS Rechargeable electric energy storage system SSV Subsonic venturi USFM Ultrasonic flow meter VPR Volatile particle remover WLTC Worldwide light-duty test cycle

4.2. Chemical symbols and abbreviations C1 Carbon 1 equivalent hydrocarbon CH4 Methane C2H6 Ethane C2H5OH Ethanol C3H8 Propane CO Carbon monoxide CO2 Carbon dioxide DOP Di-octylphthalate H2O Water NH3 Ammonia NMHC Non-methane hydrocarbons NOx Oxides of nitrogen NO Nitric oxide NO2 Nitrogen dioxide N2O Nitrous oxide THC Total hydrocarbons

5.0 Each of the vehicle families defined in paragraphs 5.6. to 5.9. shall be attributed an unique identifier of the following format: FT-TA-WMI-yyyy-nnnn Where:

FT is an identifier of the family type:

IP = Interpolation family as defined in paragraph 5.6.

RL = Road load family as defined in paragraph 5.7.

RM = Road load matrix family as defined in paragraph 5.8.

PR = Periodically regenerating systems (Ki) family as defined in paragraph 5.9.

TA is the distinguishing number of the authority responsible for the family approval as defined in section 1 of point 1 of Annex VII of Directive (EC) 2007/46

WMI (world manufacturer identifier) is a code that identifies the manufacturer in a unique manner and is defined in ISO 3780:2009. For a single manufacturers several WMI codes may be used.

yyyy is the year when the test for the family were concluded

nnnn is a four digit sequence number

5.1. The vehicle and its components liable to affect the emissions of gaseous compounds, particulate matter and particle number shall be so designed, constructed and assembled as to enable the vehicle in normal use and under normal conditions of use such as humidity, rain, snow, heat, cold, sand, dirt, vibrations, wear, etc. to comply with the provisions of this Annex during its useful life.

5.1.1. This shall include the security of all hoses, joints and connections used within the emission control systems.

5.2. The test vehicle shall be representative in terms of its emissions-related components and functionality of the intended production series to be covered by the approval. The manufacturer and the approval authority shall agree which vehicle test model is representative.

5. 5.3.5.3.1.5.3.2.5.3.3.5.3.4.5.3.5.5.3.6.

Vehicle testing condition The types and amounts of lubricants and coolant for emissions testing shall be as specified for normal vehicle operation by the manufacturer. The type of fuel for emissions testing shall be as specified in Annex IX. All emissions controlling systems shall be in working order. The use of any defeat device is prohibited, according to the provisions of Article 5(2) of Regulation (EC) No 715/2007. The engine shall be designed to avoid crankcase emissions. The tyres used for emissions testing shall be as defined in paragraph 1.2.4.5. of Sub-Annex 6 to this Annex.

5.4.5.4.1.5.4.2.

Petrol tank inlet orifices Subject to paragraph 5.4.2., the inlet orifice of the petrol or ethanol tank shall be so designed as to prevent the tank from being filled from a fuel pump delivery nozzle that has an external diameter of 23.6 mm or greater. Paragraph 5.4.1. shall not apply to a vehicle in respect of which both of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The vehicle is so designed and constructed that no device designed to control the emissions shall be adversely affected by leaded petrol; and

(b) The vehicle is conspicuously, legibly and indelibly marked with the symbol for unleaded petrol, specified in ISO 2575:2010 Road vehicles – Symbols for controls, indicators and tell-tales, in a position immediately visible to a person filling the petrol tank. Additional markings are permitted.

5.5.5.5.1.5.5.2.5.5.3.5.5.4.

Provisions for electronic system security Any vehicle with an emission control computer shall include features to deter modification, except as authorised by the manufacturer. The manufacturer shall authorise modifications if these modifications are necessary for the diagnosis, servicing, inspection, retrofitting or repair of the vehicle. Any reprogrammable computer codes or operating parameters shall be resistant to tampering and afford a level of protection at least as good as the provisions in ISO 15031-7 (March 15, 2001). Any removable calibration memory chips shall be potted, encased in a sealed container or protected by electronic algorithms and shall not be changeable without the use of specialized tools and procedures. Computer-coded engine operating parameters shall not be changeable without the use of specialized tools and procedures (e.g. soldered or potted computer components or sealed (or soldered) enclosures). Manufacturers may seek approval from the approval authority for an exemption to one of these requirements for those vehicles that are unlikely to require protection. The criteria that the approval authority shall evaluate in considering an exemption shall include, but are not limited to, the current availability of performance chips, the high-performance capability of the vehicle and the projected sales volume of the vehicle. Manufacturers using programmable computer code systems shall deter unauthorised reprogramming. Manufacturers shall include enhanced tamper protection strategies and write-protect features requiring electronic access to an off-site computer maintained by the manufacturer, to which independent operators shall also have access using the protection afforded in paragraph 5.5.1. and Section 2.2. of Annex XIV. Methods giving an adequate level of tamper protection will be approved by the approval authority.

5.6. Interpolation family

5.6.

5.6.1. Interpolation family for ICE vehicles Only vehicles that are identical with respect to the following vehicle/powertrain/transmission characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family: Vehicles may only be part of the same interpolation family if they belong to the same vehicle class as described in paragraph 2 of Sub-Annex 1.

5.6.1.

(a) Type of internal combustion engine: fuel type, combustion type, engine displacement, full-load characteristics, engine technology, and charging system, and also other engine subsystems or characteristics that have a non-negligible influence on CO2 mass emission under WLTP conditions;

(b) Operation strategy of all CO2 mass emission influencing components within the powertrain;

(c) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, number of clutches, etc.);

(d) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type is within 8 per cent;

(e) Number of powered axles;

(f) ATCT family.

5.6.2. Interpolation family for NOVC-HEVs and OVC-HEVs In addition to the requirements of paragraph 5.6.1., only OVC-HEVs and NOVC-HEVs that are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family:

5.6.2.

(a) Type and number of electric machines (construction type (asynchronous/ synchronous, etc..), type of coolant (air, liquid,) and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on CO2 mass emission and electric energy consumption under WLTP conditions;

(b) Type of traction REESS (model, capacity, nominal voltage, nominal power, type of coolant (air, liquid));

(c) Type of energy converter between the electric machine and traction REESS, between the traction REESS and low voltage power supply and between the recharge-plug-in and traction REESS, and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on CO2 mass emission and electric energy consumption under WLTP conditions.

(d) The difference between the number of charge-depleting cycles from the beginning of the test up to and including the transition cycle shall not be more than one.

5.6.3. Interpolation family for PEVs Only PEVs that are identical with respect to the following electric powertrain/transmission characteristics may be part of the same interpolation family:

5.6.3.

(a) Type and number of electric machines (construction type (asynchronous/ synchronous, etc.), type of coolant (air, liquid) and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on electric energy consumption and range under WLTP conditions;

(b) Type of traction REESS (model, capacity, nominal voltage, nominal power, type of coolant (air, liquid));

(c) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, numbers of clutches, etc.);

(d) Number of powered axles;

(e) Type of electric converter between the electric machine and traction REESS, between the traction REESS and low voltage power supply and between the recharge-plug-in and traction REESS, and any other characteristics having a non-negligible influence on electric energy consumption and range under WLTP conditions;

(f) Operation strategy of all components influencing the electric energy consumption within the powertrain;

(g) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type and model is within 8 per cent.

5.7. Road load family Only vehicles that are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same road load family: If there is a difference, apart from vehicle mass, rolling resistance and aerodynamics, that has a non-negligible influence on road load, that vehicle shall not be considered to be part of the family unless approved by the approval authority.

5.7.

(a) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT) and transmission model (e.g. torque rating, number of gears, number of clutches, etc.). At the request of the manufacturer and with approval of the approval authority, a transmission with lower power losses may be included in the family;

(b) n/v ratios (engine rotational speed divided by vehicle speed). This requirement shall be considered fulfilled if, for all transmission ratios concerned, the difference with respect to the transmission ratios of the most commonly installed transmission type is within 25 per cent;

(d) If at least one electric machine is coupled in the gearbox position neutral and the vehicle is not equipped with a coastdown mode (paragraph 4.2.1.8.5. of Sub-Annex 4) such that the electric machine has no influence on the road load, the criteria from paragraph 5.6.2. (a) and paragraph 5.6.3. (a) shall apply.

5.8. Road load matrix family The road load matrix family may be applied for vehicles designed for a technically permissible maximum laden mass ≥ 3000 kg. Only vehicles which are identical with respect to the following characteristics may be part of the same road load matrix family:

5.8.

(a) Transmission type (e.g. manual, automatic, CVT);

(b) Number of powered axles.

1174 more provisions are not shown here; each has its own address.

Versions

2017-06-01

Cited by

Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
From 1 September 2019 all light-duty vehicles will be subject to a new regulatory test procedure for measuring CO2 emissions and fuel consumption from light duty vehicles, the World Harmonised Light Vehicles Test Procedure (WLTP) set out in Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, replacing the New European Test Cycle (NEDC) set out in Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008. A new methodology for determining the CO2 emissions and fuel consumption from category N1 vehicles which are type-approved in a multi-stage process (multi-stage vehicles) should therefore be established.
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
In determining the incomplete base vehicle CO2 emissions, it is appropriate to use the interpolation method provided for in Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, where the specific input values should be designed so as to result in CO2 emissions and mass values that are as representative as possible of those values subsequently determined for the final completed vehicle. In order to ensure consistency, the calculation of the base vehicle manufacturer's specific emission target should take into account the mass values determined for that purpose.
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Specific emissions of CO2 of multi-stage vehicles of category N1 determined pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 With effect from 1 September 2019, a manufacturer shall, for each incomplete base vehicle of category N1 subject to multi-stage type-approval pursuant to Directive 2007/46/EC, determine and report to the Commission the specific emissions of CO2 of that base vehicle, hereinafter the monitoring CO2 emissions in accordance with the methodology set out in point 1a.1. The Commission shall use the monitoring CO2 emissions of the incomplete base vehicle reported to it pursuant to the firs
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Mass of the individual vehicle The term TMind referred to in points 3.2.3.2.2.1. or 3.2.4.1.1.1 of Sub-Annex 7 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 shall be replaced by the base vehicle default mass, DMbase, or, where applicable, by the test mass of vehicle low, TML or test mass of vehicle high, TMH. DMbase shall be determined in accordance with the following formula: DMbase = MRObase × B0 + 25 kg + MVL Where, MRObase is the mass in running order of the base vehicle as defined in point 3.2.5 of Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 B0 is the body mass value of 1.375 MVL is the mass repre
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Rolling resistance of the individual vehicle The rolling resistance of the base vehicle shall be used for the purposes of point 3.2.3.2.2.2. or 3.2.4.1.1.2 of Sub-Annex 7 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Frontal area In the case of an incomplete base vehicle that belongs to a road load matrix family, the manufacturer shall determine the term Af referred to in point 3.2.3.2.2.3. of Sub-Annex 7 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 in accordance with one of the following options: In the case of an incomplete base vehicle that does not belong to a road load matrix family, the frontal area value of vehicle high of the interpolation family shall be used.
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/986 of 7 March 2019 amending Annexes I and II to Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the monitoring of CO2 emissions from new light commercial vehicles type-approved in a multi-stage process (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Calculation of the specific emissions of CO2 of the incomplete base vehicle The base vehicle manufacturer shall calculate the monitoring CO2 value of an individual incomplete base vehicle in accordance with the interpolation method referred to in points 3.2.3.2 or 3.2.4 of Sub-Annex 7 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 depending on the methodology applied for the base vehicle emissions type approval, where the terms shall be as defined in that point with the following exceptions:
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
On 10 October 2019, the supplier SEG Automotive Germany GmbH submitted a request (the request) in accordance with Article 12a of the respective Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) No 725/2011 and (EU) No 427/2014 to amend Commission Implementing Decisions (EU) 2019/314 and (EU) 2019/313 with a view to taking into account the Worldwide Harmonised Light Vehicles Test Procedure (WLTP) set out in Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
On 31 October 2019, the manufacturers Audi AG, Bayerische Motoren Werke AG, Daimler AG, FCA Italy S.p.A, Ford-Werke GmbH, Honda Motor Europe Ltd, Hyundai Motor Europe Technical Center GmbH, Jaguar Land Rover LTD, Renault, Toyota Motor Europe NV/SA, Volkswagen AG, Volkswagen Nutzfahrzeuge and the suppliers SEG Automotive Germany GmbH, Valeo Electrical systems and Mitsubishi Electric Corporation, submitted a joint application (the application) for the approval as an innovative technology of the technology used in 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter f
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
The request and the application refer, however, to the WLTP set out in Regulation (EU) 2017/1151. It has been demonstrated that the measurements performed as part of the emissions test under the WLTP only partially cover the CO2 savings resulting from the technology used in 48 Volt efficient motor-generators combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
The innovative technology should be used in conventional ICE passenger cars or light commercial vehicles, or in NOVC-HEVs of those categories for which uncorrected measured fuel consumption and CO2 emission values may be used in accordance with paragraph 1.1.4 of Appendix 2 to Sub-annex 8 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151.
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
it is fitted in passenger cars (M1) or light commercial vehicles (N1) powered by internal combustion engines running on petrol or diesel (conventional ICE powered M1 and N1 vehicles) or in not-off-vehicle charging hybrid electric vehicles of category M1 or N1 for which uncorrected measured fuel consumption and CO2 emission values may be used in accordance with paragraph 1.1.4 of Appendix 2, Sub-annex 8 to Annex XXI to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151;
Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2020/1167 of 6 August 2020 on the approval of the technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter for use in conventional combustion engine and certain hybrid electric passenger cars and light commercial vehicles as an innovative technology pursuant to Regulation (EU) 2019/631 of the European Parliament and of the Council) (Text with EEA relevance) Decision · Grade B
The technology used in a 48 Volt efficient motor-generator combined with a 48 Volt/12 Volt DC/DC converter is approved as an innovative technology within the meaning of Article 11 of Regulation (EU) 2019/631 taking into account that the CO2 savings it delivers are only partially covered by the standard test procedure set out in Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, and provided that the technology conforms to the following:
Corrigendum to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1154 of 7 June 2017 amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards real-driving emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 6) (Official Journal of the European Union L 175 of 7 July 2017) Corrigendum · Grade B
On page 715, in Annex II, amending Annex IIIA to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, in point 8: for: The last sentence in point 2.3 is amended as follows:, read: The last sentence in point 2.4 is replaced by the following:;
Corrigendum to Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1154 of 7 June 2017 amending Regulation (EU) 2017/1151 supplementing Regulation (EC) No 715/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council on type-approval of motor vehicles with respect to emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 5 and Euro 6) and on access to vehicle repair and maintenance information, amending Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Commission Regulation (EU) No 1230/2012 and repealing Regulation (EC) No 692/2008 and Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards real-driving emissions from light passenger and commercial vehicles (Euro 6) (Official Journal of the European Union L 175 of 7 July 2017) Corrigendum · Grade B
on page 727, in Annex II, amending Annex IIIA to Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, in point 36: for: read: Appendix 5 is amended as follows:
Definitive adoption (EU, Euratom) 2024/207 of the European Union’s annual budget for the financial year 2024 Act · Grade B
Assigned revenue (origin, estimated amounts and corresponding article or item of the statement of revenue). EFTA-EEA 2032545 6 6 0 0 Other assigned revenue 5734059 6 0 3 0 2024 appropriations 2023 appropriations 2022 out-turn Commitments Payments Commitments Payments Commitments Payments 234497000 219000000 231319000 202000000 303013200,86 176224275,54 This appropriation is intended to support measures aiming to contribute to a high level of health for humans, animals and plants along the food chain and in related areas such as actions in the areas of animal welfare, sustainable food productio
Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2026/1214 of 9 June 2026 amending Regulation (EU) 2024/1257 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards conditions for testing compliance with brake particle emission limits (Text with EEA relevance) Regulation · Grade B
Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2024/1257 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 April 2024 on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles, with respect to their emissions and battery durability (Euro 7), amending Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Regulations (EC) No 715/2007 and (EC) No 595/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011, Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, Commission Regulation (EU) 20
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/163 of 7 February 2022 laying down rules on the application of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards functional requirements for market surveillance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units Regulation · Grade B
extended documentation packages required under the regulatory acts listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858, including information on auxiliary emission strategies (AES) in accordance with Commission Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, Annex I, Appendix 3a;
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/163 of 7 February 2022 laying down rules on the application of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards functional requirements for market surveillance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units Regulation · Grade B
the package on testing transparency required for testing vehicles for emissions described in Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, Annex II, point 5.9;
Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2022/163 of 7 February 2022 laying down rules on the application of Regulation (EU) 2018/858 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards functional requirements for market surveillance of vehicles, systems, components and separate technical units Regulation · Grade B
extended documentation packages required under the regulatory acts listed in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2018/858, including information on AES in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1151, Annex I, Appendix 3a and Commission Regulation (EU) No 582/2011, Annex I, Appendix 11;